Gitmo-sop 2003

The Habeas Citebook: Prosecutorial Misconduct - Header
• Topics: Military, Military Prisons
Download original document:
Brief thumbnail
This text is machine-read, and may contain errors. Check the original document to verify accuracy.
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Camp Delta Standard
Operating Procedures (SOP)

Headquarters,
Joint Task Force - Guantanamo (JTF-GTMO)
Guantanamo Bay, Cuba
28 March 2003

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Headquarters
Joint Task Force Guantanamo (JTF-GTMO)
Guantanamo Bay, Cuba
28 March 2003

Joint Detention Operations Group (JDOG)
Effective 28 March 2003

Camp Delta
Standard Operating Procedures (SOP)
By Order of the Commander

GEOFFREY D. MILLER
Major General, United States Army
Commander, JTF-GTMO
Official:
ADOLPH MCQUEEN
Colonel, Military Police
Commander, JDOG
History. This is a revised update to
the Joint Task Force Guantanamo
(JTF-GTMO) standard operating
procedures (SOP) for Camp Delta.
This
publication
has
been
reorganized and consolidated to
include all aspects of detention and
security operations toward being
more efficient for its intended users.
Summary.
This
revision
implements established Department
of
Defense
directives
and
establishes policies and procedures
for the securing, treatment, care, and
accountability required for detainees
in support of the Global War on
Terrorism (GWOT). Policies and

procedures established herein apply to
the services and agencies that
function in, and support thereof,
detainee operations at JTF-GTMO in
general and Camp Delta specifically.
Applicability.
This is a multiservice, multi-agency set of standard
operating procedures. It applies to the
Army, Navy, Air Force, Marine
Corps, and Coast Guard as well as
United
States
Government
organizations and international nongovernmental organizations operating
inside Camp Delta 1 - 3.
Proponent and exception authority.
The proponent of this set of operating
procedures and special orders is the
Commander,
Joint
Detention
Operations Group (JDOG). The
proponent has the authority to
approve exceptions to this SOP that
are consistent with controlling law,
regulations, and directives from the
National Command Authority. The
proponent may delegate this approval
authority, in writing, to either the
JDOG Deputy Commander or JDOG
S3.
Army management control process.
Army Regulation 11-2 does not apply
to this SOP.

Supplementation.
Supplementation of this SOP and
establishment of command or local
forms is prohibited without prior
approval
of
the
JDOG
Commander.
Suggested Improvements. Users
are invited to send comments and
suggested improvements through
their chain of command to the
JDOG S3 for proper consideration
and staffing.
Interim Changes. Policies and
procedures will be reviewed every
120 days. Any interim changes
will be signed by the JDOG
Commander and posted to the front
of this SOP until incorporated in
the next revision.
Distribution. This document, and
any part therein, are classified as
“for official use only” and are
limited
to
those
requiring
operational
and
procedural
knowledge
in
the
direct
performance of their duties as well
as those directly associated with
JTF-GTMO. It is the responsibility
of all personnel to protect and
safeguard the contents of this SOP
and ensure appropriate distribution
thereof.

*This Camp Delta SOP supersedes all previous editions and supplements.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
ii

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Contents (listed by paragraph and page number)
Chapter 1
Introduction, page 1.1
Purpose  1-1, page 1.1
Minor SOP Modifications  1-2, page 1.1
References  1-3, page 1.1
Explanation of Abbreviations and Terms  1-4, page
1.1
JDOG Mission and Commander’s Intent  1-5, page
1.1
Responsibilities  1-6, page 1.1
U.S. Personnel Standards of Conduct  1-7, page 1.2
General Protection Policy  1-8, page 1.3
Chapter 2
Command and Control, page 2.1
Chain of Command  2-1, page 2.1
Physical Plant  2-2, page 2.1
Camp Delta Operations  2-3, page 2.1
Section I – Personnel, page 2.1
Detention Operations Branch  2-5, page 2.1
Detention Services Branch  2-6, page 2.2
Section II – Functions, page 2.2
Detention Operations Center (DOC)  2-7, page 2.2
Record Keeping  2-8, page 2.3
Chapter 3
Detainee Reception Operations, page 3.1
Overview  3-1, page 3.1
Infantry Support Operations  3-2, page 3.1
Infantry Support Force  3-3, page 3.1
Land Movement  3-4, page 3.2
In-processing Security  3-5, page 3.2
Inbound and Outbound Operations  3-6, page 3.4
Linguist Support  3-7, page 3.4
Chapter 4
Detainee Processing (Reception/Transfer/Release),
page 4.1
Purpose  4-1, page 4.1
Initial Processing  4-2, page 4.1
Documents  4-3, page 4.1
Preparation for Processing  4-4, page 4.1
Personnel Requirements  4-5, page 4.1
In-Processing Procedures  4-6, page 4.1
MP Escort Responsibilities  4-7, page 4.2
Clothing Removal Rome (Station 1)  4-8, page 4.2
Shower (Station 2)  4-9, page 4.2
Cavity Search (Station 3)  4-10, page 4.2
Dressing/Shackle Exchange (Station 4)  4-11, page
4.2
DNA Sample (Station 5)  4-12, page 4.2
Height And Weight (Station 6)  4-13, page 4.2
DRS In-Processing (Station 7)  4-14, page 4.3
ID Wristband/Dossier (Station 8)  4-15, page 4.3
Fingerprint (Station 9)  4-16, page 4.3

Camp Rules (Station 10)  4-17, page 4.3
Post Processing  4-18, page 4.3
Reporting  4-19, page 4.3
Behavior Management Plan  4-20, page 4.3
Chapter 5
Detention Facility Operations, page 5.1
Rules of Engagement (ROE) and Rules for the Use of
Force (RUF)  5-1, page 5.1
Daily Reports  5-2, page 5.1
Camp Rules  5-3, page 5.2
Incident Reports  5-4, page 5.2
SPOT Reports  5-5, page 5.2
Serious Incident Reports  5-6, page 5.3
Discipline Records  5-7, page 5.3
Guard Mount  5-8, page 5.3
Change of Shift Procedures  5-9, page 5.3
Oleoresin Capsicum (OC) Use  5-10, page 5.3
Public Address System  5-11, page 5.4
Radio Discipline  5-12, page 5.4
Equipment Chit System  5-13, page 5.4
Evidence and Contraband Procedures  5-14, page 5.4
Investigations  5-15, page 5.5
Chapter 6
Cell Block Operations, page 6.1
Section I – Security Procedures
Overview  6-1, page 6.1
Headcounts  6-2, page 6.1
Searches  6-3, page 6.1
Searching the Koran  6-4, page 6.1
Keys  6-5, page 6.2
Food Tray Slot (“Bean Hole”) Covers  6-6, page 6.2
Applying Restraints (“Shackling”)  6-7, page 6.2
Section II – Support Operations
Shower and Recreation  6-8, page 6.3
Detainee Mess Operations  6-9, page 6.3
Laundry / Linen  6-10, page 6.4
Barber  6-11, page 6.4
Other Personnel  6-12, page 6.4
Library Books  6-13, page 6.5
Medical Appointments  6-14, page 6.5
Section III – Documentation and Reporting
Block Documentation  6-15, page 6.5
Passive Collection  6-16, page 6.7
Cell Block Report  6-17, page 6.7
Section IV – Block Maintenance
Inspections and Inventories  6-18, page 6.7
Cell/Block Cleaning  6-19, page 6.7
Equipment Maintenance  6-20, page 6.7
Section V – Detainees
Detainee Standard of Conduct  6-21, page 6.7

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
iii

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Detainee Identification Band  6-22, page 6.8
Uniform and Dress Rules  6-23, page 6.8
Personal Hygiene and Appearance  6-24, page 6.8
Chapter 7
Sally Port Operations, page 7.1
Sally Ports  7-1, page 7.1
Sally Ports 1 And 8  7-2, page 7.1
Sally Ports 3 And 9  7-3, page 7.4
Sally Ports 4 And 10  7-4, page 7.5
Detainee Medical Clinic Gate  7-5, page 7.5
JIIF Gate  7-6, page 7.6
Roving Sally  7-7, page 7.6
Weapon Boxes  7-8, page 7.6
Chapter 8
Detainee Behavioral Management, page 8.1
Purpose  8-1, page 8.1
Provision of Basic Needs  8-2, page 8.1
Discipline Process  8-3, page 8.1
Loss of Recreation  8-4, page 8.2
Loss of Hot Meals  8-5, page 8.2
Comfort Items  8-6, page 8.2
Detainee Classification System  8-7, page 8.2
GTMO Form 508-1  8-8, page 8.4
Level 5 Blocks  8-9, page 8.4
Confiscation of Items  8-10, page 8.5
Special Rewards  8-11, page 8.7
Chapter 9
Maximum Security Unit Operations, page 9.1
Section I – In-Processing
In-processing and Documentation  9-1, page 9.1
Placement for Intelligence Purposes  9-2, page 9.1
Section II – Operations
Block Operations  9-3, page 9.1
Chapter 10
NAVSTA Brig Operations, page 10.1
Purpose  10-1, page 10.1
Transport to NAVSTA Brig  10-2, page 10.1
Personnel Support Requirements  10-3, page 10.1
Medical Support Requirements  10-4, page 10.1
Meals  10-5, page 10.1
Recreation  10-6, page 10.1
Showers and Laundry  10-7, page 10.1
Special Orders for Guard Staff  10-8, page 10.2
Visitation  10-9, page 10.2
Use of the Television  10-10, page 10.3

Vehicle Usage  11-5, page 11.3
Equipment Maintenance  11-6, page 11.4
Communications  11-7, page 11.4
Distinguished Visitors  11-8, page 11.4
NAVBASE Hospital Escorts  11-9, page 11.4
Chapter 12
Detainee Property, page 12.1
Authorized Personnel  12-1, page 12.1
Property Handling  12-2, page 12.1
Chapter 13
Detainee Mail Operations, page 13.1
Types of Mail  13-1, page 13.1
Incoming Mail  13-2, page 13.1
Outgoing Mail  13-3, page 13.1
ICRC Mail  13-4, page 13.2
Cleared Mail  13-5, page 13.3
Redacted Mail  13-6, page 13.3
Held Mail  13-7, page 13.3
Mail Screening  13-8, page 13.3
Mail Transmittal Records  13-9, page 13.4
Mail for Detainees Held at Locations Other Than
GTMO  13-10, page 13.4
Mail Sent Directly to Detainees  13-11, page 13.4
Incorrectly Addressed Mail  13-12, page 13.5
Mail for Released Detainees  13-13, page 13.5
Detainees in Isolation  13-14, page 13.5
Detainees with More Than 12 Items of Mail  13-15,
page 13.5
Detainees Passing Mail between Cells  13-16, page
13.5
Chapter 14
Intelligence Operations, page 14.1
General  14-1, page 14.1
Force Protection  14-2, page 14.1
Significant Activity Report  14-3, page 14.1
Disturbance Matrix  14-4, page 14.1
Communication Matrix and Link Diagram  14-5, page
14.1
Leadership Matrices  14-6, page 14.1
Items of Intelligence Value  14-7, page 14.1
Detainee Mail Screening  14-8, page 14.1
Operational Intelligence  14-9, page 14.2
Source Operations and Reports  14-10, page 14.2
Duties  14-11, page 14.2
JIIF MP Personnel  14-12, page 14.2
SCIF Security  14-13, page 14.3

Chapter 15
Linguist Operations, page 15.1
General  15-1, page 15.1
Organization  15-2, page 15.1
Roles and Responsibilities  15-3, page 15.1
Camp Delta Operations  15-4, page 15.1
Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Chapter 11
Escort Operations, page 11.1
General  11-1, page 11.1
Escort Control  11-2, page 11.1
Priority of Escorts  11-3, page 11.1
Escort Teams  11-4, page 11.1

iv

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Detainee In-Processing Operations  15-5, page 15.2
Document Exploitation (DOCEX)  15-6, page 15.2
DOCEX Translation Guidelines  15-7, page 15.3
DOCEX Quality Control  15-8, page 15.3
Detainee Library  15-9, page 15.3
Passive Collection of CI Information  15-10, page
15.5
Intelligence Reference Guide for Linguists  15-11,
page 15.5
Security Considerations  15-12, page 15.5
Chapter 16
Religious Support, page 16.1
Section I – Accommodation of Religion
Chaplain  16-1, page 16.1
Religious Practices  16-2, page 16.1
Chaplain Requests  16-3, page 16.1
Fasting Requests  16-4, page 16.1
Section II – Muslim Detainee Religious Practices
The Muslim Prayer  16-5, page 16.2
Friday Prayer Service  16-6, page 16.2
Muslim Fasting  16-7, page 16.2
Muslim Holiday - Eid  16-8, page 16.2
Dietary Practices  16-9, page 16.3
Medical Practices  16-10, page 16.3
Wear and Appearance of Clothing  16-11, page 16.3
Showers and Hygiene  16-12, page 16.3
Religious Items  16-13, page 16.3
Section III – Islam
Cultural Considerations  16-14, page 16.3
Section IV – Christian Detainee Religious Practices
The Christian Prayer  16-15, page 16.4
Christian Holidays  16-16, page 16.4
Religious Items  16-17, page 16.5
Section V – Muslim Funerals
Muslim Funeral and Burial Rites  16-18, page 16.5
Washing the Body  16-19, page 16.5
Shrouding the Body  16-20, page 16.5
Procedures for the Burial  16-21, page 16.6
Chapter 17
International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC),
page 17.1
Personnel  17-1, page 17.1
Operations  17-2, page 17.1
ICRC Visitation Rules  17-3, page 17.1
Levels of Visitation  17-4, page 17.1
Chapter 18
Food Service, page 18.1
Responsibilities  18-1, page 18.1
Operations  18-2, page 18.1

Duties  18-3, page 18.1
Chapter 19
Medical, page 19.1
Section I - Procedures
Restraint Procedures  19-1, page 19.1
Dispensing of Medications  19-2, page 19.1
Self-Harm Blankets and Smocks  19-3, page 19.1
Sick Call  19-4, page 19.2
Section II – Emergencies
Emergency Sick Call  19-5, page 19.2
Emergency Condition Responses  19-6, page 19.2
Combat Lifesavers  19-7, page 19.3
Section III – Medical Problems
Hunger Strike  19-8, page 19.4
Bodily Fluids  19-9, page 19.4
Heat Category Measure  19-10, page 19.5
Section IV – Facilties
Detention Hospital  19-11, page 19.6
Chapter 20
Repair and Utility, page 20.1
Work Orders  20-1, page 20.1
Tool Accountability  20-2, page 20.2
Chapter 21
Force Protection, page 21.1
Section I – Precautions
Searches  21-1, page 21.1
Security Inspections and Vulnerability Assessments 
21-2, page 21.1
Fire Prevention Precautions  21-3, page 21.1
Section II – Measures
Change in FPCON  21-4, page 21.1
Alert Roster/Recall Roster  21-5, page 21.7
Brevity Codes for Implementation of FPCON Levels 
21-6, page 21.7
Section III – Alert Systems
Duress Condition  21-7, page 21.7
NAVBASE Siren System  21-8, page 21.8
Section IV – Weapons
Weapon Conditions  21-9, page 21.8
Weapons and Ammunition Storage Facility  21-10,
page 21.8
Chapter 22
Key Control, page 22.1
Overview  22-1, page 22.1
Key Custodian  22-2, page 22.1
Key Control Register  22-3, page 22.1

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
v

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Key Access Roster  22-4, page 22.1
Key and Lock Accountability  22-5, page 22.1
Key Issue Procedures  22-6, page 22.1
Emergency Procedures  22-7, page 22.2
Chapter 23
External Security Operations, page 23.1
Conduct of Infantry Soldiers  23-1, page 23.1
Task Organization  23-2, page 23.1
Infantry FPCON Actions  23-3, page 23.1
Tower Operations  23-4, page 23.1
Debrief Format  23-5, page 23.2
External Positions  23-6, page 23.2
Special Instructions  23-7, page 23.3
Mounted Patrols  23-8, page 23.4
Listening Posts (LP)/Observation Posts (OP)  23-9,
page 23.5
Ammunition Handling  23-10, page 23.5
Lexington TCP  23-11, page 23.5
Harrisonburg TCP  23-12, page 23.7
Staunton Blocking Position (BP)  23-13, page 23.8
Chapter 24
Initial Reaction Force (IRF) Operations, page 24.1
Section I – Preparation
Team Organization  24-1, page 24.1
IRF Team Equipment  24-2, page 24.1
Additional Equipment  24-3, page 24.1
Training  24-4, page 24.1
Brevity Code  24-5, page 24.2
Section II – Operations
IRF Team Guidelines  24-6, page 24.2
IRF Team Use  24-7, page 24.2
Section III – Documentation
Verbal Reporting  24-8, page 24.3
Written Reporting  24-9, page 24.3
Chapter 25
Quick Response Force (QRF) Operations, page 25.1
Mission  25-1, page 25.1
Requirements  25-2, page 25.1
Notification Procedures  25-3, page 25.1
Ammunition Numbers and Accountability  25-4, page
25.1
Uniform  25-5, page 25.1
Chapter 26
Military Working Dogs (MWD), page 26.1
Responsibilities  26-1, page 26.1
Operations  26-2, page 26.1
Training  26-3, page 26.2
Logistics  26-4, page 26.2

Chapter 27
Operational Security (OPSEC) and Deceptive
Lighting Plan, page 27.1
Purpose  27-1, page 27.1
Responsibilities  27-2, page 27.1
Punitive Action  27-3, page 27.1
Essential Elements of Friendly Information (EEFI) 
27-4, page 27.1
Prohibited Activity  27-5, page 27.1
Deceptive Light Plan  27-6, page 27.2
Chapter 28
Public Affairs, page 28.1
Operations  28-1, page 28.1
Themes for Global War on Terrorism (GWOT)  28-2,
page 28.1
Detainee International Public Information Themes 
28-3, page 28.1
Chapter 29
Transitions, page 29.1
Section I – To Camp IV
Preparation  29-1, page 29.1
Process  29-2, page 29.1
Movement to Camp IV  29-3, page 29.1
Section II – For Transfers
Preparation  29-4, page 29.1
Process  29-5, page 29.1
Movement to Camp IV  29-6, page 29.2
Standing Orders  29-7, page 29.2
Chapter 30
Delta Block Mental Health Facility (MHF), page
30.1
Operations  30-1, page 30.1
Chapter 31
Supply Operations, page 31.1
Waste Disposal  31-1, page 31.1
Camp Supply Rooms  31-2, page 31.1
Supply Requests  31-3, page 31.1
Computer Requests  31-4, page 31.1
Chapter 32
Emergency Action Plans (EAPs), page 32.1
Attempted/Actual Suicide  32-1, page 32.1
Mass Disturbance  32-2, page 32.1
Power Outage  32-3, page 32.3
Hostage Situation 32-4, page 32.3
Death  32-5, page 32.4
Medical Emergency  32-6, page 32.5
Fratricide  32-7, page 32.6
Fire  32-8, page 32.7
Bomb Threat / Discovery / Explosion  32-9, page 32.8
Mass Casualty Incident (MCI)  32-10, page 32.8

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
vi

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Evacuation Routes  32-11, page 32.16
Destructive Weather  32-12, page 32.17
APPENDIXES
A. References
B. Local Forms
C. Badge Identification Sheets
D. Camp Delta Maps
E. Detainee Transfer Operations (classified)
F. Military Commissions (classified)
G. Camp Echo (classified)
H. General’s Cottage (classified)
Glossary
Index

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
vii

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
viii

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 1
Introduction
1-1. Purpose
a. This standard operating procedure (SOP)
provides policy, procedures, and responsibilities for the
security, administration, and treatment of detainees in
custody at Camp Delta. This SOP also establishes
procedures for transfer or release of custody from
Camp Delta.
b. This SOP is consistent with the intent and spirit
of the Geneva Conventions for the Protection of War
Victims, dated 12 August 1949, in accordance with
directives from the National Command Authority
(NCA) and chain of command.
c. All personnel will enforce all orders and
regulations pertaining to the daily operation of the
facility and their assigned posts. Further, all personnel
will be familiar with all facility directives, emergency
plans and all special orders pertaining to their post;
carry out all general orders for a sentry on post, and
wear the prescribed uniform of the day.
d. This policy is punitive in that a violation of any
provision of this policy may provide a basis for
appropriate administrative or judicial/disciplinary
action under the Uniform Code of Military Justice
(UCMJ), or appropriate military/civilian personnel
regulations, ejection from Camp Delta, and/or denial of
entry.
e. All personnel will sign a statement of
understanding/acknowledgement that they have read
and will adhere to the provisions of all SOPs for Camp
Delta.
1-2. Minor SOP Modifications
a. Any personnel may send suggestions for
improvement of the SOP through their chain of
command to the JDOG S-3.
b. Minor revisions will be made in a memorandum
format, appropriately staffed, and approved by the
CJDOG. Example is in Appendix C.
c. Copies of memorandums will be distributed and
placed in the front of all SOP books.
d. The SOP will be reviewed every 120 days to
incorporate any changes. All suggested changes in
procedures for operations would be in writing,
endorsed by the CJDOG, and approved by CJTF.
e. SOPs may be modified through a Guard Mount
message. JDOG S-3 must approve these messages
prior to their release.
f. No SOP modification is valid unless in
memorandum approved by CJDOG or in an approved
Guard Mount message.
g. A copy of all Guard Mount messages and
approved memorandums will be filed by the JDOG
Detention Services Branch (DSB). This file will be
used to update the SOP during the revision process.

After the memorandum or Guard Mount message is
included in the SOP through rewrite, it will be placed
in a separate file of items included in the SOP.
1-3. References Appendix A lists required and
related publications along with prescribed and
referenced DOD and DA forms. Appendix B contains
all local forms.
1-4. Explanation of Abbreviations and Terms
The glossary explains abbreviations and special terms
used in this SOP.
1-5. JDOG Mission and Commander’s Intent
a. The Joint Detention Operations Group (JDOG)
conducts detention and area security operations in
assigned sector of the Joint Operational Area (JOA) in
support of intelligence operations in the Global War on
Terrorism (GWOT).
b. The JDOG Commander’s (CJDOG) intent is to
conduct detention and security operations with
emphasis on force protection, humane treatment of
detainees, and an aggressive mobile defense in sector.
Conduct detention operations in a manner that supports
the intelligence gathering efforts of the Joint
Interrogation Group (JIG), the Criminal Investigation
Task Force (CITF), and the Counter-Terrorism Cell
(CTC) while providing for the safety, security and care
of the detainees. Assigned/attached security forces
provide the external security necessary to detect, deter,
and defend against enemy sabotage, surveillance, and
attack. End state is an efficiently run detention facility,
a secure operating environment, and a force protection
posture that provides for the safety and security of all
service members, civilian personnel, and detainees.
1-6. Responsibilities
a. Commander, Joint Detention Operations Group
(CJDOG) will:
(1) Be responsible for all facets of the operation
of Camp Delta and outlying detention facilities, and all
facility-related administrative matters.
(2) Ensure detention operations meet with the
principals of the Geneva Convention and the intent of
the Commander-In-Chief (CINC) and Commander,
Joint Task Force-Guantanamo (CJTF).
(3) Support and improve the intelligence
gathering process with all those who have contact with
detainees.
(4) Provide effective liaison with the ICRC
within the limits of military necessity.
b. Subordinate Unit Commanders, JDOG. The
commander will:
(1) Train all assigned personnel on this SOP
within 72 hours of assignment.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
1.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(2) Conduct SOP refresher training at least every
three months thereafter, and whenever any portion is
changed.
(3) Ensure all assigned personnel carry the “US
SOUTHCOM Human Rights Standing Orders” card on
them at all times.
(4) Ensure all assigned personnel carry the “JTFGTMO ROE/RUF” card on them at all times.
c. All personnel entering Camp Delta. All military
and civilian personnel assigned to, having access to, or
working at Camp Delta or other JTF-GTMO detention
facilities are required to read and adhere to the
standards set forth in this SOP.
d. Contractor and Vendor Personnel. Contractor
and vendor personnel will:
(1) Strictly comply with the rule against bringing
prohibited items into or out of Camp Delta or other
JTF-GTMO detention facilities.
(2) Never communicate in any manner with any
detainee.
(3) Ensure that workers properly clean the work
area to preclude leaving any debris or material that
might be taken and modified into a weapon.
1-7. U.S. Personnel Standards of Conduct
a. Personnel assigned to JDOG will familiarize
themselves with the references and comply with them
and other related regulations in letter and spirit. The
following will govern the conduct of all personnel
assigned to JDOG or working within the confines of
Camp Delta or other JTF-GTMO detention facilities.
(1) Security Mission. Security is the primary
mission of all personnel who work at Camp Delta or
other JTF-GTMO detention facilities, regardless of job,
military occupational specialty (MOS), section, or
office. All personnel will be alert for security violations
or discrepancies and immediately report any unusual,
questionable incidents, or observations to their
immediate supervisor. Supervisors will report all
violations to the Detention Operations Center (DOC)
and/or JDOG S3.
(2) Humane Treatment.
Treat detainees
humanely. Abuse, or any form of corporal punishment,
is prohibited. Verbal harassment, interrogation except
by proper authority, and the imposing of physical
exercise as punishment is prohibited. All soldiers will
carry the “US SOUTHCOM Human Rights Standing
Orders” card on them at all times.
(3) Professionalism. Maintain a fair, firm,
impartial, and professional demeanor toward detainees
at all times.
(4) Use of Force. Personnel will not strike nor
lay hands upon a detainee except in self-defense, to
prevent a serious injury to a person or damage to
property, to quell a disturbance, or for purposes of
escorting, properly restraining, or searching a detainee.

In such cases, exercise only the amount of force
necessary to gain the compliance of the detainee.
Apply all uses of force in accordance with JTF-GTMO
ROE/RUF, dated 30 Nov 02. Immediately report all
uses of force to the DOC and/or JDOG S3. Report to
CJDOG any excessive use of force as expeditiously as
feasible. All personnel will carry JTF-GTMO
RUE/RUF card at all times.
(5) Alertness. Personnel will be alert to detect
and prevent a detainee from escaping or harming
himself or others.
(6) Contraband. Contraband is any item, article,
or substance not authorized to be in the possession of
personnel while within the confines of Camp Delta or
other JTF-GTMO detention facilities. Personnel will
not bring or permit others to bring any item(s) for
detainees into the facility. Do not give or make
accessible contraband to detainees. Anything not
issued to detainees or authorized for their use is
contraband. A partial list of contraband follows:
(a) Guns or firearms of any type
(b) Explosives or munitions
(c) Chemical components or incendiary devices
(d) Knives
(e) Unauthorized handcuff keys
(f) Drugs or narcotics without a prescription
(g) Intoxicants/alcoholic beverages
(h) Currency (not on person)
(i) Razor blades
(j) Obscene material
(k) Photographic equipment (unless approved by
proper authority)
(l) Recording devices (unless approved by
proper authority)
(m) Extra clothing not worn on the job site
(n) Food products (unless being consumed by
individual)
(o) Cell phones (unless approved by proper
authority)
(p) Handbags, duffel bags, and book bags (unless
required by mission and approved by proper authority)
(q) Non-government laptops (unless approved by
proper authority
(r) Reading material other than military
publications such as FMs, ARs, TMs, etc.
(7) Social Contact. Personnel will only interact
with detainees on official business that is essential for
mission accomplishment. Personnel will not fraternize
with detainees nor accept personal favors or services.
This includes idle chatter and small talk conducted
with the detainee.
(8) Gifts. Personnel will not give or receive from
any detainee anything that could be construed as a gift,
or in any manner, buy, sell, or barter any item(s) with a
detainee.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
1.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(9) Promises and Privileges. Personnel will not
extend nor promise to a detainee any special privilege
or favor not available to all detainees, nor furnish
detainees with information except through official
channels. Exceptions may be granted by the JIG
Commander for the purpose of interrogations.
(10) Privacy of Information. The privacy of
information applies to all information concerning any
of the detainees. Personnel will discuss information
only with authorized personnel requiring this
information in the performance of their official duties.
Obtain permission from the JDOG S3 or higher
authority to release information. Personnel will not
discuss facility activities, operations or detainee
information in public areas where they may be
overheard.
(11) Appearance. All military personnel will
maintain a high standard of bearing and appearance.
Leaders will ensure proper performance of duties
through
professionalism,
training,
effective
communication, leadership, teamwork and discipline.
Personnel will set the example in conduct and
performance on and off duty. The duty uniform for
those military personnel assigned to JDOG at Camp
Delta and other JTF-GTMO detention facilities is the
following:
(a) BDUs with sew-on rank and insignia, sleeves
down. Anytime personnel are in the vicinity of
detainees (escorts, cell blocks, interrogation/monitor
rooms, medical clinic, Detention Hospital, or other
detention facilities), the name tape will be covered with
adhesive tape.
(b) BDU patrol cap with rank sewn on.
(c) Appropriate civilian attire (select personnel).
(d) Camel-bak or similar container, or stripped
pistol belt with canteen.
(e) Pen and paper.
(f) Whistle in pocket or clipped on pocket (no
lanyard).
(12) Weapons. Unless specifically authorized by
CJDOG (eg., Quick Reaction Force), personnel will
not introduce, or knowingly allow to be introduced into
Camp Delta or other JTF-GTMO detention facilities
unauthorized firearms, nightsticks, or any instruments
that might be considered as or possibly used as a
weapon. Personnel are not authorized to use or have in
their possession unauthorized weapons including, but
not limited to, firearms, knives, batons, sap gloves
(lead filled padded gloves), kubatons, nightsticks, PR24s, collapsing/expandable batons and any other
weapons not specifically authorized. Personnel are
authorized to utilize “field expedient” weapons under
situations of extreme danger when other efforts have
failed or are unfeasible and it is necessary to prevent
the death or severe bodily injury to themselves or other
personnel, including detainees. The only exception to

this policy is in the event of escape, riot or disorder and
then only when directed by competent authority.
Competent authority is CJTF, CJDOG, DCJDOG, or
the on-duty Company Commander.
(13) Alcohol and other substances. Personnel
will not consume mind-altering substances within eight
hours prior to assuming duty, including but not limited
to alcoholic beverages. Soldiers with prescriptions for
such medications should immediately notify their chain
of command and fitness for shift determinations will be
made on a case by case basis. The consumption of
alcoholic beverages and/or other mind-altering
substances is sufficient cause to effect relief from duty
and disciplinary action.
b. All violations of the Standards of Conduct will
be promptly reported to the chain of command.
1-8. General Protection Policy
a. Give all persons detained at Camp Delta and
other JTF-GTMO detention facilities humanitarian care
and treatment within the spirit of the Geneva
Conventions.
b. The inhumane treatment of detainees is
prohibited and is never justified. Further, any one who
treats a detainee inhumanely, or fails to report such an
incident, is subject to punishment under the Uniform
Code of Military Justice and/or other applicable laws
and statutes.
c. Respect all detainees as human beings and
protect them against all acts of violence.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
1.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
1.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 2
Command and Control
2-1. Chain of Command
a. Commander, Joint Detention Operations Group
(CJDOG). The CJDOG is also the Detention Facility
Commander and is responsible for all facets of
operations in Camp Delta and other JTF-GTMO
detention facilities including, but not limited to,
administrative, security, operational, and logistical
matters involving both detainees and U.S. forces
assigned, attached, or working at Camp Delta and other
JTF-GTMO detention facilities.
b. Following is the security force chain of command
for any given shift at Camp Delta and other JTFGTMO detention facilities:
POSITION
S3, JDOG
CO
PL
SOG
BLOCK NCOIC
SP/GATE GUARDS
JIIF MONITORS
ESCORT CTRL NCO
ESCORTS
BLOCK GUARDS
DOC NCO

REPORTS TO
DCJDOG
S3, JDOG
CO
PL
SOG
SOG
SOG
CO
SOG
BLOCK NCOIC
CO

2-2. Physical Plant
a. Camp Delta currently has nineteen maximum
security detention areas for confining detainees
individually and four medium security areas for
confining detainees in twelve person rooms within a
forty-eight capacity building. These detention areas
are grouped into 4 distinct camps (Delta 1, Delta 2,
Delta 3, and Delta 4).
b. Each of the maximum security detention areas
contains a block of cells having 24, 36, or 48 individual
units.
c. Blocks are categorized as maximum security
(individual cells) or medium security (twelve person
rooms).
Several maximum security areas are
designated as Maximum Security Units (MSU), that
are designed for segregation and isolation of detainees
for disciplinary or intelligence gathering purposes.
2-3. Camp Delta Operations
a. The JDOG S3 Section also serves as the Camp
Delta Operations Section. The primary focus for the
Camp Delta Operations Section is the safe, secure, and
efficient operation of Camp Delta and other JTFGTMO detention facilities.

b. The Camp Delta Operations Section is organized
into two distinct branches: Detention Operations
Branch and Detention Services Branch.
Section I – Personnel
2-4. Duty positions described in this SOP are
necessary for the effective operation of Camp Delta
and other JTF-GTMO detention facilities; however, not
all positions are annotated in the current JTF-GTMO
Joint Manning Document (JMD). Non-JMD positions
(identified with an *) will be filled via tasking to
subordinate units, or identified as Additional Duties for
other personnel in the JDOG headquarters.
2-5. Detention Operations Branch
a. Detention Operations Officer
Assists the
JDOG S3 and on-duty Commanding Officer (CO) with
all aspects of detention operations, including detainee
custody and control, detainee movement and cell
assignments, internal security, mission tracking, and
reporting requirements. Responsible for development
of SOPs for both JDOG and detention facility
operations and coordination with JTF-GTMO staff,
subordinate units, contractors, medical staff, JIG, law
enforcement agencies, and Naval Base staff and
support agencies.
b. Detention Operations NCO Assists the
Detention Operations Officer with all aspects of
detention operations, including detainee custody and
control, internal security, mission tracking and daily
reports. Conducts surveys and inspections to ensure
consistent application of detention facility policies and
procedures. Coordinates with JTF-GTMO staff,
subordinate units, contractors, medical staff, JIG, law
enforcement agencies, and Naval Base staff and
support agencies. Serves as JDOG Physical Security
NCO and Key Custodian for Camp Delta and other
JTF-GTMO detention facilities.
c. On-duty Commanding Officer (CO)* One MP
Company Commander will be assigned for each duty
shift. The CO serves as the watch officer in the DOC,
and takes direction from the JDOG S3, and is
responsible for all aspects of the operation of Camp
Delta. Responsibilities include the day-to-day humane
care, custody and control, discipline, safety, and
welfare of all detainees. The CO is overall responsible
for the care, conduct, and discipline of the guard force.
Specific duties of the CO are detailed in the Special
Orders portion of this SOP.
d. On-duty Platoon Leader (PL)* Two MP
Platoon Leaders will be assigned for each duty shift.
PL assist the CO in the day-to-day operation of Camp
Delta. Specific duties of the PL are detailed in the
Special Orders portion of this SOP.Each PL will be
assigned an area of responsibility, as follows:
(1) PL1 will be assigned to Camp Delta 1 and 4.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
2.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(2) PL2 will be assigned to Camp Delta 2 and 3.
e. Sergeant of the Guard (SOG)* Three MP
NCOs will be assigned for each duty shift, and
designated the SOG for their assigned area, as outlined
below. The SOGs report to the PL assigned to their
area of Camp Delta. The SOGs are the immediate shift
supervisors for Block NCOICs and Sally Port/Gate
Guards for their respective areas. The SOGs are
responsible for the care, conduct, and safety of the
guard force. They enforce accountability, control,
safety, care, and humane treatment of detainees; ensure
that all personnel perform their assigned duties and
tasks to standard and adhere to the Camp Delta SOP;
and coordinate logistical support of the guard force and
detainees for their shift. Specific duties of the SOG are
detailed in the Special Orders portion of this SOP.
(1) SOG1 will be assigned to Camp Delta 1, and
will be an MP NCO, SFC or above. SOG1 is
designated as the senior SOG for the shift.
(2) SOG2 will be assigned to Camp Delta 2 and
3, and will be an MP NCO, SFC or above.
(3) SOG3 will be assigned to Camp Delta 4, and
will be an MP NCO, SSG or above.
f. Block NCOIC* A Block NCOIC will be
assigned to each occupied cell block for each shift.
The Block NCOIC is supervises all block guards
assigned to the block and is responsible for all aspects
of custody and control, care, shelter, feeding, and
treatment of all detainees housed in the cell block.
g. Escort Control NCO* and Assistant Escort
Control NCO* An NCO (SGT or above) will be
assigned as the Escort Control NCO for each shift. An
NCO (CPL or above) will be assigned as the Assistant
Escort Control NCO for day and swing shift. The
Escort Control NCO and Assistant NCO are
responsible for all aspects of Camp Delta escort
operations.
h. DOC NCO and Assistant DOC NCO An NCO
(SGT or above) will be assigned as the DOC NCO. An
NCO (CPL or above) will be assigned as the Assistant
DOC NCO for day and swing shift. The DOC NCO
and Assistant DOC NCO are responsible for
controlling, reporting, and tracking all aspects of
detention facility operations.
i. Detention Hospital Security Force NCO An
NCO (SSG or above) will be detailed to perform duty
at the Detention Hospital. This NCO is responsible for
all security provided at the Detention Hospital, and for
the custody and control of all detainees treated at the
Detention Hospital (in-patient and out-patient). All
guards assigned to work a shift at the Detention
Hospital are OPCON to the Detention Hospital
Security Force NCO.
j. DOC Clerk Responsibilities include, but are not
limited to, maintaining the Camp Delta Blotter, radio-

telephone operator tasks, detainee tracking, and other
duties as assigned by DOC NCO.
2-6. Detention Services Branch (DSB)
a. Detention Services Officer* Supervises all
aspects of detainee record administration, Camp Delta
operational
records
administration,
detainee
administrative and logistics support, detainee database
management, mission tracking, and reporting
requirements. Responsible for staffing and publishing
SOPs for detention facility operations, and
coordination with JTF-GTMO staff, subordinate units,
contractors, medical staff, JIG, law enforcement
agencies, and Naval Base staff and support agencies.
b. Detention Services NCO Assists the Detention
Services Officer with all aspects of detainee record
administration, Camp Delta operational records
administration, detainee administrative and logistics
support, detainee database management, mission
tracking, and reporting requirements. Responsible for
compiling and forwarding daily detainee accountability
reports, maintaining all detainee and operational
records IAW the Modern Army Record Keeping
System (MARKS), and providing administrative
assistance to the JDOG S3 and DOC.
c. Detainee Administration and Records Clerk
Assists the Detention Services Officer and NCO with
all aspects of detainee record administration, Camp
Delta operational records administration, detainee
administrative and logistics support, detainee database
management, mission tracking, and reporting
requirements. Assists with compiling and forwarding
daily detainee accountability reports, maintaining all
detainee and operational records IAW the Modern
Army Record Keeping System (MARKS), and
providing administrative assistance to the JDOG S3
and DOC.
Section II – Functions
2-7. Detention Operations Center (DOC)
a. The DOC is the focal point for all detention and
security operations and is the nerve center of the
facility. It is from here that all detainee movements are
directed, controlled, and accounted for; that all keys are
controlled and accounted for; where entry and exit of
all detainees are accounted for and where emergency
equipment is stored.
b. The DOC will be occupied at all times. Access is
limited to those assigned for duty.
c. The DOC will be the visitation checkpoint for all
visitors coming into the facility. All persons requesting
access to the facility must have a valid reason to be
there (Chaplain visits, special VIP guests, etc). All
personnel must have positive identification with a
picture I.D. and must have authorization from the
CJDOG. No visitors will enter the facility without

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
2.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
express authorization. All visitors must sign in the
visitation logbook located at Sally Port #1. All visitors
without authorization for unescorted access will be
escorted.
2-8. Record Keeping
a. The DSB is responsible for all detainee records,
correspondence
concerning
detention
and
administrative correspondence as required by
operational demands and control of internal facility
orders and memorandums.
b. Strict
control
and
continuous
records
management is critical to ensure thorough
accountability of all information concerning detainee
records, other administrative documents, and
accountability of equipment. All personnel will strictly
comply with the Privacy Act and Freedom of
Information Act concerning divulging of information,
either telephonically or in hard copy.
c. Much of the operational and administrative
records of Camp Delta are classified or sensitive in
nature and will be safeguarded as such. Personnel will
not authorize release of information to the media.
d. Records will not be removed from the facility
without authority from the CJDOG. Requests from
outside organizations will be routed through command
channels for decisions. Under no circumstances will a
detainee review or have access to his records.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
2.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
2.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 3
Detainee Reception Operations
3-1. Overview Periodically, detainees will arrive at
Leeward Airfield to be moved to Camp Delta for
detention. The JDOG S3 will provide for specific
instructions and training prior to the reception of
detainees.
3-2. Infantry Support Operations
a. Detainee reception operations consist of four
phases. Outlined below are the inbound mission
phases:
(1) Phase 1 consists of preparation of movement,
the staging of personnel, securing of vehicles, and a
route reconnaissance.
(2) Phase 2 consists of the transferring of
detainees from the aircraft to JTF-GTMO, the
detainees searched, loaded, secured for transport, and
convoyed to Leeward Ferry Landing.
(3) Phase 3 consists of the detainee movement
from Leeward to Windward Landing and C3 with the
JOC and the Camp Delta DOC.
(4) The last phase consists of the detainee
movement from Windward Ferry Landing to Camp
Delta utilizing Checkpoints for movement. Detainee
Transfers to another installation is conducted the same,
but the process is executed in reverse.
b. During phase 1, the unit stages its personnel and
equipment consisting of the following requirement:
four HMMWVs with .50 Cal MGs, one 2 ½ Ton Truck
and one cargo HMMWV (38 total passengers) from
Leeward Airfield to Camp Delta. The four HMMWVs
will have a .50 Cal MG mounted on each of them. Unit
will also provide one Squad (minimum nine soldiers)
with cargo HMMWV as a Dismounted Security Force,
a (17 soldier) QRF (both lethal and non-lethal capable)
element on the 2 ½ Ton, and a minimal C2 cell.
Initially, two gun trucks and a Maintenance Contact
Team will go to the Leeward side one hour prior to the
main body departure performing a route recon. Once
on the Leeward side, both gun trucks will conduct a
sweep of the airfield and establish support-by-fire
(SBF) positions overlooking the ferry landing. One gun
truck will remain in its SBF position while the other
continues to sweep the airfield. The second gun truck
will occupy its designated SBF position once the Ferry
nears the landing. The lead gun truck will coordinate
with JTF on the flight call signs. The main body links
up with the buses and the ambulance at the Windward
Ferry Landing and proceeds across to the Leeward
Ferry Landing. Once off loaded on the Leeward side,
the convoy proceeds to the flight line. One Gun Truck,
the Security Team Cargo HMMWV, the MP Working
Dog Team, and the last Gun Truck proceed up route #1
(West). The two busses, ambulance, and the QRF
vehicle proceed up route #2 (South). All vehicles will

stage and wait for the aircraft to arrive. The
Maintenance Contact Team moves to the Leeward
Ferry Landing and provides security of the ferry while
docked.
c. Phase 2 begins once the aircraft is on the ground.
The gun trucks proceed to positions forming a
perimeter around the aircraft. One Security Squad
Team positions itself from the aircrafts 11 o’clock to 1
o’clock position. The second Security Squad Team
positions itself from 5 o’clock to 7 o’clock covering in
between the two gun trucks. Correct spacing of troops
in paramount. Deploy these soldiers by vehicle. The
two busses, the ambulance, and the QRF element will
then move into position to the rear of the aircraft. The
QRF dismounts with shields and batons (no weapons)
and forms a cordon from the aircraft ramp to the lead
bus and ambulance. The CO coordinates with the
Aircraft Commander to get all pertinent information on
detainees. MPs will move detainees to the busses.
Secure the detainees on the busses and then the convoy
proceeds to the ferry and loads for return to the
Windward side.
d. During phase 3, position a sniper (one soldier
from the QRF w/ two spotters) on top of the ferry
during the movement from the Leeward side to the
Windward side.
QRF provides security (with
weapons) on the deck of the ferry for the crossing. The
Security squad provides security from the bridge side
of the ferry. The Sniper Team will remain in position
until the ramp of the ferry begins to deploy. Upon
docking on the Windward side, the convoy offloads
and lines up for movement back to Camp Delta.
e. During the last phase, the order of march is one
gun truck, the two detainee busses, the ambulance, one
gun truck, the QRF Element, the Security squad, the
MP working dog team, and finally the last two gun
trucks. March speed is 30 MPH. The convoy will
report all seven checkpoints (see coordinating
instructions in the OPORD) back to Camp Delta to the
JOC. The lead gun truck establishes a Blocking
Position (BP) on the road at Sally Port 1 of Camp Delta
as the buses and ambulances enter the gate. Once
detainees are in the camp and the gate is closed all
vehicles will proceed to Seaside Galley parking lot for
an after action review (AAR) and a mission debriefing.
The QRF will remain on the 2 ½ Ton Truck outside of
Sally Port #1 until properly relieved by the MPs.
3-3. Infantry Support Force
a. Team Omaha secures the airfield and designated
route to facilitate the safe and unhindered
transportation of detainees to / from the Camp Delta
Detainment Facility.
b. The mission consists of the following elements:
Quick Reaction Force (QRF), a Dismounted Security
Element (one Squad), a Mounted Security Element

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
3.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(four HMMWVs w/ .50 Cal MGs), two Bus Teams, a
MP Working Dog (MWD) Team, and a C2 element.
c. The QRF comes from the Platoon currently the
QRF in Camp Delta or if the designated Platoon has
enough personnel for the mission. It consists of two
Squads and the QRF PL. This element rides on a 2 ½ton Truck, and carries both lethal and non-lethal
weapons. The QRF PL maintains command and
control (C2) of this element.
d. The Dismounted Security Element is a Squad. It
comes from the same Platoon designated for the
detainee Movement Operation. This squad rides on a
Troop/Cargo HMMWV, and carries only lethal weapon
systems.
e. The mounted security element consists of four
HMMWVs with .50 Cal MGs. The PL maintains
command and control (C2) of this element.
f. The JDOG provides the two teams of bus
personnel. They link up with the buses at either the
Leeward or Windward Ferry Landing.
g. The JDOG also provides a Military Working Dog
Team. They utilize an A/C HMMWV that provides
comfort to the Dogs. The Combat Camera Team will
also be located in this vehicle.
h. The C2 element consists of the CO and the
Infantry Task Force Commander. They both ride in
each of the Gun trucks from the Mounted Security
Squads. Each of these personnel has the following
responsibilities:
(1) The CO is overall responsible for the
download of detainees. He has command and control
(C2) of the QRF, the Security Squad, and the Mounted
Security Element, the two Bus Teams, the Military
Working Dog Team, and the
Medical assets. He
coordinates with Air Force personnel prior to the plane
landing and the security crew on the plane once the
plane has landed. He reports directly to the Infantry
Task Force Commander.
(2) The Task Force Commander has Command
and Control (C2) of all operational assets. The CO
reports to him. He has TACON of the Port Security
Unit (PSU) boats, and reports directly to the Joint
Operations Center (JOC).
3-4. Land Movement
a. Follow the guidelines listed below for the airfield
reception of detainees.
b. The JDOG will identify two NCOs to receive
detainee property and the manifest. NCO #1 will
obtain the manifest from the personnel on the aircraft
and ride with the lead bus to Camp Delta. NCO #1 will
turn over this manifest upon arrival at Camp Delta to
the in-processing escort NCOIC. NCO #2 will receive
the detainee property and coordinate with JIG for
custody of the property. Once this coordination is done
and property needed by the JIG is released to them, the

remaining property will be taken to JDOG S-4 and
released to the Property Book Officer (PBO) for
storage, IAW AR 210-174.
c. Utilize six MPs, including one MP with a
shotgun, per detainee bus.
d. Two MPs will receive the detainee from the
aircraft escort team. They will pat down the detainee
then turn the detainee over to the MPs on the bus.
e. Three MPs will remain on the bus and receive the
patted-down detainee from the two MPs on the ground.
They will move the detainee to his position on the bus
and secure him to the floor.
f. Once the bus is full, all six MPs will travel on the
bus to provide security for the detainees.
g. Both buses will be loaded at the same time.
h. Infantry will be responsible for area outer
security during the airfield operations and the convoy
from the airport to Camp Delta.
i. The detainees will be in a three-piece suit.
j. The bus guards must bring sufficient handcuffs to
secure the detainees to the chain in the bus.
3-5. In-processing Security
a. Periodically, detainees will arrive at Camp Delta
to be detained until an appropriate disposition is
decided. The following guidelines will be followed for
the in-processing.
b. The DOC will be responsible for transmitting via
brevity code the following actions. Separate brevity
codes are used for the dress rehearsal and mission for
the following phases:
(1) Off-loading of detainees commences
(2) Off-loading of detainees completed
(3) Completion of in-processing.
c. Two Escort NCOICs should be identified for the
operation of detainee in-processing. One will be
responsible for receiving detainees and moving them
through in-processing. The other NCOIC will be
responsible for the movement of detainees from inprocessing to their various destinations and the
accountability of the detainees.
d. Pre-staging prior to detainee arrival will include,
but is not limited to the following:
(1) Dressing room personnel must stage threepiece suits in the dressing room based on the number of
detainees scheduled to arrive.
(2) Dressing room personnel will also prepare
jump suites i.e. insert shorts into bottoms and roll pant
legs up at least half way.
(3) Stage trash cans with liners, one outside
dressing room for goggles, two inside stripping room
for clothes, three in holding area #1 for mittens,
earmuffs, and miscellaneous trash.
(4) Two cardboard boxes should be placed in
holding area #1 for the Air Force black boxes and
chains.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
3.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(5) Set up two tables in holding area #1 for water.
MPs will use three coolers identified for their use.
Detainees will use two coolers identified for their use.
Secure Styrofoam cups and coordinate with medics to
obtain ice.
(6) Get rubber gloves from medics.
(7) Coordinate with the DOC to stage four golf
carts, with keys, fueled up, and outside holding area #2.
(8) Secure gate keys “A” and “B” from the DOC.
(9) Secure at least six Saber radios from the
DOC. One for each of the NCOICs and one for each of
the golf cart drivers.
(10) Shades will be closed on blocks to restrict
detainee’s view of in-processing.
(11) Secure two road guard vests for soldiers
directing convoy.
e. Once in-processing personnel arrive, they will
begin by sweeping holding areas #1 and #2. MPs will
then be tasked as follows:
(1) Two for holding area #1 security.
(2) Two for mitten and earmuff removal as well
as distributing water to detainees in holding area.
(3) Two for restraint removal and preparing
clothing to be removed.
(4) Two for the strip room.
(5) Two for shower and lice room. Wet weather
gear will be provided for soldiers.
(6) Two for physical inspection room.
(7) Two for the dressing room.
(8) Two to direct detainee convoy into Camp
Delta. Road Guard vests will be issued from supply.
(9) One to check off detainee roster inside
holding area #1.
(10) Four to six in riot gear to serve as the
Immediate Reaction Force (IRF) team.
(11) Remaining soldiers will be paired with an
NCO who will sign for a handcuff key.
(12) Four of these soldiers will be identified to be
litter escorts if needed.
f. NCO from the JDOG turns keys to black boxes to
Reception NCOIC and manifest over to JDOG S-1 at
processing area. The manifest will identify the order of
processing for detainees. The manifest usually will
designate a “Top Ten” list of the first detainees to be
interviewed at the Joint Intelligence Interrogation
Facility (JIIF).
g. Processing area escort MPs move detainees into
holding area as they are taken off of the buses. Escorts
operate as teams of two.
h. Escorts remove earmuffs and black boxes from
detainees. Black boxes are staged outside of holding
area pending return to Air Force. Four medics from the
JDOG check detainees after they are placed in holding
area. This is a check for any medical condition
requiring immediate attention (heat problems, etc.)

i. Escort teams move detainees through the
processing stations.
Unless otherwise specified,
restraints remain on detainees. Some stations require
removal of some restraints, however, at no time, unless
directed by appropriate authority, will all restraints be
removed from a detainee.
(1) Station 1: Escorts remove uniform off of
detainee. Uniform is thrown in trash to later be
collected and washed. Goggles will be lowered and
placed around the detainee’s neck. Mask remains on.
(2) Station 2: Escort team moves detainee to
shower room. A medic will conduct a check for lice.
If lice are found, detainee will be treated for lice and
will wait approximately 15 minutes for treatment to
work before continuing with shower. If no lice are
detected, the detainee will shower.
(3) Station 3: Escort team moves detainee to
medical exam room. The Physician Assistant (PA)
performs a quick exam, a body survey check, and a
body cavity search. Photos of scars and tattoos are
taken.
(4) Station 4: Escort team moves detainee to
dressing room and assists with dressing of detainee. A
second escort team is specifically assigned to the
dressing room to assist detainee escorts with the
dressing. During this process, only one portion of the
restraint system will be removed at a time as needed
for the dressing process. During this process, the Air
Force restraints are removed and replaced with
restraints from JTF-GTMO.
(5) Station 5: Escorts move detainee to hallway
outside of dressing room where a DNA sample is
taken. Height and weight are also taken. JIG takes
photographs.
(6) Station 6: detainee information is entered
into PWIS database.
(7) Station 7: Photo for identity (ID) bracelet is
taken in room adjacent to database interview room.
(8) Station 8: Move to hallway for taking of
fingerprints. The JDOG be prepared to provide two
MPs to take fingerprints.
(9) Station 9: Detainee is moved to medical inprocessing. Detainee is placed on cot for blood draw.
(10) Station 10: Detainee is moved to x-ray room
and receives chest x-ray. Medical personnel will place
lead aprons over MPs while MPs maintain control of
detainee.
(11) Station 11: Detainee is moved to medical
exam room.
(12) Station 12: Detainee is moved to dental
exam room. (Station 11 and Station 12 can be done in
the reverse order, depending on their availability.)
j. If the detainee is one of the first 10 being
processed, as identified by the manifest, he is taken
directly to JIIF and turned over to JIIF escort personnel
at the JIIF sally port.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
3.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
k. If the detainee is not one of the first 10 being
processed, he is moved through the system in the
normal order.
l. Escorts provide four MPs to drive golf carts
moving detainees to and from the blocks and medical.
An escort team will accompany the golf carts as
detainees are moved to and from the blocks to medical
at processing.
m. Once all processing is complete, MPs will insure
that all handcuffs, goggles, earmuffs, leg irons, black
boxes, and belly chains are accounted for and
assembled for return to the Air Force. These items will
be picked up for return to Leeward Airfield.
n. Once all processing is complete, the processing
building will be cleaned and policed.
3-6. Inbound and Outbound Operations
Refer to Annex E Air Bridge Operations.
3-7. Linguist Support
The JDOG S3 will task linguists to support reception
operations. The languages of the transferring detainees
will determine which linguists will be used in the
transfer process from the point of origin to Camp Delta
and from Camp Delta to transfer location for an
outbound mission.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
3.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 4
Detainee Processing (Reception/Transfer/Release)
4-1. Purpose
To in-process detainees, update and maintain the DRS
(Detainee Reporting System) database, send daily
upload and report to the National Detainee Records
Center (NDRC). Support other JDOG sections through
database research and queries. DRS is the principle
database for detainee’s administrative records.
4-2. Initial Processing
Upon notification of inbound detainees (24 to 48 prior
to arrival), prepare two sets of folders for each detainee
with the Internment Serial Number (ISN). The DOC
will receive one folder and the Processing Section (PS)
keeps the other.
4-3. Documents
Documents added to the folder during the process
include:
(1) Height and Weight Register
(2) Initial Medical Screening Card
(3) Detainee Personnel Records.
4-4. Preparation for Processing
a. At one hour after the detainee plane leaves
theater, a wheels up report will be received. This
report confirms the identity and number of detainees
onboard. Notify medical and property of any changes.
b. Between 24-48 hours prior to wheels down, the
unit transferring detainees or the NDRC will email to
the section OIC/NCOIC a final confirmed manifest
from either. Forward a copy to the medical inprocessing OIC and detainee property custodian.
c. Between 2-12 hours prior to detainee aircraft
wheels down, NDRC will send an upload containing all
detainee information collected during the in-processing
in theater. Use SIPRNET to send this.
d. Between 4-6 hours prior to arrival, an order list
will arrive from the JIG detailing the order in which
they want the detainees processed. Processing line
personnel will attempt to follow this order, however the
processing mission takes precedent. If the order list
does not arrive, contact the JIG to confirm order.
4-5. Personnel Requirements
a. Holding Area.
(1) One MP NCO assigned from a subordinate
MP company to control the off-loading of the busses,
positioning of detainees in the holding area, and
security of the holding area.
(2) There will be two MP escorts per detainee. A
ratio of 2:1 is required.
(3) Medical personnel: An NCOIC and four
medics set up and operate a first aid station.
b. Processing Trailer.

(1) NCOIC: Controls traffic in the trailer and
coordinates with all entities for smooth flow of
detainees
c. Undressing Room.
(1) Two MPs
d. Shower Room.
(1) Preventive medicine specialist
(2) Medic
(3) Two MPs
e. Cavity Search.
(1) PA
(2) Medical NCO
(3) One linguist
f. Dressing Room.
(1) Two MPs
g. DNA Sample.
(1) Two CTIF personnel
h. Height and Weight.
(1) Two Admin personnel
i. Processing Room.
(1) Three processing clerks
(2) Three intelligence personnel
(3) Three linguists
j. Camera Room.
(1) Two admin clerks for picture and ID
wristband processing,
(2) Two FBI personnel for five-stage picture
k. Fingerprinting.
(1) Two to four FBI personnel; in their absence,
two to four MPs
l. Camp Rules.
(1) One linguist
m. The Linguist OIC will control interpreters
stationed throughout the processing trailer.
4-6. In-Processing Procedures
a. Prior to detainee arrival, prepare and stage the
following:
(1) Water coolers with ice water and cups for
MPs
(2) Water cooler with water (without ice) and
cups for detainees
(3) Several boxes of latex gloves for MPs
(4) Hand sanitizer
(5) Golf carts staged and fueled for transporting
detainees to blocks
(6) Keys to all gates in both holding areas
(7) Raise blinds on North side of Delta block to
prevent detainees from seeing new arrivals
(8) Station 4, stage detainee uniforms, and
footwear
(9) Shut down Camp Delta with no non-essential
traffic in or out and movement of detainees.
b. Upon arrival, with the busses staged next to the
holding area, the JDOG S-3 representative on the lead
bus will give the manifest with notes, medical records,

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
4.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Air Force shackle keys and the disk with detainee
information to the Processing NCOIC. Pass the
appropriate information to medical and processing
personnel and give the Air Force shackle keys to the
MP’s staffing station #5, Dressing & Shackle
Exchange.
c. MPs form two lines from the bus to the holding
area entrance. As the detainees are brought off the bus,
the first escort from both lines will escort the detainee
through the sally port of the holding area. The NCOIC
of the holding area will station himself at the sally port
and direct the placement of each detainee. NCOIC of
the holding area is responsible for placing the detainees
in the sequence requested by the JIG.
d. Detainee entrance into holding area. Take the
detainees off the bus in the reverse order in which they
were loaded. Place the detainees on the JIG order list
closest to the processing trailer door. Once in the
holding area, seat the detainees; legs folded and head
down with their backs to the processing trailer door.
Remove the earmuffs and leather mitts and put surgical
masks in place after seating and securing all detainees.
All detainees will be off the bus and seated prior to
processing beginning.
In the holding area, medics check the detainees for
distress and administer aid as necessary. If a detainee
is in need of urgent medical care, he can be frontloaded into the processing sequence or taken to the
hospital where admin personnel will process him after
processing all other detainees.
e. On direction from the Processing NCOIC, two
MPs will escort in the first detainee to the processing
trailer.
f. Any detainee requiring special treatment such as
going directly to the JIG will be frontloaded in the
processing line.
4-7. MP Escort Responsibilities
a. A team of two MPs will escort each detainee
through the entire processing line. On average, the
processing cycle will last three hours; there is no
provision for rest breaks during these evolutions.
Escorts must be aware of this requirement.
b. Escorts will maintain four-point contact with
their detainee at all times unless directed to modify
their control by processing cadre.
c. Escorts will assist processing cadre as directed at
each processing station.
d. Escorts will ensure that the detainees ISN
sequence number is clearly written on their goggles.
e. Escorts will ensure that the goggles remain on the
detainee at all times until a wristband has been attached
at station 9. Goggles may be lowered around the
detainee’s neck, but not removed or pushed up on their
foreheads.

f. Escorts may be given records during processing.
Carry all records in a cargo pocket and turned over
with the detainee to either JIG interrogators or new
escort team at the end of processing.
4-8. Clothing Removal Room (Station 1)
Detainee remains shackled while clothing is cut off and
disposed of.
4-9. Shower (Station 2)
a. A Preventive Medicine Specialist will check
detainee for lice, scabies, and open wounds that require
treatment. If no treatment is necessary, lower the
goggles from face but stay around detainee neck and he
place the detainee in the shower for five minutes and
scrubbed by MPs.
b. If treatment is required, medics will apply
treatment while the next detainee in line showers.
4-10. Cavity Search (Station 3)
a. A Physicians Assistant (PA) will give the detainee
a quick exam, checks for scars, markings, and tattoos.
If there are any, take a picture of the area for FBI
records.
b. PA performs a body cavity search. A linguist
will be present to communicate the procedure.
4-11. Dressing/Shackle Exchange (Station 4)
a. Kneel the detainee down on the floor or chair;
remove the Air Force leg irons and place them in the
storage box to go back to the Air Force
b. Place orange pants and leg shackles from threepiece suit on detainee.
c. Remove hand irons and place in the storage box.
d. Put the orange shirt on the detainee while the
MPs have positive control of arms.
e. Place handcuffs from three-piece suit on
detainee.
4-12. DNA Sample (Station 5)
MP’s lower surgical mask from detainee, Naval
Criminal Investigation Service (NCIS) personnel have
detainee open mouth and obtain the DNA swab.
Replace the surgical mask.
4-13. Height and Weight (Station 6)
Using a standard scale and cloth tape measure taped to
the wall, measure the detainee and annotate the results
on the weight register and forward to DRS personnel
for processing.
4-14. DRS In-Processing (Station 7)
a. DRS clerks take personal information from
detainee through interpreters. At a minimum, record
the following:
(1) Capturing Country

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
4.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(2) Theater Command
(3) Power Served
(4) Prisoner Category
(5) Last Name
(6) First Name
(7) Grade
(8) Nationality
(9) Sex.
b. JIG representatives may be present and ask
additional questions that the DRS processors will input
under the Remarks field.
c. As time permits, gather additional information.
4-15. ID Wristband/Dossier (Station 8)
a. Seat the detainee in front of the blue screen an
MP on each side.
b. Take a front picture. Hold the detainee in the
chair until confirmation of a good picture.
c. Move the detainee to stand in front of the white
screen and take five pictures for the FBI’s image
recognition software. The five pictures are in terms of
a clock: 0900, 1000, 1200, 1300, and 1500.
d. Four detainee Dossiers are printed and distributed
as follows:
(1) Used for detainee ID bracelet and ID card
(2) In-processing detainee file
(3) In DOC detainee file
(4) Given to FBI.
e. ID band placed on detainee while standing in
front of white screen. Instruct the detainee that if he
removes the ID bracelet he will not be fed until another
is made for him
f. Escort handed the detainee ID card.
g. Escort gives the ID card to block after placing the
detainee in his cell.
4-16. Fingerprint (Station 9)
FBI personnel operate the fingerprint station and use
their automated system and manual system. This
station is required to have handcuff keys. In the event
the FBI cannot send technicians, MPs will operate the
station and use the manual fingerprint forms.
4-17. Camp Rules (Station 10)
a. Post the camp rules in four languages.
b. If detainee cannot read, provide a linguist to read
the rules to him.
c. The goggles are removed and placed in the
collection can for return to the Air Force
d. Escort the detainee through the medical section.

4-19. Reporting
a. After securing the detainees in the holding area, a
wheels down report is due to the NDRC.
b. After processing the last detainee, an Action
Closed Report is due to the NDRC, and perform an
upload, sending all new information to the NDRC.
4-20. Behavior Management Plan
a. Phase One Behavior Management Plan (First
thirty days or as directed by JIG). The purpose of the
Behavior Management Plan is to enhance and exploit
the disorientation and disorganization felt by a newly
arrived detainee in the interrogation process. It
concentrates on isolating the detainee and fostering
dependence of the detainee on his interrogator. During
the first two weeks at Camp Delta, classify the
detainees as Level 5 and house in a Maximum Security
Unit (MSU) Block. During this time, the following
conditions will apply:
(1) Restricted contact: No ICRC or Chaplain
contact
(2) No books or mail privileges
(3) MREs for all meals.
(4) Basic comfort items only:
(a) ISO Mat
(b) One blanket
(c) One towel
(d) Toothpaste/finger toothbrush
(e) One Styrofoam cup
(f) Bar of soap
(g) Camp Rules
(h) No Koran, prayer beads, prayer cap.
(5) Mail writing and delivery will be at the
direction of the J-2.
b. Phase Two Behavior Management Plan. The
two-week period following Phase 1 will continue the
process of isolating the detainee and fostering
dependence on the interrogator.
Until the JIG
Commander changes his classification, the detainee
will remain a Level 5 with the following:
(1) Continued MSU
(2) Koran, prayer beads and prayer cap
distributed by interrogator
(3) Contacts decided by interrogator
(4) Interrogator decides when to move the
detainee to general population.

4-18. Post Processing
a. Collect and turn over handcuffs, leg irons,
padlocks, and goggles to the JDOG S-3 Section for
return to the Air Force.
b. Processing trailer cleaned and sterilized
Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
4.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
4.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 5
Detention Facility Operations
5-1. Rules of Engagement (ROE) and Rules for the
Use of Force (RUF)
a. References.
(1) CJCSI 3121.01A ROE, DODD 5210.56 RUF,
& USCINCSO SER ONE
(2) JTF-GTMO ROE/RUF 30 NOV 02
b. The physical security of U.S. Forces & detainees
in U.S. care is paramount. Use the minimum force
necessary for mission accomplishment and force
protection.
c. Right of self-defense: nothing limits your right to
use all necessary means available and take all
appropriate actions in defense of yourself and U.S.
Forces against a hostile act or hostile intent. Hostile
Act is an attack or other use of force against U.S.
Forces, or force used directly to prevent or interfere
with the mission and/or duties of U.S. Forces.
Hostile Intent is the threat of imminent use of force
against U.S. Forces, or the threat of force to prevent or
interfere with the mission and/or duties of U.S. Forces.
d. Defend detainees: as you would yourself against
a hostile act or intent, death or serious bodily harm.
e. Priorities of force: when force is necessary to
protect or control detainees, follow these steps, if time
and circumstances permit:
(1) Use Verbal Persuasion
(2) Use Show of Force
(3) Use Pepper Spray or CS Gas
(4) Use Physical Force, then Non-Lethal
Weapons (NLW)
(5) Present Deadly Force
(6) Use of Deadly Force (as authorized below)
f. Deadly force: is force that can cause death or
serious bodily harm. Deadly force may be used when
lesser means are exhausted, unavailable, or cannot
reasonably be used; the risk of death or serious bodily
harm to innocent persons is not significantly increased;
and the purpose is:
(1) Self-Defense
(2) Defense of other in imminent danger of death
or serious bodily harm
(3) To prevent theft or sabotage of weapons,
ammunition, or other sensitive items that present a
substantial danger of death or serious bodily harm to
others.
(4) To prevent a violent offense against another
person in imminent danger of death or serious bodily
harm i.e. murder, assault.
(5) To apprehend a person who committed one of
the serious offenses above OR:
(6) To prevent escape of detainee(s) who is
beyond the outside fence of the detention camp. If
detainee(s) attempt escape, follow these steps:
(a) Shout HALT three times

(b) Use the least amount of force necessary to
stop escape
(c) Detainee(s) is escaping beyond the outside
fence of the detention camp and there is no other
effective means to prevent escape, the use of deadly
force is authorized. (If you have another justification
to use deadly force-besides escape-you DO NOT have
to wait until the detainee(s) are beyond the outside
fence)
(7) NO WARNING SHOTS
(8) Fire to make the person(s) unable to continue
the behavior that prompted you to shoot.
(9) Fire with regard for the safety of innocent
bystanders.
(10) A holstered weapon should not be
unholstered unless you expect to use it.
(11) Report the use of force to your chain of
command.
5-2. Daily Reports
a. Use an incident report when an incident occurs
that is not documented by the detainee Discipline or
Serious Incident Report.
b. Anyone who finds evidence or contraband will
complete a DA 4137 Evidence/Property Custody
Document to document the chain of custody and turn in
of evidence or contraband seized at Camp Delta. The
DA 4137 and evidence/contraband will be turned in to
the Military Police Investigations (MPI) section. The
MPI section will determine if the items are evidence or
contraband. Contraband will be given to the JDOG S-2
who will evaluate the contraband for intelligence
purposes. Contraband will then be turned over to
JDOG S-4 to be stored with the detainee’s property.
The MPI section will retain evidence until it is turned
over to NCIS. All evidence and contraband must be
properly marked before being submitted. Examples of
potential evidence include but are not limited to:
(1) Evidence
classified
as
“dangerous
contraband”
(2) Videotape of IRF movements or disturbances
(3) Evidence seized from a suicide attempt.
Examples of potential contraband include but are not
limited to:
(1) Drawings
(2) Modified items of linen
(3) Writing on cups.
c. DD Form 508 Report Of/Or Recommendation for
Disciplinary Action is used to recommend and
document disciplinary actions taken against a detainee
for violations of the rules. The PL will sign his name
in the Confinement Officer block. The JDOG S-3 will
sign as the Confinement Officer.
d. The MP who is reporting the incident will
complete the DA Form 2823 Sworn Statement. If that
MP is not available, the SOG will complete the Sworn

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
5.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Statement and include the reason for the guard not
completing it in the witness statement.
e. GTMO Form 509-1 Inspection Record Of
Prisoner In Segregation will be utilized to document
welfare checks of detainees who are in a MSU cell.
Conduct checks every 10 minutes and document on
GTMO Form 509-1.
f. Use the Guard Shift Manning Roster to assign
guards to duty positions.
g. Detainee Tracking Log is used to track detainee
refusals (chow, recreation, showers, etc) and travels
with the detainee when he makes a permanent move.
Detainee Discipline Logs are used to track detainee
discipline infractions and document this on the
discipline log. The block discipline log travels with the
detainee when he makes a permanent move.
Headcount Form is used to document results of
headcounts.
h. Supply Request Form is used to request supplies
from JDOG S-4. It will be picked up each day.
i. Significant Activities Sheet is used to track
significant activities in blocks for JDOG S-2. JDOG S2 picks it up each day.
j. MSU Block Log is used for tracking placement
of detainees in Maximum Security Units.
k. ID Band or Card Request is used to request new
ID bands or Cards from medical processing. The DOC
admin NCO will furnish it to JDOG S-1.
l. Movement Log is used to record all permanent
movements of detainees.
m. ICRC Tracking Sheet is a tracking sheet for
ICRC escorts.
n. Medical Escort Tracking Sheet is used for
tracking Medical escorts.
o. Reservation Tracking Sheet is used to track JIIF
escorts.
p. Detainee Medical Request is used to pass on
detainee non-urgent or emergency medical requests to
Medical.
q. DA 1594 Daily Staff Journal or Duty Officer’s
Log will be used by each shift to document daily
activity. The journal will at a minimum document
chow arrival times, headcount times and results, prayer
call times, detainee requests to see JTF-GTMO,
detainee movements and other significant operational
activities.
r. Visitor’s Logbook will contain the following
information
(1) Name
(2) Rank of visitor
(3) Organization
(4) Escort Name
(5) Rank and Organization
(6) Date/Time In
(7) Date/Time Out
(8) ID of Block Guard entering data.

s. Serious Incident Report (SIR) is used to report
serious incidents or disturbances.
t. DA 3997 Military Police Desk Blotter will be
used in the DOC to track daily activity in the camp. At
a minimum, it will be used to track detainees at the
hospital, JIIF escorts, everything that happens in the
camp including contractor activities.
t. The CO will use the Company Commander
Checklist to perform checks during the shift.
u. The CO will complete the End of Shift AAR at
the end of every shift.
v. CD-S319, Observation of Self-Injurious Behavior
Form; will be used to record observations of detainees
on self-harm watch. Document the activity of the
detainee every 15 minutes on this form.
5-3. Camp Rules Each detainee will be given the
opportunity to read the Camp Rules in their native
language. The current Camp Rules are at Figure 5-1.
5-4. Incident Reports (IR)
a. An IR will be used when an incident occurs that
is not documented via DD Form 508 or Serious
Incident Report (SIR) documentation. Required format
for IR is at Figure 5-2. IR control numbers will be
assigned by Detention Services Branch. Examples of
incidents requiring incident reports include, but are not
limited to:
(1) Lost Key reporting.
(2) Occupational accident
(3) To document an incident that requires more
documentation than a log entry or daily journal entry.
(Example- large disturbance with no discipline
measure taken to provide documentation.)
b. Incident Reports will be completed and turned in
by end of shift with the supporting paperwork by the
CO.
c. Incident Reports will be briefed at CO Change of
Shift brief.
5-5. SPOT Reports (SPOTREP)
a. A SPOTREP will be completed and sent to the
JOC Watch Officer (cc to designated individuals)
within 30 minutes of end of incident listed on the
notification matrix. Required format for the SPOTREP
is at Figure 5-3.
b. A SPOTREP will be sent to JDOG S3 for any
contraband found in a detainee area such as a cell or
shower.
A follow-up SPOTREP with additional detail will be
sent up within 2 hours if necessary.
d. The method of transmission will be as follows:
(1) Priority Means is SIPRNET e-mail
(2) Secondary Means is Secure Telephone Unit
(STU)
(3) Tertiary Means is Runner/courier.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
5.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
5-6. Serious Incident Reports (SIR)
a. The Serious Incident Report (SIR) will be used
for an incident that requires the use of force such as a
cell extraction using the IRF Team. A SIR should also
be used on any incident that is classified as an attempt
self harm by a detainee, especially when it will be as
justification for taking some type of action against the
detainee (move to MSU, removing items he could kill
himself with, etc.)
b. The CO will complete the SIR, using the format
at Figure 5-4. Once it is completed, forward the SIR to
JDOG S3. It will then be forwarded to JDOG and JTFGTMO. Utilize the floppy disk in the DOC to save the
SIR by date. Do not save over the template. A
template for the SIR is saved on a disk located in the
DOC, titled “SIR”. Double click on the file and it will
open up to a template. Tab from gray box to gray box,
filling in the required information. In the “Summary of
Incident” are, include who, what, when, where, why,
and how information.
5-7. Discipline Records
a. In addition to Daily Staff Journal and Pass on
Book entries, DA Form 2823 and DD Form 508 are the
forms used to recommend and document disciplinary
actions taken against a detainee for violations of the
rules. The forms will be used to document any
instances in which a detainee is disciplined.
b. A copy of DD Form 508 will be kept at the DOC.
Another copy will be placed in the detainee Alpha
Roster Binder, which is kept on the block of that
particular detainee.
5-8. Guard Mount
a. SOGs will arrive 45 minutes prior to shift change
to speak with the off going SOG on any relevant
information relating to the shift.
b. Guard Mount will be conducted 30 minutes prior
to shift change.
The oncoming SOGs will be
responsible for holding Guard Mount for their
prospective camp.
c. SOGs should ensure that all personnel know and
understand where they are going to be working and
what they will be doing.
d. During the Guard Mount formation, the soldiers
will receive any specific changes relating to their shift.
e. The Immediate Reaction Force (IRF) word of the
day will also be put out during guard mount both the
primary and alternate teams.
5-9. Change of Shift Procedures
a. Duty position relief will be conducted by relief-in
place. It is imperative that outgoing personnel remain
at their position until relieved by incoming personnel.

This insures that no detainees or posts are ever left
unmonitored.
b. Oncoming SOGs will ensure that manning rosters
are filled out and that personnel are accounted for
during the guard mount formation. The SOG will also
speak with the outgoing SOG on any relevant issues
that may have or will occur during the past or present
shift.
c. The off-going SOG checks the paperwork from
the off-going shift and verifies its accuracy,
completeness, and legibility. The off-going SOG signs
the bottom of each Significant Activity sheet, verifying
the accuracy, completeness, and legibility.
d. Once the on-coming SOG has accounted for
personnel during the guard mount formation he/she
will release the shift to allow them to draw keys,
radios, batteries and three-piece suit keys.
(1) Drawing Equipment. The Block NCOs will
pick up any forms they need from the DOC. Oncoming personnel will receive three-piece suit from
off-going personnel at post. Individuals requiring a
hand held radio would sign for a new battery and will
hot seat the radio from off-going personnel at the
block. The person issuing the batteries will have the
individual sign out radio battery using the radio sign
out log. Once the on-coming shift relieves the offgoing shift, the off-going shift will return to the DOC
to turn in radio battery and all paperwork. Off-going
personnel will remain under the control of the offgoing SOG until relieved. Keys will be signed for on
the key log on the block. Radios and shackles will be
signed for on the block.
(2) The Block NCOs will correctly complete the
key log and sign out of equipment on each block. The
on-coming SOG will spot check the key log and
shackle sign out on each block to insure that all offgoing and on-coming personnel have properly signed
back in or signed out items. If there are any
discrepancies, the SOG will correct the problem. Once
all on-coming personnel sign for items and relieve all
positions, the on-coming SOG will then relieve the offgoing SOG. Once the off-going SOG has been
relieved, he/she will then release all other off-going
personnel. The DOC RTO will begin duty log and will
conduct radio checks with all positions. Once the radio
checks are complete, the Admin NCO will notify the
PL.
5-10. Oleoresin Capsicum (OC) Use
a. The CJDOG, DCJDOG, JDOG S3, CO, PL, or
SOG may authorize the use of OC pepper spray to
preclude the use of physical force by the IRF
Team/Escorts. This will be to control an unruly
detainee or detainees; to prevent the commission of a
serious offense involving violence and threatening
death or serious bodily harm; in self defense; to prevent

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
5.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
a detainee from escaping; or to extract an detainee(s)
involved in a riot or disturbance. Do not use OC to
respond to spitters or urinators.
b. Use the current issue Def Tech Mark 4 OC Spray.
Administer OC by aiming at the eyes, nose, and Mouth
when possible. Use a ½, to 1 second burst from a
distance of 36 to 72 inches away.
c. If control cannot be achieved after the first
application within 30 seconds, subsequent applications
of one-second bursts can be applied. It is not necessary
to spray just a single detainee as the spray can affect an
entire block if the situation requires it, and can be used
as a riot control agent.
d. The CO, PL, and SOG will carry OC. Certified
personnel will only use OC unless directed by the CO.
The sprayer will document all OC usage and the
incident will be reported to the CO, PL, and JDOG S-3
as soon as possible. When practical the following steps
should be followed prior to utilizing OC:
(1) In a loud clear voice command the detainee to
follow whatever directive was given, when possible
have an interpreter present.
(2) Allow the detainee time to comply.
(3) Warn by standers and Block Guard s prior to
OC use using a brevity code word or phrase.
(4) Once the situation has been declared under
control, the detainee will be checked by medical
personnel and decontaminated by at a minimum having
medical personnel flush their eyes out with water.
(5) Have medical personnel again check the
detainee for health problems.
(6) Once cleared, the detainee should be
monitored for two hours after contamination.
(7) An IR or SIR will be completed after each
spray.
(8) Documentation of all OC Sprays, IRF actions
and the decontamination process will be done by video
and written reports.
(9) Once the canister of OC is half-empty, it will
be exchanged for a new full canister.
5-11. Public Address System
a. The Public Address system is to be used to play
the call to prayer to all blocks and for emergency uses
only. The emergency status is to be determined by the
CO, SOG, PL, or JDOG S-3.
b. Before any announcement to the detainees is
made, the script to be read must be submitted to JDOG
for approval.
5-12. Radio Discipline
a. All soldiers who are issued radios will use
“Common Language” on the radio net. All radio traffic
broadcast will be in a calm clear voice. All nonemergency transmissions will wait until the net is clear,
prior to broadcasting. All transmissions will be

professional and respectful. No sarcastic or insulting
language or sounds will be broadcast.
b. In the event of an emergency a predetermined
code word will be broadcast, the DOC will repeat this
code word, and this will clear all traffic from the net.
Only the DOC and the unit sending the transmission
will broadcast.
The DOC will rebroadcast any
information, to include dispatching any needed
personnel. All non-essential radio traffic either will
hold or will be sent via a landline.
c. After the emergency has passed, the DOC will
broadcast the “All Clear” and normal radio traffic will
continue.
d. Only English will be used at any time, on the Net.
e. It is up to the Soldier issued the radio to monitor
the radio at all times, it will be the responsibility of that
individual to use the radio correctly.
5-13. Equipment Chit System
a. All equipment signed out by a Block Guard
/Block NCO will use a chit system where an ID card
will be used for entry into the site, that card will then
be exchanged for the signed out items. In the case of
multiple items, i.e. keys, radio, shackles, nail clipper,
all will be listed on a sign out roster, and the ID is left.
The sign-out/chit will be checked prior to end of shift.
b. The ID will be checked prior to entry and exit of
site.
5-14. Evidence and Contraband Procedures
a. Evidence is items taken after an actual injury or
death. Contraband is items taken during searches that
have not led to injury or death.
b. All evidence and contraband that is acquired be
logged on a DA Form 4137 IAW AR 195-5. Entries
should be typed or printed legibly in black ink. The
original copy goes to the Evidence Custodian (EC).
Complete the administrative section of the custody
document, stating clearly how the evidence was
obtained. In the Description of Articles section,
describe each item of evidence, accurately and in
detail. The Chain of Custody section provides
information about the release and receipt of evidence.
From initial acquisition of evidence to its final
disposition, every change in custody must be recorded
in this section. The first entry under the Released By
column is the signature, name, and grade or title of the
person from whom the property was taken. If the
evidence was found at the scene, write NA in the
signature block.
c. The SOG or PL will ensure the DA 4137 is
complete and accurate prior to turn in to the Evidence
Custodian.
d. Under Purpose of Change of Custody column
write “Evidence” or Contraband, or if you are also the
evidence custodian, write, “Received by Evidence

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
5.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Custodian. When any change of custody occurs, it is
the responsibility of the person in control of the
evidence at that time to ensure that entries of the
change are made on the original DA Form 4137 and all
appropriate copies.
The importance of keeping
accurate and complete custody documents cannot be
overemphasized.
e. Anything that is NOT an issue item to a detainee
is to be considered contraband and will be collected
along with any item that is on the prohibited items list
contained in section 1-8g. All collected items will be
turned into the Evidence Custodian along with a sworn
statement about the discovery of the item(s).
f. In the event of an incident involving death,
serious bodily harm, and rape of any person inside
camp delta including detainees. The Military Police
working in the facility will notify the CO immediately
after the situation is controlled.
g. It is the responsibility of the CO to notify the
JDOG S-3 of the incident
h. The JDOG will dispatch an appointed, school
trained, MPI to the scene. It is the responsibility of the
MPI to secure the scene upon arrival. The MPI will
ensure that the crime scene and the evidence is neither
contaminated nor destroyed, IAW AR 195-5, AR 19030, and AR 195-2. The JDOG will immediately notify
Naval Criminal Investigation Service (NCIS) to
investigate the incident.
i. After normal working hours, the JDOG DO will
notify CJDOG and Post Security and they will contact
the Agent on Call.
j. When NCIS arrives on the scene, they will
assume all responsibility for the investigation the crime
scene and any evidence connected to the offense.
k. Once contraband and evidence is turned into the
EC, it will be maintained IAW AR 195-5, Security
Standards for Evidence Storage, Chapter 4, paragraphs
1 thru 4.
l. After contraband and evidence are logged, it may
be released to JDOG S-2 for intelligence gathering
purposes.
m. It is their responsibility to follow proper
procedure to ensure no contraband or evidence is
contaminated or destroyed.
n. After intelligence value is extracted from the
material, it will be turned back over to the Evidence
Custodian.
o. Photograph and turn in all damaged self-harm
blankets and smocks to the JDOG S4 except when the
item was used in a suicide or near-suicide.
p. The Evidence Custodian will forward a copy of
the DA 4137 to the JDOG S4 for all semi-durable
goods that are confiscated for evidence. All damaged
items that are not evidence will be sent to the JDOG S4
for disposition.

5-15. Investigations
a. When warranted, the MPI will investigate any
alleged incident of misconduct inside Camp Delta.
b. After the investigation is completed, the MPI will
review the evidence and all other investigation related
material with the Staff Judge Advocate (SJA).
c. If the results of the investigation are determined
to be unfounded by the MPI, the investigation material
will be returned to the JDOG S3 to be filed
appropriately.
d. If the results of the investigation are determined
to be founded, the investigation material will be given
to the CDJOG to determine how the matter will be
resolved.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
5.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
5.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 6
Cell Block Operations
Section I – Security Procedures
6-1. Overview
a. Fair, firm, and impartial enforcement of rules and
regulations facilitates the control of detainees. Custody
and control measures maintain good order and
discipline and protect the welfare of all personnel and
detainees alike.
Supervisors must know where
assigned detainees are and what they are doing at all
times.
b. Supervision of detainees consists of much more
than observing detainee conduct and activity.
Supervision includes searching the detainee’s person,
his billeting areas, conducting counts, conducting night
inspections of billeting areas, and maintaining a high
level of alertness to prevent escapes, violence, sexual
incidents, or other disturbances.
c. Security is a series of checks and balances
performed at various levels both internal and external
to the facility. It requires all personnel to continually
maintain an effective working knowledge of rules,
regulations, and special orders; maintain constant
vigilance throughout their daily duties; review/evaluate
procedures and initiate recommendations to proper
authority for improvements.
d. There must be a continuous presence on the
blocks by the Block Guards. At no time should the
block not have a Block Guard walking up and down
the block. At random times, two Block Guards will
walk the block and it will be annotated in the pass-on
book.
6-2. Headcounts
a. Detainees will not be responsible for conducting
any part of the count. Detainees will not move about
during count, to include any escorted detainees to areas
outside the blocks. All detainee escorts will hold in
place until the count is complete and cleared by the
DOC.
b. Conduct ISN headcounts as scheduled. The
Block Guard conducting the ISN headcount will
compare the ISN number on the ID bracelet with the
ISN number on the alpha roster and the picture on the
ID bracelet to the detainee.
c. To count a detainee at night, the Block Guard
counting detainees must see skin or movement.
d. Conduct additional counts whenever a there is
suspicion of a missing detainee, after a disturbance,
after a drill or when deemed necessary by the CO or
higher authority.
e. Conduct a picture headcount at any time the
identity of a missing detainee is not apparent.
f. Random headcounts will occur on every shift.
During each two-hour block of time starting at the

beginning of the shift, the DOC will call for a random
headcount, and the blocks will conduct it.
6-3. Searches
a. Searching will be done technically correct and
professionally at all times. The intent is to search for
safety, not harass or invade dignity.
b. Search cells whenever a detainee exits a cell or
prior to his return to his cell.
c. A minimum of three random cell searches will be
done on day shift and swing shift. Cells scheduled for
shower and recreation that day will not be included in
the count of cells randomly searched.
d. Search showers and recreation areas before and
after every detainee use.
e. All shifts will do area searches.
f. When searching, use a systematic method to
ensure all areas are covered.
g. Midnight shift, will conduct visual search of the
cells and detainees every ten minutes by walking
through the block. Annotate every check on the block
journal. Report all unusual activity.
h. Submit a work order any time a cell has
inoperable equipment. Each cell that needs a work
order must be on a separate work order.
i. Search detainees at a minimum of each time they
are removed from a cell.
j. Conduct physical searches by the same gender
whenever possible as a matter of principle. Only
during exigent conditions for security purposes should
an opposite gender conduct any physical search when
no other same-gender MP is available as determined by
the SOG.
6-4. Searching the Koran
a. To ensure the safety of the detainees and MPs
while respecting the cultural dignity of the Korans
thereby reducing the friction over the searching the
Korans. JTF-GTMO personnel directly working with
detainees will avoid handling or touching the
detainee’s Koran whenever possible. When military
necessity does require the Koran to be searched, the
subsequent procedures will be followed.
(1) The MP informs the detainee that the
Chaplain or a Muslim interpreter will inspect Koran. If
the detainee refuses the inspection at any time, the
noncompliance is reported to the DOC and logged
appropriately by the Block NCO.
(2) The Koran will not be touched or handled by
the MP.
(3) The Chaplain or Muslim interpreter will give
instructions to the detainee who will handle the Koran.
He may or may not require a language specific
interpreter.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
6.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(4) The inspector is examining to notice
unauthorized items, markings, or any indicators that
raises suspicion about the contents of the Koran.
(5) The inspector will instruct the detainee to first
open the one cover with one hand while holding the
Koran in the other thus exposing the inside cover
completely.
(6) The inspector instructs the detainee to open
pages in an upright manner (as if reading the Koran).
This is a random page search and not every page is to
be turned. Pages will be turned slowly enough to
clearly see the pages.
(7) The inspector has the detainee show the
inside of the back cover of the Koran.
(8) The detainee is instructed to show both ends
of the Koran while the book is closed so that inspector
can note the binding while closed paying attention to
abnormal contours or protrusions associated with the
binding. The intent is to deduce if anything may be in
the binding without forcing the detainee to expose the
binding, which may be construed as culturally
insensitive or offensive given the significance of the
Koran.
(9) How the detainee reacted, observation by
other detainees, and other potentially relevant
observations will be annotated appropriately on the
block significant activities sheet as well as staff
journal.
b. Handling.
(1) Clean gloves will be put on in full view of the
detainees prior to handling.
(2) Two hands will be used at all times when
handling the Koran in manner signaling respect and
reverence. Care should be used so that the right hand
is the primary one used to manipulate any part of the
Koran due to the cultural association with the left hand.
Handle the Koran as if it were a fragile piece of
delicate art.
(3) Ensure that the Koran is not placed in
offensive areas such as the floor, near the toilet or sink,
near the feet, or dirty/wet areas.
c. Removal.
(1) Korans should be left in the cell as a rule
(save in MSU), even when a detainee is moved to
another cell or block. In principal, every cell (except
MSU) will have a Koran “assigned” to it.
(2) If a Koran must be removed at the direction
the CJDOG, the detainee library personnel or Chaplain
will be contacted to retrieve and properly store the
Koran in the detainee library. The request for the
librarian/Chaplain, as well as the retrieval itself, will be
logged appropriately.
(3) If the Chaplain, librarian, or Muslim
interpreter, within the needs of the situation, cannot
remove the Koran, then the MP may remove the Koran

after approved by the DOC (who notes this in the MP
Blotter) IAW the following procedures:
(a) Clean gloves will be put on in full view of the
detainees prior to handling.
(b) Two hands will be used at all times when
handling the Koran in manner signaling respect and
reverence.
(c) Place a clean, dry, detainee towel on the
detainee bed and then place the Koran on top of the
clean towel in a manner, which allows it to be wrapped
without turning the Koran over at any time in a
reverent manner. Ensure that the Koran is not placed
in offensive areas such as the floor, near the toilet or
sink, near the feet, or dirty/wet area when doing this
activity.
(4) How the detainee reacted, observation by
other detainees, and other potentially relevant
observations will be annotated appropriately on the
block significant activities sheet as well as staff
journal.
(5) The Koran shall be returned to the librarian,
Chaplain, or DOC (in that order).
(6) Exception: Detainee in MSU may have a
Koran if specifically authorized by a 508-1 or the Level
5 Block Entitlement Form.
Once detainee leaves
MSU, the same handling/removing policies and
procedures remain in effect.
(7) Korans are the property of the U.S.
Government and as such will remain in the cells only
to be removed at the CJDOG’s decision.
6-5. Keys
a. Maintain all cell and sally port keys on your
person continuously.
b. Never leave keys unsecured and unattended
within the facility. Keys are not to be laid down on
tables, chairs, steps, etc. at any time. Keys are not to
be left hanging on a hooks or the fence.
c. Keys will not leave the block. They will be
handed to another Block Guard prior to leaving the
block.
6-6. Food Tray Slot (“Bean Hole”) Covers
a. Bean hole covers will be closed at all times
except when serving food, shackling, passing an item
to the detainee, or is required for a medical check.
These bean hole covers do include the observation
windows on the MSU cell doors.
b. Bean hole covers will be latched at all times.
6-7. Applying Restraints (“Shackling”)
a. Shackling of detainees will follow a “minimum
force” policy. The intent is to create a standard for
shackling without sacrificing the ability to escalate due
to MP safety concerns.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
6.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
b. As a general rule, detainees will be shackled in
the standing up position. It will be the block NCOs
responsibility to justify the need to escalate and require
a detainee to kneel to be shackled
c. If a detainee is required to kneel, the Block NCO
will note in the block pass-on book whenever a
detainee is required to kneel to be shackled. The
notation will include the time, ISN, type of escort
(shower & recreation, reservation, etc.) and a BRIEF
reason as to the deviation from shackling in the
standing position.
d. Forced cell extractions, moves in which the
detainee has required an IRF “stand to”, are obvious
reasons for use of the kneeling position.
Section II – Support Operations
6-8. Shower and Recreation
a. Utilize the following schedule on levels 2, 3, 4,
and 5 blocks for shower and recreation call.

SUNDAY
MONDAY
TUESDAY
WEDNESDAY
THURSDAY
FRIDAY
SATURDAY

DAY SHIFT
NONE
UNITS 1-8
UNITS 17-24
UNITS 33-40
UNITS 1-8
UNITS 17-24
UNITS 33-40

SWING SHIFT
NONE
UNITS 9-16
UNITS 25-32
UNITS 41-48
UNITS 9-16
UNITS 25-32
UNITS 41-48

b. Level one blocks will utilize the below schedule:

WEDNESDAY
THURSDAY

DAY SHIFT
UNITS 1-10
UNITS 22-31
UNITS 41-48/13
UNITS 15-24
UNITS 35-44

FRIDAY
SATURDAY

UNITS 8-17
UNITS 28-37

SUNDAY
MONDAY
TUESDAY

SWING SHIFT
UNITS 11-21
UNITS 32-41
UNITS 4-14
UNITS 25-34
UNITS 45-48/17
UNITS 18-27
UNITS 38-48

additional five minutes. Only allow shaving of body
hair on the first rotation of each week (Monday through
Wednesday.) but will NOT be done on MSU blocks or
for Delta block patients. Block Guards will constantly
monitor detainees during shaving at all times.
Detainees will possess no nail clippers while they
possess a razor. Ensure the return of intact razors.
Allow level one detainees to use a shower curtain
during their shower period.
The detainee must
exchange the shower curtain for the razor. No detainee
will have a razor with the shower curtain hung up.
e. After returning from shower and recreation, offer
the detainee the use of a brush to clean their cell. They
will have until the next detainee on their side of the
block returns from shower and recreation to use the
brush. The detainee will receive no cleaning supplies
or agents to clean their cell. The last detainee who has
shower will receive the brush for 30 minutes. If the
detainee refuses shower, they will not get the floor
brush.
f. Track refusals in the Refusals log. Search the
refusing detainee’s cell.
g. Detainees may exercise in their cell as long as it
is an approved exercise.
h. No detainee may perform any hand-to-hand
combat or martial arts PT, either organized or
individual, in the recreation yard or in their cell.
i. Amputees will receive their normal recreation
time and any other if prescribed by a doctor. Detainees
that have a walker may take the walker with them to
the recreation yard.
j. Escort level one detainees to and from Shower
and Recreation in handcuffs and waist belt. They will
not have leg irons placed on them.
6-9. Detainee Mess Operations
a. SOG. The SOG is responsible for the adequate
quality and quantity of food served (to include MREs)
to detainees and U.S personnel and that sanitation,
preparation, handling and servicing of food meet
established criteria. Detainees will have 30 minutes in
which to consume their meals. During times of fasting
or religious requirements, and special diets refer to the
Chapter 19 Food Service.
b. Block NCO. The Block NCO will accept and
account for the plastic spoons from mess personnel.
While the Block Guards are serving the meal to the
detainees, the Block NCO will pass out the plastic
spoons to each detainee. The Block NCO will account
for all plastic spoons passed out once the mealtime is
completed. Notify the SOG of unreturned plastic
spoons, and conduct a search to locate the missing
spoon. The Block NCO will ensure no contents are
removed from MREs nor that damaged MREs are
issued.

c. Conduct shower and recreation call in
conjunction with each other. The Block NCO will be
responsible for ensuring each Level 1 detainee receives
showers and recreation three times per week and each
Level 2, 3, and 4 detainee receives showers and
recreation two times per week unless they are on
discipline measures that include no recreation.
d. Allow each detainee 20 minutes for recreation.
Allow five minutes to shower immediately after
recreation. Female MPs will not escort detainees to
and from their cell during shower and recreation. If the
detainee desires to shave his body hair, allow an
Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

6.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
c. Block Guards. Block Guards will issue meals to
the detainees and monitor them during chow. At the
conclusion of the meal, the Block Guards will collect
the trash from the detainees. Block Guards will
inventory the return of all packaging, plates, spoons,
and Styrofoam cups. If unreturned items cannot be
found, the detainee will receive his meals poured onto
a paper plate for the next three days. This is done with
the intention of reducing the amount of trash being
flushed down the toilet.
d. Food Service Personnel. When serving hot
meals, Food Service Personnel will portion the food
from the Mermite containers to the plate to ensure each
detainee has the proper proportions.
e. If a detainee refuses a meal, the refusal most be
noted in the detainee’s record. When the number of
consecutive refusals reaches nine, refer to, Section 205, Hunger Strike.
6-10. Laundry / Linen
a. Guards will exchange dirty detainee laundry with
clean laundry IAW the level 1-5 shower and recreation
schedule contained in Appendix B. Exchange all
laundry and linen at the same time with the exception
of blankets.
Do not allow detainees to refuse
linen/laundry exchange. Use reasonable force to
complete the laundry exchange. Guards will conduct
this in a manner to determine specifically which, if any,
detainee is missing an item (i.e. flushed in toilet or
hiding it.) Report findings to the DOC and log
appropriately.
b. Guards will have detainee hold up all items for
visual inspection prior to exchanging them for a clean
item. Confiscate any modified item, as contraband and
discipline will be imposed according to the discipline
matrix.
c. Guards will place no more than four uniform sets
into each trash bag. Place sheets in a separate bag.
Place towels and washcloths in a separate bag. Place tshirts in a separate bag. Place blankets in a separate
bag. Place all dirty linen in the storage sheds located
near building one for Camp I and near building seven
for Camp II. Return all clean laundry to the supply
room.
d. Blankets will be exchanged according to the
following schedule:
(1) 1st Sunday of the month: A, E, I, N, R, and U
(2) 2nd Sunday of the month: B, F, K, O, S, and
V
(3) 3rd Sunday of the month: C, G, L, P, T, and
W
(4) 4th Sunday of the month: D, H, M, Q, Y and
special missions
(5) 5th Sunday of the month (occurs twice a year):
None.

6-11. Barber
a. Offer detainees on a voluntary basis at least once
a month. The barbers will rotate through the camps
from Monday to Friday starting with block Alpha with
a maximum of 48 detainees offered a haircut per day.
Haircuts will be the same for all detainees, i.e. styled
haircuts not allowed. Haircuts will be simple and
standard. Sample monthly schedule below:
DATE
27Dec 02
28Dec 02
29Dec 02
01 Jan 03
02 Jan 03
03 Jan 03
06 Jan 03
07 Jan 03
08 Jan 03
09 Jan 03
10 Jan 03
13 Jan 03
14 Jan 03
15 Jan 03
16 Jan 03
17 Jan 03
20 Jan 03

BLOCK
I
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R
S
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

DATE
21 Jan 03
22 Jan 03
23 Jan 03
24 Jan 03
27 Jan 03
28 Jan 03
29 Jan 03
30 Jan 03
31 Jan 03

BLOCK
I
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R
S

b. Haircuts will take place in the recreation area of
the blocks. Postpone all recreation and showers on the
block receiving haircuts until all haircuts are
completed. MP’s working the block will provide an
escort to the barber and a minimum of one MP stays as
a Block Guard while detainee is receiving a haircut.
Use MPs working as additional escorts in Camp Delta
to assist if not required for other escorts.
c. Barbers are responsible to PMCS their
equipment. Barbers are responsible for cleaning the
haircut area after each haircut. Maintain all necessary
supplies in the camp supply room.
d. The DOC will coordinate haircut appointments
for detainees in the hospital.
6-12. Other Personnel
a. The detainee Librarian will be given sufficient
time to perform their mission. Block NCOs will allow
at least five minutes per detainee for issuing books.
b. Do not escort interrogators, if they have the
proper ID, in the blocks. The Block NCO will greet
them and they will have complete access to the
detainees.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
6.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
c. Visitors to the blocks are not required to be in
uniform, such as civilian interpreters working with
interrogators or contractors.
d. Each mail clerk will be allowed to issue up to
five pens to detainees. These pens must be collected
prior to the mail clerk leaving the block. The mail
clerk will keep the Block NCO informed of who has a
pen and number issued. If the mail clerk is unable to
retrieve a pen from a detainee, the mail clerk will
immediately inform the Block NCO.
6-13. Library Books
a. Do not allow the passing of detainee library
books among detainees.
b. MPs will not remove library books from a
detainee’s cell except for disciplinary reasons.
c. If removed for disciplinary reasons, do not place
the book on top of the cells with other comfort items
removed. Place the library book on the block table
where the librarian will pick up the book during
rounds.
d. Notify the DOC of any uncollected books.
e. If the librarian is unavailable to collect the books,
turn them into the DOC to prevent weather damage.
f. Do not count library books that have an id that
start with an “I” are intelligence directed reading
material and as a library book. Coordinate with the
DOC when collecting these books.
6-14. Medical Appointments
a. If medical says that they must be at the
appointment, then the detainee cannot refuse and must
go.
b. If medical says it can wait another day (minor
medical issue), allow the detainee to refuse, however;
they will be disciplined for failure to obey.
Section III – Documentation and Reporting
6-15. Block Documentation
a. All documentation filled out on the block must be
specific and complete.
Reference ISNs when
discussing a cell occupied by an individual. All
documentation needs to answer Who, What, When,
Where, Why, and How. Annotate all visits by nonblock personnel in the block logbook.
b. Documentation that stays with the detainee
(1) Field File. Each detainee will have a brown
field file that will contain the detainee’s name, ISN,
spoken language, and any cautionary medical
conditions (such as hepatitis or tuberculosis) on the
cover. The ISN will be on the tab. When an escort
team arrives on the block to make a permanent move,
the Block NCO will pull the detainee field file and the
escort team will carry the file with them to the
detainee’s new assigned location. This will insure all

detainee information will follow the detainee. Inside
the file will be the following sections:
(a) Page one: Detainee Information Sheet. The
detainee information sheet will contain a picture, vital
information about the detainee, and any detainee
specific information not covered on any of the below
forms; i.e. Likes to tell jokes.
(b) Page two: Detainee Supply Roster. A
current listing of authorized items a detainee can
possess according to the current block level. Use the
Supply Roster to inventory all detainee property. To
be used in conjunction with cell searches. It will
remain in the field folder until full, at which point, it
will be turned in to the DOC and replaced with a new
sheet.
(c) Page three: DD 508s. List all detainee
discipline on a DD 508. The PL will sign his name in
the Confinement Officer block. The JDOG S-3 will
sign as the confinement officer. Maintain the original
in the detainee’s permanent record and the copy on the
block. Return this form to the DOC upon completion
of discipline.
(d) Page four: CD-S341s and CD-S319. All
MSU blocks will utilize a CD-S341 to document the
welfare of the detainee. Guards will continuously walk
the block and document the conducted checks every 10
minutes on CD-S341. PL and SOG will check the CDS341 throughout the shift. Any detainee on self-harm
watch will require the use of CD-S319. All self-harm
watch detainees will be continuously observed and
actions documented every 15 minutes. Turn in these
forms to the DOC when the discipline or self-harm
period ends. CD-S341s will stay on the block for
lesser of 30 days or until the completion of the
detainee’s time in MSU. The CD-S319 will stay on the
block for the lesser of the completion of the self-harm
watch or seven days.
(e) Page five:
Detainee Refusal Tracking
Record. Used to document the time, date, current
location, and what, a detainee refused. When full, turn
into the DOC and replace it with a new sheet.
(f) Page six:
Detainee Medical Request
Complaints Form. Kept in detainee field file and used
to document date, time, current location and all
detainee non-urgent medical requests. Includes a block
for medical personnel to document remarks and
date/time detainee was seen. Document all medical
refusals on this form. When full, turn into the DOC
and replace it with a new sheet.
(2) Detainee ID card: The detainee’s ID contains
the detainee’s picture, name, ISN, spoken language,
and any cautionary medical conditions. When an
escort team arrives to escort a detainee of any
nonpermanent move, the Block NCO will pull the
detainee’s ID card and the escort team will carry the ID
as long as they escort that detainee. While the detainee

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
6.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
is gone, fill the empty card slot with a business card,
containing detainee’s ISN, departure time, and
destination of the escort team. Upon the return of the
escort team, return the detainee’s ID card to the slot in
the block notebook and place the business card in a
burn bag.
c. Block Documentation that stays on the block
(1) Detainee Behavioral Tracking. Every shift
will fill out the detainee Behavioral Tracking form and
leave it in the block notebook for the on coming shift to
reference. Turn this form to the DOC every Sunday on
swing shift.
(2) Pass-On Book. Each block will maintain a
pass-on book to provide a means to pass on
information. Obtain new pass-on books from the DOC
and turn in completed pass-on books to the DOC. Use
highlighters to mark pertinent information. Examples
of activities include but are not limited to the
following:
(a) All detainee movements
(b) Shower/recreation start and end times
(c) Work orders submitted and completed
(d) Discipline incidents
(e) Detainee request for Chaplin, ICRC, or
reservation
(f) Chaplin or Library visits
(g) Head counts
(h) Visits by any non-block personnel such as
SOG
(i) Cells that exchanged linen
(j) Cells that went to shower and/or recreation
Do not use any of the following phrases in pass-on
books or block logs:
(a) Suicide attempt
(b) Suicide gesture
(c) Suicide ideation
Use the phrase “self-injurious behavior” in all
documentation.
d. Documentation that is turned to Command Post
(1) Repair and Utilities Work Order Request.
Used to document and request any repair work needed
on the block. Requests will be completed, logged in
the pass-on book, and turned in at the end of shift. Not
the short version of the ISN on any occupied cell that
requires repair. Log any completed work order that in
the pass-on book and the DOC notified.
(2) DA 2823. The MP who is reporting the
incident (the one who was spit on, threatened, hit,
kicked, etc.) will complete a sworn statement as soon
as possible and have it sworn by the PL. If that MP is
not available (hospitalized, etc), the SOG will complete
the sworn statement and include the reason for the
Block Guard not completing it. The SOG or PL will
ensure the completeness and accuracy of the DA 2823
before it is complete. See the example in Appendix D
for a properly filled out DA 2823.

(3) DA 4137. Complete an Evidence/Property
Custody Document to document the chain of custody
and turn in of evidence or contraband seized at Camp
Delta. Turn in the DA 4137 and evidence/contraband
to the MPI section. The MPI section will determine if
the items are evidence or contraband. Properly mark
all evidence and contraband before submission.
Examples of potential evidence include but are not
limited to the following:
(a) Evidence
classified
as
“dangerous
contraband”
(b) Videotape of IRF movements or disturbances
(c) Evidence seized from a suicide attempt.
Examples of potential contraband include but are not
limited to the following:
(a) Drawings
(b) Modified items of linen
(c) Writing on cups.
(4) ID Band or Card Request. Used to request
new detainee ID Bands or Cards. Noted in the pass-on
book and turned in to the DOC at the end of shift.
(5) Significant Activities Sheet. Used to track
significant activities in blocks for JDOG S-2. Turn in
to the DOC at the end of each shift. Examples of
significant activities include but are not limited to the
following:
(a) Assault.
(b) Making Weapons.
(c) Harms Himself.
(d) Harassing Guard.
(e) Banging Cell.
(f) Failure To Comply, or Anything The Guard
(g) Deems to Be A Hostile Act
(h) Extreme Emotion.
(i) Doing PT In Cell.
(j) Fasting.
(k) Showing Reverence To Another Detainee.
(l) Inciting Disturbance.
(m) Leading Prayer/PT.
(n) Teaching/Preaching.
(o) Verbal- Same Block/Cross Block.
(p) Sign Language.
(q) Passing Notes On Paper, Foam Cups, Etc.
(r) Requests Interpreter.
(s) Requests Chaplain.
(t) Requests To See JIIF.
(u) Refuses Meals.
(v) Refuses Shower And Recreation Time.
(w) Refuses Meds.
(x) Lookouts
(y) Instigators
(z) Visits by JDOG/non-JDOG personnel (VIPs,
etc.)
(aa) Communication to detainees on other blocks

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
6.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(bb) The above list is not all-inclusive. MP
should feel free to use his/her judgment and report
anything he/she feels may be of importance..
(6) Daily Block NCO Checklist. Used to ensure
each shift conducts all inspections, inventories.
(7) Detainee Alpha Roster. Used to insure the
Block NCO knows the total number of and the ISNs of
all detainees that he/she is responsible for when
assuming shift.
6-16. Passive Intelligence Collection
a. The MP Guard force is tasked with “passively”
looking for items of intelligence value and reporting it
via the Significant Activities Sheet (SIGACT).
b. The following is a list of pertinent information
needed:
(1) Associations between detainees.
(2) Association with other detainees prior to
capture.
(3) Identity of formal and informal leaders of
each block.
(4) Conversations that entail threats to US
personnel and/or assets.
(5) Discussion or planning of terrorist activity.
(6) Discussion or planning of escape.
(7) Location of leaders in other countries.
(8) Information regarding all activity outside
camp.
(9) History of each detainee (things that can be
exploited by interrogators).
(10) Do the detainees have access to outside
sources of information? What are they?
(11) Anything else significant to the security of
US personnel/assets here or abroad.
c. Collection efforts
(1) Do not question detainees, other than for
clarification of a statement.
(2) Do not initiate questioning, unless directed to
by CI Agent from JDOG S-2/J-2 JTF-GTMO.
(3) Listen to conversations while on the blocks
during an interpreter’s routine interpretation call.
(4) Do not show indication that you are listening
or watching for intelligence collection purposes.
(5) Make mental notes, or if the situation allows,
take written notes.
(6) Do not hesitate to call for interpreters; they
are there for your benefit.
(7) Fill out a Significant Activities Sheet and turn
into the DOC or drop off at JDOG S-2 office.
(8) Be sure to include the ISN# and date time
group when noting a particular detainee’s activity.
(9) As you spend more time with the detainees
than any other group, you are the best source of
indicators on mood, leadership, group dynamics, and
antiterrorism/force protection information

6-17. Cell Block Report
a. The Block NCOIC, or senior block guard when
Block NCOIC is not present, will report the status of
the block to the SOG, PL, CO, JDOG S3, DCJDOG,
CJDOG, or CJTF when these individuals visit the
block.
b. Required items to report are:
(1) Block name
(2) Number of detainees assigned
(3) Number of detainees present and the location
of the detainees currently not on the block
(4) Number of MPs assigned
(5) Number of MPs present
(6) Detainees with a self-harm history
Section IV – Block Maintenance
6-18. Inspections and Inventories
a. Conduct inspections upon assumption of the
block with the off-going Block NCO to verify the
security of all the locks, the discipline documentation
and actions are correct (CI removed when designated,
etc.) If the Block NCO signs for deficient equipment,
the current Block NCO is responsible for its condition,
regardless of whether it occurred on the current shift or
a previous shift.
b. Conduct inventories upon assumption of the
block with the off-going Block NCO to verify all block
equipment is present and serviceable. Note all nonserviceable equipment in the pass-on book and turned
into DOC with the off going shift.
c. The swing shift Block NCOICs on Sunday will
ensure all locks are functional during the shift.
6-19. Cell/Block Cleaning Wash out the block and/or
individual cells using the water hose, a mop, and a mild
cleaning solution every Sunday on midnight shift or as
necessary.
6-20. Equipment Maintenance
a. Check the block equipment used by the MPs for
damage and inoperability during mid-shift. Turn in
any broken equipment to the DOC and a submit
replacement requisition.
b. Midnight shift will oil and clean all block
equipment used by the MPs.
Section V – Detainees
6-21. Detainee Standards of Conduct
a. Military and civilian staff members will address
detainees by the detainee’s cell number or ISN.
b. Detainees will obey promptly and fully all
instructions or orders given by civilian or military
personnel. If orders conflict, obey the last order given.
c. All persons, places, and property are subject to
search or inspection at any time, by any staff member
in the performance of their duties. All property may be

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
6.7

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
searched for contraband. Each detainee is responsible
for all items within their assigned cell or on their
person. All suspicious items will be seized for
evaluation as evidence. When a search or inspection is
conducted of any area under the control of the US
Army, inside or outside the facility boundaries,
detainee(s) will not observe, view, stand, or pass by the
search area.
6-22. Detainee Identification Band
a. All detainees will be issued a picture
identification Band. Identification bands are a part of
the detainee uniform and will be worn at all times
except when collected by a cadre member, for
accountability or safety reasons.
b. The badge will be worn attached to the left arm
so that the band remains visible. Detainees are not
authorized to wear identification bands in any other
manner. Detainees will exercise reasonable care to
protect their band from damage, loss, and theft.
c. Identification bands will not be switched,
defaced, altered, or tampered with in any manner. If a
badge is lost, stolen, or damaged, the detainee will
IMMEDIATELY report it to a staff member. Losing or
damaging a badge will result in disciplinary action.

6-24. Personal Hygiene and Appearance
a. Detainees are required to maintain good daily
hygiene and a clean and groomed appearance at all
times. Detainees will shower. The detainee will ensure
that their clothing is clean, neat and in good repair.
b. Fingernails will be kept clean and neatly
trimmed. Fingernails will not extend past the end of the
fingertips.
c. Detainee’s hair will be clean and neatly groomed
at all times. Extreme or fad style haircuts or hairstyles
are not authorized.
d. Detainees are not allowed to color their hair.

6-23. Uniform and Dress Rules
a. Detainee uniforms will be worn as a duty/work
uniform, with the outer shirt worn untucked.
b. The wearing of sleeves rolled up or worn down is
not authorized. Trousers will be the proper length and
worn properly (waistband worn at the waist; not on the
hips or buttocks), rolling of the legs are not authorized,
and they will not be cuffed. If a detainee uniform is
damaged or does not fit properly, the detainee must
notify his Block Guard immediately. Display of any
items outside the uniform pockets is prohibited (e.g.,
handkerchief).
c. Mutilation or unauthorized alteration of clothing
(i.e., tapering of trousers and cutting/tearing of Tshirts) or making unauthorized markings or lettering on
any part of the uniform is prohibited. Clothing will be
worn in the manner for which it was designed. There
will be no additional creases in the uniform.
d. At a minimum, detainees will be dressed in PT
shorts, orange suit top and shower shoes.
e. Headbands, decorative beads, earrings, threads,
symbols, etc. or decorative clothing, are not authorized
for wear.
f. Religious apparel, when worn, will be neat and
conservative, approved by the CJDOG, and concealed
inside of the orange shirt at all times. For operational or
safety reasons, the JDOG may place reasonable limits
on the wear of items of religious apparel.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
6.8

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 7
Sally Port Operations
7-1. Sally Ports
a. Sally Port 1. Sally Port Gate 1 is located in
Camp #1, next to main roadway and is a
pedestrian/vehicular sally port that will be utilized as
the main pedestrian entrance and exit point for Camp
Delta. The primary mission is to keep the sally port
secure and control movement through that area for
official business only. It is operational 24 hours per
day and 7 days per week.
b. Sally Port 3. Sally Port Gate 3 is located in
Camp #1 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The
primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and
control movement to the DOC and blocks for official
business only. It is operational 24 hours per day and 7
days per week.
c. Sally Port 4. Sally Port Gate 4 is located in
Camp #1 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The
primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and
control movement to Camp I blocks for official
business only. It is operational 24 hours per day and 7
days per week.
d. Sally Port 8. Sally Port Gate 8 is located in
Camp #2, next to the main roadway and is a
pedestrian/vehicular sally port. When manned, the
primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and
control vehicular movement into and out of Camp
Delta. It is operational from 0600 – 2200 hours 7 days
per week.
e. Sally Port 9. Sally Port Gate 9 is located in
Camp #2 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The
primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and
control movement blocks for official business only. It
is operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per week.
f. Sally Port 10. Sally Port Gate 10 is located in
Camp #2 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The
primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and
control movement to Camp II blocks for official
business only. It is operational 24 hours per day and 7
days per week.
g. Detainee Medical Sally. The detainee Medical
Gate is located in Camp #1 and is ONLY a pedestrian
gate. The primary mission is to control movement into
the detainee Medical Clinic for official business only.
It is operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per week.
h. JIIF Sally. The JIIF Gate is located in Camp #1,
directly across from the DOC, and is ONLY a
pedestrian gate. The primary mission is to control
movement into the JIIF for official business only. It is
operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per week.
i. Roving Sally. The Roving Sallys are located in
the causeway between the blocks in both camps. They
are operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per week.
j. A map of Camp Delta is located in Appendix F
that contains the locations of the sally ports.

7-2. Sally Ports 1 And 8
a. Manning. Sally Port Gates 1 and 8 will have two
MPs assigned to each gate, one NCOIC with one other
MP.
b. Duties and Responsibilities.
(1) NCOIC:
(a) Ensure all assigned personnel are thoroughly
trained and familiar with all JTF-GTMO Regulations,
SOPs, Policies, and Special Orders/Memorandums
concerning Sally Port activities. Also, oversee all of
that sally port’s operations.
(b) Directly responsible to the SOG for the
operation of the sally port gate including daily
functional management of the gates and overall
responsibility for their respective Camp Delta sally port
gate.
(c) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events.
(d) Review the pass-on book from the last two
weeks, and be knowledgeable of all scheduled events
(i.e. VIPs, chow truck traffic, contractors,
supply/laundry vehicles, land-bridge missions, etc.).
(e) Supervise pedestrian/vehicle searches.
(f) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items,
equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties.
(g) Ensure only one vehicle is allowed into the
Sally Port at a time, entering or exiting.
c. Special Instructions.
(1) Only one sally port gate will be open at any
given time during operations unless authorized by the
CO or JDOG with one exception; both gates will be
opened for vehicles responding to emergency that are
too long to enter the sally port in the normal manner
(i.e. fire truck).
(2) Sally port personnel will notify the PL and/or
CO of DV/VIP visits.
e. For all personnel and/or equipment that require
an escort, log the escort request time the escort and the
time the escort arrived.
f. Pedestrian entry/exit.
(1) Sally port personnel will:
(a) Keep the road in front of Sally Port #1 and
#8 clear of unnecessarily halted vehicles and large
groups of people.
(b) Require identification from all personnel
attempting to pass through to verify eligibility to pass
through the sally port.
(c) Maintain a visitor’s logbook. Positively
identify all visitors, including escorted visitors; and
enter into the logbook. The logbook will contain the
following information:
Name, Rank of visitor,
Organization, Escort Name, Rank and Organization,
Date/Time In, Date/Time Out.
(d) Conduct a hands-on badge check of all
pedestrians entering or exiting the sally port. Deny
access to Camp Delta if badges are expired or not

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
7.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
physically present. Reference the badge identification
sheets in Appendix E to recognize the access level for
each individual entering the facility.
Call for
appropriate escorts via Escort Control.
(e) Check all bags entering/exiting the sally port
gate. Ensure all government property has a property
pass signed by appropriate personnel prior to exiting
the facility. Ensure the authorization for the entry of
any device capable of recording/relaying information.
Refer to the most updated access roster (i.e. PC
notebook, cell phone). To request an updated access
roster or clarification of authorization, call the DOC.
For an unauthorized item, complete a DA 4137 Chain
of Custody each item confiscated and kept at the sally
port until the property is claimed upon exiting the
facility.
(f) The PL will identify a random number of
searches at the beginning of each shift. Randomly
search the person identified by this number as they
enter the Camp Delta. If the number is 20, then search
every 20th person through the sally port. This search
will be a pat down search or a hand scanner search.
The search will be for items prohibited in the camp.
This is in addition to the mandatory check of all bags
and carried items.
g. There will be a new placard system put in place
to ensure efficiency of movement through the sally port
and offset confusion for vehicle access. The placards
will come in four colors, each denoting access, as well
as identification and search procedures.
The four
categories will be as follows:
(1) Green: Use this color to denote military
vehicles and those used to transport military personnel.
A soldier wearing the military Class A-C duty uniform
will drive vehicles with this placard. Proof of
identification in the form of the JTF-GTMO
identification card will be the only access media
required for entry. No escort is required with this
vehicle. Allow vehicles with this placard access
through either Sally Port 1 or Sally Port 8. Consider all
emergency vehicles in this category. Base Security
will still have to secure their weapons in the pistol
lockboxes in SP 1.
(2) Yellow: Use this color to denote non-tactical
government vehicles used on a regular basis in and out
of Camp Delta. Examples of these vehicles will be
chow vehicles as well as Supply/R&U vehicles. JTFGTMO identification as well as a cursory vehicle
search will be required for all vehicles with this placard
each time the vehicle enters the Sally Port. No escort
is required with this vehicle. Allow vehicles with this
placard access to Camp Delta through Sally Port 8.
(3) Purple: Use this color to denote contractor
vehicles. Examples of these vehicles are Kvaerner,
Brown and Root etc. A systematic search of these
vehicles is required, encompassing both the underside

and interior of the vehicle. An escort is required for
these vehicles before allowing access to Camp Delta.
Access to Camp Delta will be through Sally Port 8 for
vehicles with this placard.
(4) White: This is a temporary placard and will
have a DTG written on the placard. These placards are
valid for no longer than 8 hours. The DOC will
approve any issuance of a temporary placard. Only
Sally Port 8 will issue temporary placards.
A
systematic search is required, encompassing both the
underside and interior of the vehicle. An escort is
required for these vehicles before allowing access to
Camp Delta. The escorts will ensure that the vehicle is
out of the camp before the DTG expires on the placard.
Access to Camp Delta will be through Sally Port 8 for
vehicles with this placard.
(5) The DOC will issue all placards except white
ones. To receive a placard, the OIC of the organization
requesting a placard will send to the JDOG S-3 a
memorandum from for approval. The memorandum
must contain organization, type of vehicle, license plate
number for civilian vehicles, bumper number for
military vehicles, and reason for access.
(6) Placards will be valid for 90 days from date
of issue. Turn in the expired placard to the DOC
before issuing a new placard unless it is an initial issue.
(7) When discovered, report lost placards to the
JDOG S-3. Send a new request memorandum to the
JDOG S-3 for approval.
(8) A red front license plate with a star on it
denoting a General Officer’s vehicle will be the
equivalent of a green placard. This access will not
expire at any time.
h. Sally Port 1. This post is located in Camp I, next
to the main roadway and is a pedestrian/vehicular Sally
Port 1 is the main entrance and exit point for Camp
Delta. The primary mission is to keep the sally port
secure and control movement through that area for
official business only. This post will be manned 24/7.
(1) The only vehicles allowed past Sally Port 1
are those that have a requirement to be inside the camp.
These vehicles will have a green placard. Do not allow
vehicles with any other color placard access through
Sally Port 1. The only exceptions will be emergency
vehicles (fire, ambulance, police), those transporting
VIP (JDOG and higher), and mission specific. Shift
Change vehicles will park across the street on the
shoulder, offset from the entrance for loading and
offloading of personnel, ensuring that the roadway is
not blocked. Being a military or government vehicle in
itself is not a sufficient reason for access into the camp.
(2) The sentry will keep the road in front of the
sally port clear of unnecessarily halted vehicles and
large groups of people. The sally port sentry will
require identification from all personnel attempting to
gain access to Camp Delta. Sally Port 1 will maintain

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
7.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
a visitor’s logbook. All visitors, including escorted
visitors; will be positively identified and entered into
the logbook. The logbook will contain the following
information: Name, rank, organization, escort name
and rank, DTG in, DTG out, and ID of Block Guard
entering data. All pedestrian personnel will enter
Camp Delta through this sally port.
(3) Sally Port 1 personnel will contact the DOC
or SOG if they have questions about Sally Port 1
operations.
(4) The PL will identify a random number of
persons to be searched at the beginning of each shift.
(5) Contraband IAW Camp Delta SOP will be
cross-referenced against the access roster for Camp
Delta.
Once checked items still classified as
contraband will be stored in the bins located in Sally
Port 1. A chain of custody sheet will be completed
before MP retains positive control of the item.
Contraband items will be returned upon the visitors
exit from Camp Delta. The chain of custody sheet will
be maintained in the custody binder for two months.
(6) Escort control will provide escorts for
individuals requiring access to Camp Delta who must
be escorted. The only exception to this is individuals
who are traveling with personnel that have unescorted
access badges will be allowed to sign in and be
escorted by those they are traveling with (if an
interpreter has an escort only badge and is traveling
with FBI personnel that have unescorted access; the
interpreter will be escorted by the personnel that have
unescorted access badges).
(7) All personnel will have access badges
checked upon entering and exiting Camp Delta.
i. Sally Port 8. This post is located in Camp II,
next to the main roadway and is strictly a vehicular
entrance and exit point. Sally Port 8 is the main
entrance and exit point for contractor and supply
vehicles. The primary mission is to keep the sally port
secure and control movement through that area for
official business only. This post will be manned from
0600-2000 seven days a week. This is the only post
where temporary placards will be issued and collected.
(1) The only vehicles allowed access through this
sally port are those with yellow, purple, and temporary
placards. VIPs and emergency vehicles will be
allowed unimpeded access through the sally port after
checking for proper access media.
(2) The search of the chow vehicle will be a
quick search of the underside and interior of the
vehicle. At no time will the food containers be opened
and searched. All other vehicles will be searched IAW
SOP. Refer to paragraphs 7-2.g and 7-2.j.
(3) Pedestrians will not be allowed access
through this sally port. The only exceptions are
escorted contractors.

(4) All personnel will have access media checked
prior to entering and exiting the sally port. All escorted
badge holders will be searched prior to entering and
exiting Camp Delta. This search will be conducted
using either the hand held metal detector or a pat down
search. Any contraband found will be returned to the
person and the person will not be allowed access
through Sally Port 8. Personnel with contraband will
be directed to enter Camp Delta through Sally Port 1.
(5) Sally Port 8 will contact the DOC for escorts.
Personnel requiring escort will not be allowed access to
Camp Delta until escort arrives.
(6) Sally Port 8 will contact DOC or the SOG 2 if
they have questions about Sally Port 8 operations.
j. Inspections will be conducted upon entry and exit
of all vehicles as required by placard. Sally port sentry
will:
(1) Gain a positive identification of the driver and
any passengers prior to opening the gate.
(2) Open exterior gate and allow vehicle to enter
the sally port.
(3) Instruct driver to place the vehicle in park,
engage the emergency brake, stop engine, and exit the
vehicle (including passengers). Collect identification
badge(s). Upon exiting, the MP will instruct the driver
to open all doors, hood, trunk, and tailgate, or any other
compartment(s) to be searched.
(4) Log vehicle information to include time-in,
tag number, driver’s name, organization, destination,
and purpose of visit.
(5) MPs will systematically search the vehicle by
examining the interior, exterior, top, underneath hoods,
in trunks, and the undercarriage. Search the vehicle
using the following pattern:
(a) Behind and under the seats
(b) Under the dashboard
(c) Glove and tool compartments
(d) Above the sun visors.
(6) Search the exterior of the vehicle, using the
mirror to search underneath and the top of the vehicle,
to include but not restricted to:
(a) The left front fender well and behind the
wheel
(b) Under the front bumper, behind and under the
grill
(c) Under the hood (have the driver raise the
hood), check all areas behind the radiator and around
the engine
(d) The right front fender well and behind the
wheel
(e) Underneath the right side of the body, back to
and including the right rear fender well and behind the
wheel
(f) Inside all cargo areas, including the trunk
(g) The left rear fender well and behind the wheel

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
7.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(h) Underneath the left side of the body up to the
left front fender well.
(6) MPs will look for suspicious packages, boxes,
and items not needed for the incoming personnel to
conduct their business within the facility. If an item is
not authorized or unnecessary, a DA 4137 chain of
custody will be done for each item confiscated and kept
at the sally port until the property is claimed upon
exiting the facility. Tools and loose equipment
entering the facility in a vehicle must be accounted for
upon exiting. RESOLVE ALL DISCREPANCIES
BEFORE ALLOWING THE VEHICLE TO EXIT.
When in doubt, call for the SOG, PL, or DOC.
(7) Upon completion of the vehicle search, the
driver and passenger(s) will re-enter the vehicle. An
MP will open interior sally port gate and allow vehicle
to access Camp Delta.
k. Emergencies will take priority over all other
ongoing sally port operations. It is the responsibility of
the sally port guards to stop all traffic though the sally
port that will hinder the entry/exit of emergency
vehicles.
l. Emergency Vehicles.
(1) The entry and exit of emergency vehicles
such as Base Security, fire trucks, ambulance will be
brought to the attention of DOC immediately via radio
or runner.
(2) Emergency vehicles will be logged in and out.
(3) Vehicles responding to an emergency within
Camp Delta will be expeditiously searched upon
entering and exiting the facility. In an expeditious
search, guards will quickly verify identification badges
of emergency personnel and allow them to pass
through the Sally Port. They will verify same number
of personnel exiting that came in with the vehicle and
that no additional personnel leave with it. Detainee
patients leaving in an ambulance for NAVBASE
Hospital will be accounted for and verified through
DOC after the ambulance has been allowed to leave.
Ambulances transporting detainees in and out of Camp
Delta will not be searched. It is the responsibility of
the MP medical escort teams to conduct searches of the
ambulances. In cases where there is no MP escort team
present in the ambulance, sally port guards will search
the ambulance upon entering or exiting Camp Delta.
Necessary medical treatment instruments will not be
seized or delay the ambulance’s entry or exit through a
sally port.
(4) Vehicles responding to an emergency in will
enter Camp Delta through Sally Port 8 and exit Camp
Delta through Sally Port 1.
(5) In the event that large emergency vehicles
must pass through the sally port (i.e. fire truck), both
interior and exterior gates will be opened to allow entry
and exit.

(a) When entering, guards will expeditiously
verify identification badges of emergency personnel
and allow them to pass through the sally port. Upon
exiting, the vehicle will be searched prior to entering
the sally port with the exception of escorted
ambulances. Sentries will verify same number of
personnel exiting that came in with the vehicle and that
no additional personnel leave with it. RESOLVE ALL
DISCREPANCIES BEFORE ALLOWING THE
VEHICLE TO EXIT. After search, both gates will
again be opened to allow the vehicle to exit.
m. Land Bridge missions will take priority over all
other ongoing sally port operations except
emergencies. It is the responsibility of the sally port
guards to stop all traffic though the sally port that will
hinder the entry/exit of Land Bridge vehicles.
n. Upon receipt of a Land Bridge mission, all
direction will be taken from JDOG personnel and the
CO. An ETA will be provided to Sally Port 1 as the
Land Bridge vehicles are enroute to Camp Delta.
7-3. Sally Ports 3 And 9
a. Manning. Sally Port Gates 3 and 9 will have one
soldier assigned to each gate. Any soldier attached to
JTF-GTMO with a secret security clearance may work
the gate.
b. Duties and responsibilities. One soldier assigned
will:
(1) Be directly responsible to the SOG for the
operation of the sally port gate including daily
functional management of the gates and overall
responsibility for their respective Camp Delta sally port
gate.
(2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events.
(3) Conduct hands on ID check of all personnel
entering.
(4) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items,
equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties.
(5) Ensure only one vehicle is allowed to enter or
exit the Sally Port at a time.
c. Special Instructions.
(1) Only one sally port gate will be open at any
given time during operations unless authorized by the
CO or JDOG with one exception; both gates will be
opened for vehicles responding to emergency that are
too long to enter the sally port in the normal manner
(i.e. fire truck).
(2) Sally port personnel will notify the PL and/or
CO of DV/VIP visits.
d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will:
(1) Keep the alleyway in front of the sally port
clear of unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups
of people.
(2) Require identification from all personnel
attempting to pass through to verify eligibility to pass
through the sally port.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
7.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(3) Conduct a hands-on badge check of all
pedestrians entering the sally port. Access to Camp
Delta is denied if badges are expired or not physically
present ensuring that personnel requiring escorts enter
with the escort(s). Reference the badge identification
sheet to recognize the access level for each individual
entering the facility.
e. Vehicle entry/exit. All vehicles may enter and
exit Camp I and block areas through Sally Ports 3 and
9. This includes and is not limited to the following:
(1) Contractor
(2) Food service
(3) Gators and golf carts
(4) Emergency
(5) Fuel
(6) Garbage
f. Emergencies will take priority over all other
ongoing sally port operations. It is the responsibility of
the sally port sentry to stop all traffic though the sally
port that will hinder the entry/exit of emergency
vehicles.
g. Emergency Vehicles.
(1) The entry and exit of emergency vehicles
such as Base Security, fire trucks, ambulance will be
brought to the attention of the DOC immediately via
radio or runner.
(2) In the event that large emergency vehicles
must pass through the sally port (i.e. fire truck), both
interior and exterior gates will be opened to allow entry
and exit.

(2) Sally port personnel will notify the PL and/or
CO of DV/VIP visits.
d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will keep
the alleyway in front of the sally port clear of
unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups of
people.
e. Vehicle entry/exit. All vehicles may enter and
exit Camp I and Camp II block areas through Sally
Ports 4 and 10. This includes and IS limited to the
following:
(1) Contractor
(2) Food service
(3) Gators and golf carts
(4) Emergency
(5) Fuel
(6) Garbage
f. Emergencies will take priority over all other
ongoing sally port operations. It is the responsibility of
the sally port sentry to stop all traffic though the sally
port that will hinder the entry/exit of emergency
vehicles.
g. Emergency Vehicles.
(1) The entry and exit of emergency vehicles
such as Base Security, fire trucks, ambulance will be
brought to the attention of the DOC immediately via
radio or runner.
(2) In the event that large emergency vehicles
must pass through the sally port (i.e. fire truck), both
interior and exterior gates will be opened to allow entry
and exit.

7-4. Sally Ports 4 And 10
a. Manning. Sally Port Gates 4 and 10 will have
one soldier assigned to each gate. Any soldier attached
to the JTF-GTMO with a secret security clearance may
work the gate.
b. Duties and responsibilities. One soldier assigned
will:
(1) Directly responsible to the SOG for the
operation of the sally port gate including daily
functional management of the gates and overall
responsibility for their respective Camp Delta sally port
gate.
(2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events.
(3) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items,
equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties.
(4) Ensure only one vehicle is allowed into the
sally port at a time, entering or exiting.
c. Special Instructions.
(1) Only one sally port gate will be open at any
given time during operations unless authorized by the
CO or JDOG with one exception; both gates will be
opened for vehicles responding to emergency or are too
long to enter the sally port in the normal manner (i.e.
fire truck, chow truck).

7-5. Detainee Medical Clinic Gate
a. Manning. The detainee Medical Gate will have
one soldier assigned. Any soldier attached to JTFGTMO with a secret security clearance may work the
gate.
b. Duties and responsibilities. One Soldier assigned
will:
(1) Directly responsible to the SOG for the
operation of the gate including daily functional
management of the gate and overall responsibility.
(2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events.
(3) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items,
equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties.
c. Special Instructions. Gate personnel will notify
the PL and/or CO of DV/VIP visits to detainee Medical
Clinic.
d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will:
(a) Keep the alleyway in front of the gate clear of
unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups of
people.
(b) Ensure personnel entering have official
business and/or orders.
e. Emergencies will take priority over all other
ongoing gate operations. It is the responsibility of the

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
7.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
sentry to stop all traffic though the gate that will hinder
the entry/exit of emergency personnel.
7-6. JIIF Gate
a. Manning. The JIIF Gate will have one soldier
assigned. Any soldier attached to the JTF with a secret
security clearance may work the gate.
b. Duties and responsibilities. One Soldier assigned
will:
(1) Directly responsible to the SOG for the
operation of the gate including daily functional
management of the gate and overall responsibility.
(2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events.
(3) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items,
equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties.
c. Special Instructions.
(1) Gate sentry will keep a working Staff Duty
Log annotating all detainees requested by the JIIF
passing through the gate. Include detainee cell number
and ISN.
(2) Gate sentry will notify the PL and/or DFC of
DV/VIP visits to JIIF.
d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will:
(a) Keep the alleyway in front of the gate clear of
unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups of
people.
(b) Ensure personnel entering have official
business and/or orders.
e. Emergencies will take priority over all other
ongoing gate operations. It is the responsibility of the
sentry to stop all traffic though the gate that will hinder
the entry/exit of emergency personnel.
7-7. Roving Sally
a. Manning. The Roving Sally will have two
soldiers assigned. Any soldier attached to the JTFGTMO with a secret security clearance may work the
gate.
b. Duties and responsibilities. The two soldiers
assigned will:
(1) Directly responsible to the SOG for the
operation of the gates including daily functional
management of the gate and overall responsibility.
(2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events.
(3) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items,
equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties.
c. Special Instructions.
(1) In the event of an IRF team request, the
Roving Sally will ensure as IRF team members leave
the blocks, that they open the gates as quickly as
possible. IRF team and support members have priority
for gate openings.
(2) In the event of fire, Roving Sally will ensure
the centrally located fire extinguishers are placed in
between the sally port gates of the affected block(s).
d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will:

(a) Keep the central causeway clear of
unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups of
people.
(b) Ensure personnel entering have official
business and/or orders.
e. Emergencies will take priority over all other
ongoing gate operations. It is the responsibility of the
sentry to stop all traffic though the gate that will hinder
the entry/exit of emergency personnel.
7-8. Weapon Boxes
a. Weapon boxes at main entry sally ports will be
used to store handguns, mace, OC, knives, or any other
small weapons not authorized to enter the facility.
b. Sally port guards will perform the following tasks
if an unauthorized weapon is carried into the sally port
and the personnel who is in possession, needs to enter
the facility:
(1) Inform the personnel that the unauthorized
item is not allowed into the facility.
(2) Issue a weapon box key to personnel from the
key box using Form 5513-R.
(3) Inform personnel to place the item(s) in the
weapon box.
(4) Inform personnel to remove the key from the
weapon box and secure it on their person.
(5) Log personnel into the facility.
c. When personnel return to the sally port and are
ready to exit the facility, the following steps will take
place:
(1) Remove weapon box key from their person
and open the appropriate gun box.
(2) Removes item(s) from the weapon box.
(3) Secure item(s) on their person.
(4) Close gun box and remove weapon box key.
(5) Return key to the sally port guard.
d. Sally port guard logs weapon box key back in on
Form 5513-R, returns key to key box and secures key
box.
e. Sally port guard logs personnel out of facility.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
7.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 8
Detainee Behavioral Management
8-1. Purpose To outline requirements and procedures
for managing detainee discipline and positive behavior
rewards programs. This system will protect the health,
safety, and security of all persons within the facility by
providing for a fair and consistent delivery of
consequences for negative behavior and rewards for
positive behavior.
8-2. Provision of Basic Needs Detainees held at
Camp Delta and other JTF-GTMO detention facilities
will not be deprived of adequate shelter, food, or water
at any time. Detainees will be housed in areas
providing adequate shelter from the elements and with
adequate ventilation. Detainees in cell blocks will have
access to potable drinking water at all times through
the use of the water faucet located in the cell.
Appropriate meals will be provided to all detainees at
least three times per day. Additionally, all detainees
will be provided with a means to maintain adequate
personal hygiene; this will include opportunities for
showers and the availability of soap and water to wash
themselves while in the cell.
8-3. Discipline Process
a. When a detainee commits a camp rules infraction
or an offense listed in Table 8-1, List of Offenses, the
chain of command within the camp will be notified.
The priority of notification is the Sergeant of the Guard
(SOG), Platoon Leader (PL), and on-duty
Commanding Officer (CO), in that order.
b. The SOG and/or PL will:
(1) Review Table 8-1 and locate the offense on
the list. If the offense is not listed, attempt to locate a
similar offense or an offense of equal severity to the
offense committed by the detainee. Identify the
category level of the most severe offense.
(2) Review the discipline record of the detainee
to determine the detainee’s previous discipline history.
(3) Using Table 8-2, Detainee Movement and
Discipline Matrix, cross-reference the category of the
most severe offense from Table 8-1 with the number of
days between the current offense and the previous
offense. This will give you two results. The result
from the movement section of Table 8-2 is where to
move the detainee. The discipline section of Table 8-2
determines the type and length of discipline imposed
on the detainee.
c. If several offenses were committed at the same
time and the resulting discipline does not include time
in MSU, move one column to the right on the
discipline section of the Table 8-2 to determine
punishment. If several offenses were committed at the
same time and the resulting discipline does include
time in MSU, add five days to loss of Comfort Items

(CI) and 5 days to the time in MSU for each additional
offense.
d. The CJDOG, DCJDOG, or JDOG S-3 must
approve any discipline that includes movement to
MSU, by signing as the Authenticating Officer on the
DD Form 508. This does not apply to moves to MSU
by the JIG (for intelligence purposes). JIG moves will
be coordinated through the Detention Operations
Branch and do not need any further approval; however,
the Detention Operations Center will not move the
detainee until directed by the Detention Operations
Officer or JDOG S3.
e. The on-duty CO will approve all discipline
measures except MSU time, will check the
“recommended” block of the DD Form 508, and sign
as the Confinement Officer.
f. Notification to the chain of command will be
made for any situations involving unusual
circumstances, and for any use of force beyond verbal
persuasion or show of force.
g. The Detention Operations Center (DOC) will be
notified of any moves made to MSU. This notification
must include ISN number, reason for move, approving
authority and length of discipline. The DOC will
annotate all moves on the daily blotter.
h. When a discipline measure is applied to a
detainee, he will be notified of the reason for the
discipline, and the type/length of the discipline
measure.
i. Do not confiscate any item unless it is for
discipline purposes or for the prevention of self-harm
or harm to others.
j. When Comfort Items (CI) are taken from a
detainee, the items will be inventoried and placed in a
large trash bag or box, and the Block NCO will
complete and sign the Detainee Supply Roster. The
bag will have a “toe tag” tied to it with the detainee’s
ISN annotated. The box will be marked with the
detainee’s ISN. The box or bag will be stored in an
orderly manner on top of the detainee’s cell. Block
NCOs will be responsible for ensuring that the storage
of the CI presents an orderly appearance and that the
inventory matches the Detainee Supply Roster. Any
difficulties encountered will be directed to the SOG.
Items will not be returned to the detainee until the
length of discipline is completed.
n. Documentation of any discipline measure will be
annotated on DD Form 508. DA Forms 2823, Sworn
Statements from all U.S. personnel involved in the
incident will be attached to the DD Form 508, and
forwarded to the on-duty CO for disposition.
o. A detainee that has been moved to level 2 or level
3 for discipline must spend at least 30 days at that level
before being considered for movement to the next
higher classification level. The detainee will be
considered for movement 30 days from the end of the

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
8.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
discipline period if the detainee has not had any
discipline problems within that time. A detainee that
has been moved to level 4 for discipline will be moved
to level 3 upon completion of the mandated period of
time annotated on the DD Form 508 or memorandum
of approval of extension signed by CJTF. The
Detention Services Branch (DSB) will conduct the
review of records for movement from one classification
level to a new level. Any exceptions to this procedure
must be approved by the JDOG S3.
p. Many detainee actions that result in disciplinary
measures may also result in future criminal charges.
Accurate and complete documentation is always
required.
q. Any proposed discipline for detainees under the
care of the Detention Hospital Psychologist requires
consultation between the senior on-duty psychology
staff member and the on-duty CO prior to imposing
discipline. Detainees being treated as mental health
patients will only have Basic Issue Items, authorized
CIs, and/or Authorized Activities taken away as a
medical necessity; in those cases the senior on-duty
psychology staff member will be cited on the GTMO
Form 508-1 as the authority for removing items or
prohibiting activities.
8-4. Loss of Recreation
a. If a detainee has lost his privilege of recreation
for the number of recreation periods determined by
Table 8-2, the DOC will notify the appropriate Block
NCO of the beginning date and the end date. The DOC
will annotate this information in the discipline log.
b. The Block NCO will annotate the beginning date
and ending date on the discipline log sheet assigned to
each detainee. This form will remain in the detainee
file. The Block NCO will annotate loss of
“RECREATION” and write the dates under the
corresponding column of “DATE BEGAN” and “END
DATE”. The Block NCO will also make an entry in
the duty logs.
c. A copy of the DD Form 508 will be placed into
the detainee file on the block and a copy kept in the
detainee’s file in the DOC.
8-5. Loss of Hot Meals
a. If a detainee has lost his privilege of hot meals
for the number of days determined by Table 8-2, the
DOC will notify the appropriate Block NCO of the
beginning date and the end date. The DOC will
annotate this information in the discipline log.
b. The Block NCO will annotate the beginning date
and ending date on the discipline log sheet assigned to
each detainee. This form will remain in the detainee
file. The Block NCO will annotate loss of “HOT
MEALS” and write the dates under the corresponding

column of “DATE BEGAN” and “END DATE”. The
Block NCO will also make an entry in the duty logs.
c. A copy of the DD Form 508 will be placed into
the detainee file on the block and a copy kept in the
detainee’s file in the DOC.
8-6. Comfort Items (CI)
a. If a detainee has lost CI as determined by Table
8-2, the DOC will notify the appropriate Block NCO of
the beginning date and end date. The DOC will
annotate this information in the discipline log.
b. The Block NCO will annotate the beginning
dates and ending dates on the discipline log sheet
assigned to each detainee. This form will remain in the
detainee file. The Block NCO will annotate loss of
“COMFORT ITEMS” mark the “ALL” and write the
dates under the corresponding column of “DATE
BEGAN” and “END DATE”. The Block NCO will
also make an entry in the duty logs.
c. In the case of lost or damaged property, the Block
NCO will annotate the “ITEM” on the Detainee
Discipline Log in the detainee file for those items that
have been damaged, destroyed, or lost. Annotate the
number or numbers and the date or dates under the
corresponding column of “DATE BEGAN” and “END
DATE. The Block NCO will also make an entry in the
duty logs.
d. When a detainee changes classification level, the
detainee will lose or gain comfort items at the new
block based on the block’s classification level. The
receiving Block NCO must ensure that when a detainee
is moving to a higher classification level, he is issued
the required items. The receiving Block NCO must
ensure that when a detainee is moving to a lower
classification level, he loses unauthorized items.
e. The Block NCO of a moving detainee must
ensure all items on the inventory sheet depart with the
detainee..
The receiving block will confiscate all
excess items. If the detainee does not have an item
listed on the current inventory sheet, the detainee is
subject to punishment for failure to return property, per
Table 8-1.
f. If a detainee refuses a CI, place an R on the
inventory sheet in the block that corresponds to the
item refused.
8-7. Detainee Classification System
a. The Detainee Classification System is a five level
system of rewards based on the premise that a
detainee’s behavior determines the privileges they are
allowed. As the detainee adapts to the rules of the
camp, his conduct will earn him more privileges. Basic
Issue Items, CIs, and Authorized/Unauthorized
Activities for detainees are listed in Tables 8-3 thru 85. Detainees qualified for Classification Level 1 may

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
8.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
also be eligible for additional items and activities not
listed in Tables 8-3 thru 8-5.
(1) Classification Level 1. Detainees receive a
higher level of privileges than Level 2, and having
spent at least 30 days at Level 2.
(2) Classification Level 2. Detainees at this level
receive a higher level of privileges than Level 3 and
having spent at least 30 days at Level 3.
(3) Classification Level 3. All detainees start at
this level, following an initial period of segregation
upon arrival at Camp Delta; the length of time of this
initial segregation will be determined by the JIG. This
level includes detainees who are on discipline measures
not including MSU.
(4) Classification Level 4. Detainees normally
located in MSU, but also includes detainees who have
completed MSU time, but have not yet moved to Level
3. Detainees in this status will have their classification
reevaluated by the Detention Services Branch daily.
Detainees can be housed in MSU up to 90 days, but
their status will be reviewed every 30 days by CJTF.
(5) Classification Level 5 (Intel Level). JIG
directed segregation, for intelligence gathering
purposes. Detainees will be segregated at the direction
of the JIG through the Detention Operations Branch.
(a) Housed in a group on an Intel block.
(b) Housed in MSU block for Intel purposes.
(c) Receive Reward Level (1-4) privileges as
recommended by JIG.
b. Delta Block is designated as the Mental Health
Facility (MHF) for the housing of detainees requiring a
higher level clinical care and monitoring.
c. A qualifying disciplinary event is defined as a
disciplinary event that has not expired and dropped off
their disciplinary record FOR THE PURPOSES OF
THIS PROGRAM ONLY. These offenses will remain
on their disciplinary records for the purpose of
disciplinary actions.
d. Category III offenses, as listed in Table 8-1 will
expire on their 30-day anniversary for each step higher
and will not be counted against a detainee for the
purposes of this program. 30 days is considered his
required good behavior period.
e. Category IV offenses will expire on their 45-day
anniversary for each step higher and will not be
counted against a detainee for the purposes of this
program. 45 days is considered his required good
behavior period.
f. Category V offenses will expire on their 60-day
anniversary for each step higher and will not be
counted against a detainee for the purposes of this
program. 60 days is considered his required good
behavior period.
g. A detainee will change levels based on his
behavior or meeting other criteria for a level.
Detainees who do not meet the program based on

behavior, may still participate in the program based on
JIG directed requests, but will be housed on a separate
block designated as an “intel block.” JIG will
determine higher-level privileges on this block. If a
detainee is moved to a level 4 block, he will spend the
time required in MSU according to the matrix. At the
completion of his time in MSU, he will immediately
move to a level 3 block. The detainee will then stay on
the level 3 block until the required good behavior
period is satisfied and then move to a level 2 block.
The detainee will then stay on a level 2 block until his
required good behavior period is satisfied and then
move to a level 1 block. A detainee must spend this
entire time incident free at his current level to qualify
for movement to the next higher level. This is in order
to prove his ability to function at a higher level of
privileges. If no room is available on a block at the
next higher level, the detainee will still have his
classification level changed on his current block and
will move at the next available opening for that level.
Example: A detainee who is currently on a level 3
block was disciplined for inciting a disturbance. This
offense has a required good behavior period of 30 days.
Once he has had no discipline for 30 days, he is
eligible for level 2. If a cell is open on a level 2 block,
the detainee will be moved there and will be issued the
additional comfort items for reward level 2. If a cell is
not open on a level 2 block, the detainee will remain on
his current block and receive additional comfort items
for level 2. Once the detainee has had no discipline for
an additional 30 days, regardless if on a level 2 or level
3 block, he will be eligible to be moved to a reward
level 1 block. If a cell is open on a level 1 block, the
detainee will be moved there and will be issued the
additional comfort items for level 1. If a cell is not
open on a level 1 block, the detainee will remain on his
current block and receive additional comfort items for
level 1.
h. If a detainee commits an offense in MSU that
requires additional MSU time and will extend his total
time beyond 30 consecutive days, the following
procedure will be used:
(1) If the detainee has not yet reached 30 days of
actual MSU time served, a memorandum will be
forwarded to CJTF requesting an extension of MSU
time. The memorandum will detail how many days the
extension is for, why it is necessary, and will include
the DD Form 508 with the punishment on it (see Figure
8-1 for example memorandum). If the extension is
granted, the detainee will be removed at the end of the
total approved MSU period and moved to a Level 3
block. If the extension is not granted, the detainee will
be removed after serving 30 days in MSU and moved
to a Level 3 block.
(2) If the detainee has reached 30 days of actual
MSU time served, the detainee will be removed from

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
8.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
MSU, placed on a level 3 block, with level 4 CI and
Authorized Activities (this action will be documented
on a GTMO Form 508-1, signed/approved by the
JDOG S3). A memorandum will be forwarded to
CJTF requesting an extension of MSU time. The
memorandum will detail how many days the extension
is for, why it is necessary, and will include the DA 508
with the punishment on it (see Figure 8-2 for example
memorandum). Upon approval of the extension, the
detainee will be moved back to MSU to serve the
length of the approved extension.
i. Either the JIG or the JDOG S3 will decide the
detainee’s classification. Level 5 block assignments
will be determined by the JIG.
j. An Order of Merit List (OML) will be created to
form a waiting list for qualified detainees to get into
either a level 1 or level 2 block. The Detention
Services Branch will develop and monitor this OML.
Detainees will be chosen from the OML for movement
to a higher-level block. If sufficient detainees are on
the OML, JDOG S3 can direct that a block be
converted to a higher-level block.
k. If a detainee exhibits a positive behavior over and
above that of fellow detainees, a Block NCO, SOG,
PL, or on-duty CO can request to CJDOG to remove
five days from his period of good behavior to transition
to a higher reward level on a GTMO Form 508-1.
Examples include:
(1) A detainee who notifies a Block Guard of a
cell door being unlocked
(2) A detainee who acts as an interpreter during a
critical incident
(3) A detainee that finds a welding rod in the
recreation yard and gives it to an MP.

approval, the offense is entered into the discipline log
for the detainee.
(6) A copy of the GTMO Form 508-1 is sent to
the block to be briefed to the detainee by the Block
NCO, SOG, or PL. The copy will be retained with the
detainee’s records on the block.
(7) All original forms will be forwarded to
Detention Services Branch at the end of shift.
c. Process for issuing a GTMO Form 508-1 for
reward:
(1) JDOG or JIG authorizes a reward for a
detainee.
(2) GTMO Form 508-1 is used to record the
reward, and is submitted to Detention Services Branch.
(3) Detention Services Branch processes the
GTMO Form 508-1 and forwards through Detention
Operations Branch, to JDOG S3.
(4) If the detainee is in a Level 5 block, the Level
5 Block Entitlement Form will be used to determine if
the detainee is in the correct cell based on his reward
level. If he is changing levels, he will be moved to an
area, if possible, on the same block where he will not
be next to detainees with a different reward level. If
the detainee receives a reward outside of the matrix,
that will be annotated on the block diagram. The
GTMO Forms 508-1 for Level 5 blocks will be
maintained by Detention Services Branch and the block
diagrams will be distributed to the Level 5 blocks
within 24 hours of any changes.
(5) If a detainee is not in a Level 5 block, a copy
of the GTMO Form 508-1 will be sent to the block to
be placed in the detainee’s records on the block. The
original will be placed in the detainee’s file in the
DOC.

8-8. GTMO Form 508-1
a. The GTMO Form 508-1 is used to determine
which rewards the detainee will lose or gain.
b. Process for issuing a GTMO Form 508-1 for
discipline:
(1) Details about incident phoned to DOC to
begin processing a DD Form 508.
(2) DA Form(s) 2823 filled out by personnel
witnessing the incident, detailing the incident.
(3) PL determines discipline based on matrix and
previous record of offenses by detainee, then prepares
GTMO Form 508-1 for on-duty CO’s review. The
form must include a brief description of the offense,
the number of times the detainee has committed
offenses, and the discipline to be imposed.
(4) If the on-duty CO concurs, the discipline is
entered on the DD Form 508 from the GTMO Form
508-1.
(5) After all required forms are complete, the onduty CO signs the DD Form 508 as the Confinement
Officer and forwards to JDOG S3 for approval. Upon

8-9. Level 5 Blocks
a. Detainees on Level 5 Blocks will be segregated
based on the individual’s reward level as determined
by the JIG. Upon receipt by Detention Services
Branch of a GTMO Form 508-1, the detainee will be
classified by his reward level and placed in an
appropriate cell in a Level 5 Block. JIG personnel will
issue and confiscate all non-expendable items. Block
personnel will replenish all expendable items after the
initial issue by JIG personnel. Block personnel may
only confiscate items for discipline purposes and then
must notify Detention Services Branch immediately so
this information can be forwarded to the JIG.
b. The Positive Behavior Reward Program will
supplement the work of the JIG. As the detainee works
with the JIG, his conduct will earn him more or less
privileges. The GTMO Form 508-1 is used to
document detainee rewards lost or gained.
c. Process for an existing resident of a Level 5
block:

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
8.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(1) Ensure GTMO Form 508-1 is filled out
properly.
(2) Check to see if the detainee is adjacent to a
detainee at a different reward level.
(3) Coordinate with the JIG to move the detainee
to another cell adjacent to individuals with the same
reward level or as directed to a specific cell by JIG.
(4) Update the block diagrams and forward to the
block for their use.
(5) Send the updated block diagram to the JIG for
their information.
d. Process for a new resident of a Level 5 block:
(1) JIG submits a move request along with a
GTMO Form 508-1.
(2) Ensure the GTMO Form 508-1 is filled out
properly.
(3) If the move request has no specific cell,
determine which cell to move him into based on the
reward level indicated on the GTMO Form 508-1.
(4) Update the block diagrams and forward to the
block for their use.
(5) Send the updated block diagram to the JIG for
their information.
8-10. Confiscation of Items
a. For any confiscated item, a DA Form 4137 will
be completed, and both the form and item will be
turned into the Evidence Custodian located in Camp
Delta 2, Building 7.
b. Any item may also be taken due to self-harm
precautions, based on advice of psychology staff. All
items taken for self-harm precautions will be stored in
a container marked with the detainee’s ISN and the
container placed above the detainee’s cell.
c. If a detainee does not leave the block when
disciplined, place any non-damaged confiscated items
in a container marked with the detainee’s ISN and
place the container above the detainee’s cell.
d. Detainees are authorized all of the items listed
per their reward level, except under the following
circumstances:
(1) The item is taken away for a defined period of
time for discipline.
(2) The detainee is on self-harm precautions as
determined by the psychology staff.
(3) The detainee is housed in a medical or mental
health segregation area, and the medical and/or mental
health staff has directed confiscation of certain items.
Medical or mental health staff will determine which
item(s) a detainee in medical or mental health
segregation can have, as long the item(s) is also
authorized for the detainee’s current discipline level.
(4) An approved GTMO Form 508-1 directs
otherwise.

e. No linen item, prayer bead, prayer cap, book, flip
flops, ISO mat, mattress, shoes, storage tub, game, or
playing cards will be thrown away if damaged.
f. Deliberate damage is any damage done by the
detainee to his property. This does not include tears
and holes caused by day-to-day use and living inside of
a metal cell or the wear of footgear used to walk on
gravel. The MP will use his best judgment to
determine if the damage was deliberate or not. When
disciplining a detainee for damage to any item, the
damage must be deliberate.
g. During all inventories and prior to any discipline
for lost items, the bag and/or box holding items above
the cell must be checked for that item. The contents of
that bag and/or box must also follow the detainee
whenever he is permanently moved. The Block NCO
of the losing block is responsible to ensure that all of
the detainee’s items leave with him. The Block NCO
of the gaining block is responsible to ensure that all of
the detainee’s items arrive with him and are present
before the escort team leaves the block. The escort
team is responsible to ensure all items are taken from
the losing block to the gaining block.
h. Linen Items. These items are distributed through
the supply room. All of these items are exchanged on a
one for one basis during linen exchange. All items will
be held up by the detainee and visually inspected prior
to exchange. Any modifications or deliberate damage
seen including such modifications as tying a knot in a
towel will result in the detainee being disciplined. All
dirty items are placed inside a white mesh bag, which
is placed inside a garbage bag and then stored in the
dirty linen shed next to Building 1 for Camp Delta 1
and Building 7 for Camp Delta 2 and Camp Delta 3.
(1) Blanket, Clothing (a top and bottom), PT
Shorts, Sheets, Towels, T-Shirt (Has a pocket),
Washcloth. If a detainee tears, rips, or otherwise
damages this item or makes it into a weapon or selfharm device, it will be confiscated and the detainee
disciplined for damaging or destroying government
property. If the detainee does not have the item during
any inventory, ensure the item was not confiscated. If
it was confiscated and it was issued to him, he will be
disciplined for damaging or destroying government
property. Also, consult the damaged property matrix to
determine the length of time the detainee loses the
item.
(2) Suicide Blanket. If a detainee tears, rips, or
otherwise damages the suicide blanket or makes it into
a weapon or self-harm device, it will be confiscated
and the detainee disciplined for damaging or destroying
government property. If the detainee does not have the
suicide blanket during any inventory, ensure it was not
confiscated. If it was not confiscated and it was issued
to him, he will be disciplined for damaging or

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
8.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
destroying government property.
A replacement
suicide blanket will be given to the detainee.
(3) Suicide Smock. If a detainee tears, rips, or
otherwise damages the suicide smock or makes it into a
weapon or self-harm device, it will be confiscated and
the detainee disciplined for damaging or destroying
government property. A replacement suicide smock
will be given to the detainee. Only psychiatry may
authorize the use of a suicide smock.
i. Religious Items. These items are distributed in
coordination with the Chaplain.
(1) Koran. Religious book with special handling
rules and search rules. Refer to section 6-11 for
details.
(2) Perfume/Oil. Expendable item. Ensure no
items are hidden inside of container.
(3) Prayer Beads. A religious item similar to a
rosary. Prayer beads may not be modified in any
fashion. Any modification to prayers will result in the
confiscation of the prayer beads and the detainee
disciplined. Fill out a form DA 4137 and turn the form
and prayer beads into the Evidence Custodian.
(4) Prayer Cap. A black or white item that is
worn on the head of the detainee. May be searched and
handled by an MP wearing gloves. Examine for
damage such as removal of threading. Any damage or
modification to the prayer cap will result in the
detainee being disciplined. Fill out a form DA 4137
and turn the form and prayer cap into the Evidence
Custodian.
j. Books. These items are distributed through the
Detainee Librarian. Examine all books for writing or
any hidden items. Any book that contains writing
should be confiscated and turned in immediately for
intelligence purposes. Books will not be left on the
blocks or put in the detainee’s box or bag with other
confiscated items. Any damage to books will result in
the detainee being disciplined. A DA Form 4137
should accompany any damaged book.
k. Items. These items are distributed through the
supply room.
(1) Bar Soap, Small. If the detainee is authorized
a small bar of soap, he may keep this in his cell.
(2) Bar Soap, Regular.
If the detainee is
authorized a regular bar of soap, he may keep this in
his cell.
(3) Bucket for Double Amputees.
Do not
confiscate this item.
(4) Comb. This will be given to the detainee
during shower time. It will be stored in an evidence
bag with the detainee’s ISN written on it. Store the bag
in the block supply box. Inspect for damage after use.
(5) Flip Flops.
Detainees wear this item.
Inspect them for damage. Discipline the detainee for
damage only, not wear and tear from use. When in

doubt about what caused the damage to this item, err
on the side of damage caused by wear.
(6) ISO Mat. Used by the detainees to sleep on
or to screen their bathroom use from others. The ISO
mat will stay with the detainee at all times. Inspect the
ISO mat for damage. If there is any damage, the
detainee will be disciplined for damage or destruction
of government property. Also, consult the damaged
property matrix to determine the length of time the
detainee loses the ?? the blanket cannot be removed.
(7) Mask, Surgical Type. This item is used to
hold the Koran. Typically, it is tied to the cell wall and
the Koran is placed inside. Ensure the strip of metal
that would normally go over the nose when worn is not
present in the mask.
(8) Mattress. This item will stay with the
detainee regardless if he loses it for the level he is on or
not. Inspect the mattress for any damage or items
hidden within it. If the mattress is damaged, the
detainee will be disciplined for damage or destruction
of government property. Also, consult the damaged
property matrix to determine the length of time the
detainee loses the blanket.
(9) Salt Packets. These may be kept by the
detainee and are a consumable supply. These may be
obtained from the supply room as required.
(10) Shoes. Detainees wear this item. Inspect
them for damage. Discipline the detainee for damage
only, not wear and tear from use. When in doubt about
what caused the damage to this item, err on the side of
damage caused by wear.
(11) Storage Tub. This item will be marked with
the detainee’s ISN and will be the storage device for
detainee property. Any damage to the tub needs to be
documented and the detainee disciplined for damage or
destruction of government property.
(12) Styrofoam Cups. If the cup has writing on
it, confiscate, complete a DA 4137, and give to the
Evidence Custodian. If the cup is damaged or
destroyed, the detainee will be disciplined for
destruction of government property. Also, consult the
damaged property matrix to determine the length of
time the detainee loses the Styrofoam cup. If the
detainee has lost his cup due to discipline, he will
receive a cup with his meal but must return it at the
completion of the meal. Due to supply issues, different
size cups may be used at anytime. All cups are
considered equal regardless of size.
(13) Toothpaste. This item will only be issued on
Sundays. Ensure there is nothing hidden inside the
toothpaste. If there is an object hidden inside,
discipline the detainee for contraband, fill out a form
DA 4137 and give the toothpaste and form to the
Evidence Custodian.
(14) Toothbrush, Small Travel Type. This is a
small toothbrush with regular bristles. These will be

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
8.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
issued once a month. Inspect for any modification or
damage to the handle. If found, discipline the detainee
appropriately, fill out a form DA 4137 and give the
toothbrush and form to the Evidence Custodian. Also,
consult the damaged property matrix to determine the
length of time the detainee loses the toothbrush.
(15) Toothbrush, Finger. Inspect this item for
any modifications that could result in injury such as
attaching a sharp object to it. If any dangerous
modification is done to the toothbrush, confiscate it, fill
out a form DA 4137, give the toothbrush and form to
the Evidence Custodian.
(16) Water Bottle. The water bottle is not an
expendable item. The detainee will receive a water
bottle when his reward level is changed to a one or he
has completed his discipline for destroying or
damaging a water bottle. The water bottle needs to be
inspected for damage or containing hidden objects. If
the water bottle is damaged, the detainee will be
disciplined for damage or destruction to government
property. Also, consult the damaged property matrix to
determine the length of time the detainee loses the
water bottle.
(17) Games. Games need to be inspected for
damage or lost pieces. If the game is damaged or has
lost pieces, the detainee is to be disciplined for damage
or destruction to government property. It is the
detainee’s responsibility to inform the Block Guards if
a game piece is accidentally lost and will not be
disciplined if detainee tells the Block Guard. The
detainee will be informed of this responsibility when
the game is issued. Also, consult the damaged property
matrix to determine the length of time the detainee
loses the game.
(18) Playing Cards. Playing cards need to be
inspected for damage or lost cards. If the cards are
damaged or have been lost, the detainee is to be
disciplined for damage or destruction to government
property. It is the detainee’s responsibility to inform
the Block Guards if a card is accidentally lost and will
not be disciplined if detainee tells the Block Guard.
The detainee will be informed of this responsibility
when the cards are issued. Also, consult the damaged
property matrix to determine the length of time the
detainee loses the playing cards.
l. Mail. Mail personnel distribute this item to the
detainees.
A piece of mail is a complete letter,
regardless of the number of pages, and the envelope. A
piece of mail may also be a postcard.
m. Additional Items and Privileges.
(1) Additional Toilet Paper.
The detainee
normally receives a set amount of toilet paper per shift
at specific times. This privilege allows the detainee to
get toilet paper as required. The detainee is responsible
for asking for the additional toilet paper. Guards need
to ensure that the detainee doesn’t receive

(2) Pen and Paper Upon Request. The detainee
may request pen and paper from the Block Guards.
The detainee may not have more than ten sheets of
paper in his cell at any one time. The paper will not be
passed between cells. If the detainee writes any letters
and request them to be mailed, the will be given to the
detainee mail personnel. Paper will be plain white
paper such as that used in the Xerox machine. Pens
will be the soft flexible safety version.
Block
personnel must document who receives a pen and must
collect them prior to shift change. Pens will not be
issued on midnight shift. The paper may be obtained
from the supply room or the DOC and the pens will be
obtained from supply. When getting pens, they must
be exchanged on a one for one basis.
(3) Intel Directed Reading Material.
This
material, which may be magazines, books, etc.; will be
labeled with an id that starts with the letter “I”. All
intelligence reading material will not be counted
against the number of items that the detainee has from
the Detainee Library. All intelligence reading material
will be turned into the JIG when the detainee is
disciplined and not the Detainee Library.
(4) Shampoo. Shampoo will be kept in a
container and placed on top of his cell, visible to the
Block Guard. It will not be kept in the cell. The
detainee may ask for shampoo to clean himself in his
cell. The shampoo will be poured into the detainee’s
hand and the container placed back on top of the cell.
n. Authorized Activities.
The following are
guidelines for activities where the Authorized
Activities form is not complete in the description.
(1) Allowed to Save an MRE for Later. The
detainee is allowed to keep one MRE for later use. If
the detainee is issued an MRE and already has a saved
MRE, one must be consumed or returned. The
detainee may not combine the contents of both MREs
into one MRE in any form.
(2) Performing Approved Exercises in Cells.
Approved exercise does not include any type of martial
arts training.
(3) Authorized Exercises in Recreation Yard.
Approved exercise does not include any type of martial
arts training.
(4) Cold Water (After/During Recreation). A
five-gallon water can/jug will be used to provide the
detainee with cold water. Put ice in the water can prior
to the start of the shower and recreation period. The
water can/jug will not be the same water source as that
used by the block personnel.
The detainee is
responsible to take his cup to the recreation yard if he
wants cold water.
8-11. Special Rewards
a. At times, JIG personnel will give out special
rewards outside of the normal reward system.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
8.7

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
b. For the special reward of two detainees in the
same recreation yard, the following procedure will
apply:
(1) Putting the first of two detainees in the
recreation yard will be conducted according to current
methodology.
(2) Before placing the second detainee in the
recreation yard, the first detainee must kneel in the
corner opposite the recreation yard door, with his back
towards the door, and grab the fence.
(3) If the detainee refuses to cooperate with the
MP instructions at any time, the detainee will be
subject to disciplinary measures based on his failure to
follow MP instructions.
(4) To take a detainee out when more than one
occupies the cell, reverse the process.
c. For the special reward of a roll of toilet paper, the
following procedure will apply:
(1) Give the detainee the roll of toilet paper
(2) If the detainee tries to force the roll into the
toilet or passes it out to other detainees, confiscate the
roll of toilet paper.
d. With any special rewards, immediately notify the
DOC so that the JIG may be informed of an
uncooperative detainee. In addition, the detainee
will be disciplined accordingly.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
8.8

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 9
Maximum Security Units (MSU) Operations
Section I – In-Processing
9-1. In-Processing And Documentation
a. Before placing a detainee in MSU, the following
procedures should be followed:
(1) New detainees will be placed in MSU for
processing for up to thirty days.
(2) DOD and military personnel involved with
detainees in a disruptive behavior must write a sworn
statement describing the offense committed by the
detainee.
(3) PL will annotate discipline measures on DD
form 508.
(4) The CO or higher must endorse any discipline
that includes movements into MSU. The CO can
recommend a maximum of ten days of discipline. If
exceeding 11 days of discipline, the JDOG S-3, Deputy
JDOG Commander (DCJDOG) or CJDOG must
approve. If a detainee, while at MSU commits another
offense, the JDOG S-3 or the CJDOG can approve an
extension over 30 days in the same process used for
Intel detainees.
(5) When a detainee is sent to MSU, a CD-S341
must be completed to include offense committed and
discipline imposed.
9-2. Placement For Intelligence Purposes
a. Request by interrogation to place detainees will
be coordinated with the Interrogator Sections Chief and
the Interrogation Control Element (ICE) OIC or JIG to
ensure there is a valid reason for detainee placement in
MSU.
b. After concurrence by the ICE OIC, requestor or
section chief will indicate on the MSU transfer Request
Form the specific reasons for placements in the MSU
and the proposal level of detainee’s access allowed to
ICRC representatives. The request form is then
forwarded to the JIG Commander or his designated
representative for approval. The initial period of time,
which a detainee may be placed in the Maximum
Security unit without ICRC, access or restricted access
shall be 30 days. Unless the JIG approves of a detainee
placement in MSU, such placement is not permitted.
c. When a detainee placement is approved, the JIG
Commander, through his representative at the
Detention Facility notifies the JDOG to transfer the
detainee to MSU.
d. When it is determined that military necessity
justifies continued detention beyond this initial 30 days
period the J-3 will prepare a notification memorandum
for Commander JTF-GTMO signature to commander
US SOUTHCOM. This notification memorandum will
be prepared at least five days before the end of the
initial segregation period and will include justification
for the extended MSU Detention.

Section II – Operations
9-3. Block Operations
a. Block personnel will operate MSU blocks IAW
chapter 6 except for the provisions as noted in this
chapter.
b. Due to behavior, some detainees may be house in
MSU either for their own protection or for security or
safety reasons.
c. For detainees other than those in SelfHarm/Injured Behavior, guards will walk the block and
document the conducted checks every 10 minutes on
CD-S341. The Block Guard conducting the checks will
initial the CD-S341.
For detainees in Self
Harm/Injured Behavior follow Self Harm/Injured
Behavior SOP contained in Section 31-1.
d. Feed tray doors will only be open during meal
times. It will be opened when detainee is issued a meal
and left open until the meal remnants and trash are
recovered. Once trash has been collected, the feed tray
doors will be closed.
e. The viewing doors will remain open at all times.
f. Detainees who are in a MSU block for INTEL
purposes will be allowed to have their viewing door
open at their request.
g. An Alpha Roster will be maintained on the block
identifying the ISN numbers of all the detainees on the
block.
h. Maximum Security Log will be maintained on
the block with entrance/departure dates of MSU, ICRC
access.
i. All MSU blocks have a fire alarm system with
electronic control system that can be reset in false
alarm.
j. All MSU have an air conditioning system. The
temperature control system is set at a temperature
within five degrees of the week’s average high
temperature.
k. Detainee comfort items and confiscated property
will be stored in box above their cell until time served.
h. Intelligence directed segregation to MSU receive
level 1, level 2, or level 3 privileges as recommended
by JIG.
l. Each MSU cell will have an assigned suicide
prevention blanket. This blanket will stay in the
assigned cell. Day shift will check daily all seams of
the blankets for cells 1-12 in India and November
blocks and cells 1-18 in Oscar block. Swing shift will
check daily all seems of the blankets for cells 13-24 in
India and November blocks and 19-36 in Oscar block.
If any seam has been chewed, or otherwise
compromised, the blanket should be repaired before
reuse. Use of this blanket is not a substitute for careful
monitoring of individuals on self-harm watch.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
9.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
9.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 10
NAVSTA Brig Operations
10-1. Purpose
To establish a policy and procedure for transportation
to and US Army security of detainees housed at the
NAVSTA Brig, Guantanamo Bay, Cuba.
10-2. Transport To NAVSTA Brig
a. Based on the number of detainees to be moved,
the following vehicles can be utilized:
(1) NAVSTA Brig Vehicle
(2) Detention Hospital Ambulance
(3) Detainee Bus.
b. As needed, medical personnel will accompany
detainees to the Brig.
c. Detainee will be escorted to the Brig in threepiece restraints; two MPs will provide security inside
the transporting vehicle. Escorts will execute duties
IAW Chapter 11.
d. The vehicle will enter the NAVSTA Brig through
the Vehicle Sally Port. At no time will the detainee be
outside of the vehicle except when they are inside the
NAVSTA Brig compound.
e. The vehicle will pull to the far end of the block
for offloading.
f. Once positioned inside the compound, two MPs
will escort detainee from the vehicle to the cell. The
cells nearest the door will be occupied first. The cell
will be searched for weapons and contraband before
the detainee is placed into the cell.
g. Detainee comfort items will be searched and
placed into cell before detainee arrives.
h. Once detainee is inside the cell, two escorting
MPs will conduct standard unshackling procedures.
10-3. Personnel Support Requirements
a. JDOG will provide three guards per shift when
detainees are confined in the NAVSTA Brig.
b. JDOG will provide Chaplain and Interpreter
support as needed.
10-4. Medical Support Requirements
Detention Hospital will continue to provide daily
medical support throughout the duration of
confinement within NAVSTA Brig.
10-5. Meals
a. Detainees will have 30 minutes to consume
meals. JDOG will provide meals for detainees as
follows:
(1) Breakfast: 0715-0745
(2) Lunch: 1100-1130
(3) Dinner: 1715-1745.

10-6. Recreation
a. Detainees will receive two 20-minute recreation
periods a week.
b. The recreation period will take place inside the
NAVSTA Brig day room or recreation yard.
c. If the exercise yard is used, one detainee at a time
will be allowed to exercise in the yard adjacent to the
Brig. In order to accomplish this, the following
procedures apply:
(1) There is a 20-minute time limit placed upon
this exercise period.
(2) A green Brig uniform will be issued to the
detainee and he will change prior to exiting his cell.
Upon returning, the detainee will change back into his
orange jumpsuit.
(3) The detainee will be moved in the following
manner:
(a) The entry gate will be closed.
(b) The detainee will be cuffed and shackled.
(c) The detainee will be escorted to the yard by
two MPs.
(d) The detainee will be uncuffed at the request
of the interrogator.
(e) Shackles will not be removed.
(4) One MP will be positioned outside the
entrance to the Brig leading into the yard. The other
MP will be positioned in the yard by the exit gate.
(5) The detainee will be allowed to walk the
entire yard however the interrogator must be with him
at all times.
(6) Only one detainee will be out of his cell at a
time.
10-7. Showers And Laundry
a. The three MPs on duty are responsible for all
functions that are required for detainee showers. This
includes, but is not limited to:
(1) Escort to and from shower
(2) Sanitation and cleanliness of shower point.
(3) Detainees will receive two five-minute
showers a week unless otherwise directed by the
CJDOG.
(4) The following will be the procedure for
conducting showers and laundry exchange for the
detainees:
(a) There will be no set schedule for showers and
laundry of the detainees.
(b) Showers will be conducted twice per week
per detainee.
(c) Laundry will be exchanged or washed on one
of the days the detainee showers.
b. If there are multiple detainees, one detainee per
day will shower and have his laundry exchanged or
washed.
c. The exception to this policy will be detainees
being interrogated by the JIIF. If a detainee is

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
10.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
scheduled to shower and have his laundry exchanged at
a time the JIIF needs to do their interrogation, the
needs of the JIIF will supersede the detainee shower
and laundry exchange. That detainee will be rescheduled for his shower and laundry exchange. At no
time will a detainee be excluded from his weekly
showers and laundry exchange.
10-8. Special Orders For Guard Staff
a. The guard staff is responsible to the Base PL
(BPL) for all detainees, areas, and all events occurring
within the Brig area. When detainees are in the cells,
this post will be manned 24 hrs a day. The guard staff
will handle all the detainee functions and will be
responsible for the cleanliness of all the occupied cells,
shower room, and the dayroom.
JDOG guard
personnel will be familiar with all emergency
instructions.
b. Maintain accountability of all detainees assigned.
c. Ensure security measures are adhered to for all
detainees.
d. Ensure close observation of all detainees’ health
and welfare to ensure health is maintained.
e. Ensure medical attention is rendered to detainees
during medical emergencies.
f. Ensure security measures are adhered to during
emergencies.
g. Ensure emergency exits and security doors are
secured at all times.
h. Ensure daily cleaning of dayroom and showers is
conducted. Clean occupied cells as needed.
i. Ensure search of occupied cells is conducted
daily.
j. Search detainee whenever removing from or
returning to cell.
k. Ensure dayroom is free of any item that may be
used as a weapon.
l. Maintain the proper entries on the CD-S341.
m. Maintain good order and discipline in the
dayroom.
n. Ensure all cleaning gear and chemicals are
properly stowed and not easily accessible to detainees.
o. Responsible to the BPL for carrying out this post
order.
10-9. Visitation
a. All access to detainees confined at NAVSTA
Brig must first be checked and cleared from the access
roster provided by JDOG.
b. ICRC Visit. ICRC is authorized visitation IAW
Chapter 18 and designated ICRC Access level.
c. Chaplain Visit. The Chaplain is authorized to
visit the detainees only if he has coordinated with
JDOG. The Chaplain is not authorized in the brig
unescorted without the authorization of the CJDOG or
the JDOG Operations.

d. Only one detainee will be out of his cell at a time.
e. The detainee will be cuffed and shackled at all
times.
f. Fifteen minutes is permitted with each detainee.
g. Interrogator and JIIF visit
h. Interrogators and JIIF personnel are authorized
unlimited access to the detainees within the brig.
i. Conduct authorized interrogations in one of three
places:
(1) Within the block, cell # 10. When cell # 10 is
utilized, the following rules will be adhered to:
(a) This will be coordinated by the JIIF with the
JDOG prior to the interrogators arriving at the brig.
(b) One interrogation will be conducted at a time.
At no time will more than one detainee be out of his
cell at a time unless the CJDOG grants approval.
(c) Detainees will be moved to cell #10 with
cuffs and shackles secured and the entry gate closed.
(d) The interrogators may ask to have the cuffs
removed prior to the interrogation beginning. This is
authorized after the detainee is moved and placed in
cell #10. The leg shackles will never be removed.
(e) One MP will be stationed outside the door of
cell #10 observing the detainee. The other MP will
continue to watch the remaining detainees within the
block.
(f) After the interrogation is completed, the
interrogators will leave cell #10 but remain within the
block. The MPs will re-cuff the detainee and return
him to his cell where he will be secured. At this time,
the interrogators will be permitted to leave the brig or
conduct an interrogation with another detainee.
(2) Within the block at a table. Interrogators are
permitted to conduct the interrogation within the
confines of the block.
(a) The detainee will be removed from his cell
with handcuffs and shackles on.
(b) The entry gate will be closed when a detainee
is not in his individual cell.
(c) The detainee will sit at the far table with the
interrogators sitting across from the detainee.
(d) At no time will the leg shackles be removed.
Remove handcuffs at the interrogators request.
(3) Within the confines of the adjacent building.
Interrogators and JIIF personnel are authorized to
interview/interrogate detainees within the confines of
the building adjacent to the holding/cell area.
(a) There is no time limit placed upon the
interrogators/JIIF personnel.
(b) There will be no limit as to the duration of the
interrogation/interview.
(c) The
interrogators/JIIF
personnel
will
coordinate with the JDOG for the support of an
additional MP to accompany them.
(d) The detainee will be moved in the following
manner:

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
10.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(-) The entry gate will be closed.
(-) The detainee will be cuffed and shackled.
(-) The detainee will be escorted by two MPs to
the adjacent building.
(-) The small room will be utilized.
(-) The detainee will be uncuffed at the request
of the interrogator.
(-) Shackles will not be removed.
(-) One MP will position himself/herself outside
the entrance to the room being utilized. The other MP
will be positioned outside at the rear door of the room
being utilized. The third MP will remain inside the
block as security for the detainees remaining within
their cells.
(-) Only one detainee will be out of his cell at a
time.
(-) If more than one interview is going to be
conducted, the first interview will be completed in its
entirety before the second interview commences.
10-10. Use Of The Television
a. The television is there for the enjoyment of the
MPs and Brig personnel on duty.
b. Between the hours of 2200 and 0600, the
television will be moved to an area in the vicinity of
the shower (outside the gate).
c. The volume will be at the lowest level possible to
be heard by the MP’s and Brig personnel but not loud
enough to disturb the detainees.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
10.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
10.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

11-3. Priority Of Escorts.
The CJDOG establishes the priority of escorts based on
mission and available resources. The normal priority
for escorts is:
a. JIIF.
b. ICRC.
c. Medical.
d. Contractor.
e. Detainee block transfers.
11-4. Escort Teams
a. Escorts are broken into two distinct groups.
Group one provides escort teams typically to detainees
within Camp Delta involving block transfers or moving
to appointments at JIIF or Medical. Group Two
provides MPs to escort teams who are not authorized
unaccompanied access to Camp Delta. Typically, these
escorts involve two groups of people either the

STEPS:
Interrogator reports to escort control and
notifies escort control of integration.
Escort control assigns the Interrogator an
Interrogation booth based on the
Interrogator’s needs and organization.
Interrogator departs for interrogation
booth and prepares for interrogation.
Escort control assigns a JIIF escort team
to pickup the detainee and calls the
escort team to escort control via secure
radio on channel 4.
The escort team reports to escort control
and draws shackles and receives an
escort briefing which includes the
following:
Current location of detainee (block and
cell number)
Location of interrogation booth
Special instructions
Escort team moves to pickup detainee.
Escort control notifies DOC of
interrogation.
Escort team secures detainee from cell.
Escort team calls escort control and
reports beginning of escort.
Escort control logs the start of escort on
escort control log.
Block NCO notifies DOC of detainee
departure from block and gives new head
count to DOC.

ESCORT
CONTROL

11-2. Escort Control
a. Description: Serves as the central control facility
for all escorts assigned to Camp Delta. All escorts
report movement to Escort Control via secure radio or
telephone based on the type of escort.
b. Staffing: Escort Control is staffed with a
minimum of two personnel familiar with Escort
Operations. However, between the hours of 0700-1800,
the staff should be augmented by one additional staff
member to assist with heighten daytime escort
requirements.
c. Escort Management:
Escort control is
responsible for coordinating all escort operations
within Camp Delta. Escort control will maintain a
tracking board that displays the status and location of
all escort teams within Camp Delta. Escort control
personnel will call for a status check with all escort
teams at least every 30 minutes to verify location and
status of all escort teams.
Escort control will
coordinate the assignment of escort teams to escort
missions based on current mission requirements and
ensures that the priority of support doesn’t conflict
with the CJDOG commander’s intent. With the
consent of the on-duty CO, escort control can re-task
escort teams as necessary to support the CJDOG’s
intent.

International Committee of the Red Cross or Contract
Workers making improvements or repairs within Camp
Delta.
GROUP ONE
GROUP TWO
Who
Detainees
Escorted Personnel
Why
JIIF
ICRC
Medical
Contractors
Block Transfers
DV Personnel
b. Detainee Escorts. Group 1 Escorts typically
involve two types of escort missions. Each type of
escort mission is explained below.
(1) JIIF Escort. These escorts are responsible for
moving detainees for appointments with the Joint
Interrogation Facility. These escorts are staged in the
Brown Bldg located in the JIIF and are notified by
Escort Control when needed to escort a detainee to the
JIIF. The process follows these steps:

ESCORT
TEAM

Chapter 11
Escort Operations
11-1. General
Escorts provide two missions within Camp Delta. The
first mission is to provide MPs for the movement of
detainees within Camp Delta for JIIF, Medical, and
ICRC appointments and block transfers. The second
mission is to provide MPs for escort of all personnel
entering Camp Delta who require escorted access to the
facility.

√

√

√

√
√
√
√
√

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
11.1

dispatched by the Detention Hospital and will maintain
contact with Escort Control. These escorts are staged
in the Detainee Clinic and are notified by medical
personnel when needed to escort a detainee to the
medical. The process typically follows these steps:

√
√

√

STEPS:
√

√

√

√
√
√
√
√
√
√

√

Medical personnel notify escort control
of medical escort requirement via phone.
Escort control assigns a medical escort
team to pickup the detainee and calls the
escort team via secure radio on channel
4.
Escort team moves to pickup detainee.
Escort control notifies DOC of medical
escort.
Escort team secures detainee from cell.
Escort team calls escort control and
reports beginning of escort.
Escort control logs the start of escort on
escort control log.
Block NCO notifies DOC of detainee
departure from block and gives new head
count to DOC.
Escort team secures detainee in the
medical.
Medical provides treatment.
Escort team secures detainee from
medical.
Escort team notifies escort control that
they have detainee in custody and are
enroute to block.
Escort team secures detainee in the cell.
Escort team reports to escort control the
completion of escort.
Escort control logs the completion of
escort on escort control log.
Block NCO notifies DOC of detainee
arrival from medical and gives new head
count to DOC.
Escort team returns to medical.

ESCORT
TEAM
ESCORT
CONTROL

Escort team secures detainee in the
interrogation booth.
Escort team reports to escort control
completion of escort via secure radio.
Escort team returns to escort control and
turns-in shackles and place detainee ID
card in the appropriate slot on the
interrogation bldg board.
Interrogator completes interrogation.
Interrogator reports to escort control that
the interrogation is complete.
Escort control assigns a JIIF escort team
to pickup the detainee and calls the
escort team to escort control via secure
radio on channel 4.
The escort team reports to escort control
and draws shackles and receives an
escort briefing which includes the
following:
Current
location
of
detainee
(interrogation booth)
Location of cell
Special instructions
Escort team moves to pickup detainee.
Escort control notifies DOC of
interrogation completion.
Escort team secures detainee from
interrogation booth.
Escort team notifies escort control that
they have detainee in custody and are
enroute to block.
Escort team secures detainee in the cell.
Escort team reports to escort control the
completion of escort.
Escort control logs the completion of
escort on escort control log.
Block NCO notifies DOC of detainee
arrival from interrogation and gives new
head count to DOC.
Escort team returns to escort control and
turns-in shackles.

ESCORT
CONTROL

STEPS:

ESCORT
TEAM

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

√
√
√
√
√
√

√

√
√
√
√
√

√

(3) Block Transfers. The DOC will direct on a
regular basis the movement of detainees from one
block to another. General escorts will normally be
used to accomplish these escorts. The DOC will give
the escort control a list of detainees that require
movement during the coming shift. The escort NCOIC

(2) Medical Escort. These escorts are responsible
for moving detainees for appointments with the
Detainee Clinic located outside Sally Port 3. At 0830
hours, one medical escort team will report to the
Detention Hospital. At 1000, two more teams will
report to the Detention Hospital. These teams will be
Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

11.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

STEPS:
Sally port 1 or 8 will notified escort
control concerning requirement for
contractor escort over secure radio on
channel 4.
Escort control will assign a general
escort team to provide escort to the
contractors.
Escort team will report to the appropriate
sally port and begin escort mission.
Escort team calls escort control and
reports beginning of escort
Escort control logs the start of escort on
escort control log.
Escort team will remain with contractors
throughout escort and report status every
thirty minutes to escort control.
Contractor will complete assigned work.
Escort team will return with contractor
to appropriate sally port.
Escort team reports to escort control the
completion of escort.
Escort control logs the completion of
escort on escort control log.
Escort team will return to the brown
building and wait next mission.

ESCORT
CONTROL

ESCORT
TEAM

√
√
√
√
√

√
√
√
√

(2) ICRC Escort. ICRC escorts are available to
escort ICRC personnel during their visitation and
interviews within Camp Delta. ICRC escorts are
dedicated to this mission and may not be used for any
other escort mission. ICRC escorts are only required
with ICRC personnel are on ground in Cuba. ICRC
escorts will not be required when ICRC is not present

STEPS:
ICRC will call the DOC and notify them
that they are enroute to Sally Port 1.
DOC will notify Escort Control.
Escort control will assign an ICRC
escort team to the mission.
Escort control will notify the assigned
ICRC escort team via secure radio on
channel 4.
ICRC escort team will move to Sally
Port 1 and await the arrival of the ICRC
representatives.
Escort team calls escort control and
reports beginning of escort.
Escort control logs the start of escort on
escort control log.
Escort team conducts escort mission.
Escort team returns to Sally Port 1 with
ICRC representatives.
ICRC leaves Camp Delta through Sally
Port 1.
Escort team reports to escort control the
completion of escort.
Escort control logs the completion of
escort on escort control log.

ESCORT
CONTROL

in Cuba. ICRC escorts are required are managed
through escort control. ICRC provides a list of
detainees that they would like to visit typically 24
hours prior to visit. ICRC escorts are usually staged
out of the brown bldg until called upon by escort
control. ICRC escort team is composed of three MPs
unlikely most escort teams which are only composed of
two MPs. These escorts should be ready at all times.
ICRC escorts typically follow the following process:

ESCORT
TEAM

will ensure the timely execution of these cells
movements by using general escorts.
c. Accompanied Access Escorts. Group 2 escorts
typically involve three types of escort missions. Each
type of escort mission is explained below.
(1) Contractor Escorts. Contractor escorts are
necessary when personnel need access to Camp Delta
facilities in order to conduct maintenance or
improvements. Escorts control will work closely with
sally ports in order to understand and manage
contractor escort requirements. If there is an unused
contractor escort, they will stage at Sally Port 1. The
escorts will not allow any vehicle to be left unattended
with the motor running. The process typically follows
these steps:

√
√

√
√
√
√
√

√
√

11-5. Vehicle Usage
a. Teams will utilize Gators or Golf Carts when
moving detainees from Camp II or Camp IV for
appointments in Medical or JIIF. The keys for the
Gators and Golf Carts will be maintained in escort
control.
b. Only JIIF escorts will use golf carts.
c. Gators will be used for any escort mission. The
SOG also can use them to move bulk items.
d. Gators and golf carts will be utilized in Camp
Delta only.
e. Gators and golf carts will not be operated in
excess of 5 MPH.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
11.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
f. Gators and golf carts will be kept clean and free
of trash and debris.
g. Gators and golf carts will be topped off at the end
of each shift.
h. Gator and golf cart keys will be maintained in the
Escort Control when not in use.
i. COs will inspect the vehicle logbook at the end
of the duty week.
j. Maintenance issues will be brought to the
attention of the JDOG S-3.
11-6. Equipment Maintenance
Escort teams assigned duty during midnight shift will
conduct PMCS of all escort equipment to include
shackles, golf carts and gators. The midnight shift
Escort Control NCOIC should be sure that PMCS is
completed and noted in the DOC Staff Journal.
11-7. Communications
Communications between Escort Control and Escort
Teams will management primarily over secure radios
on Channel 4. Escort Control Call Sign will be Escort
Control. Escort Teams will be assigned a call sign
based on the following matrix.
Escort Teams:
Call Sign:
Medical Escorts
Medical Escort 1
Mike 1
Medical Escort 2
Mike 2
Medical Escort 3
Mike 3
Medical Escort 4
Mike 4
Medical Escort 5
Mike 5
General Escorts
General Escort 1
Golf 1
General Escort 2
Golf 2
General Escort 3
Golf 3
General Escort 4
Golf 4
General Escort 5
Golf 5
JIIF Escorts
JIIF Escort 1
Echo 1
JIIF Escort 2
Echo 2
JIIF Escort 3
Echo 3
JIIF Escort 4
Echo 4
JIIF Escort 5
Echo 5
JIIF Escort 6
Echo 6
JIIF Escort 7
Echo 7
ICRC Escorts
ICRC Escort 1
India 1
ICRC Escort 2
India 2
ICRC Escort 3
India 3

11-9. NAVBASE Hospital Escorts
a. A two-man team from day shift will man the
hospital escorts. This team will be on call for 24 hours.
Upon notification, the team will go to Camp Delta to
draw equipment and to be briefed.
b. Escort to the NAVBASE Hospital will be
executed using 2:1 ratio with one MP armed with a
9mm sidearm, and both MPs armed with OC Pepper
Spray.
c. Weapons will be stored at the hospital upon
arrival.
d. MP hospital escort teams will:
(1) Search the interior of the ambulance prior to
the detainee being placed inside.
(2) Check the exterior and under-carriage of the
ambulance prior to the ambulance being moved.
(3) Maintain continuous observation of the
ambulance following the search until completion of the
move.
e. When the MP hospital escort team is traveling to
pick up a detainee already at the NAVBASE Hospital,
or returning to Camp Delta after dropping off a
detainee at the NAVBASE Hospital, it remains the MP
hospital escort team’s responsibility to search the
interior and exterior of the ambulance prior to exiting
or entering Camp Delta. If continual observation of the
ambulance is lost following the search and before
entering or exiting Camp Delta, the MP hospital escort
team will conduct another full search of the ambulance
before proceeding through any sally port.

11-8. Distinguished Visitors
COs escort all distinguished visitors inside the Camp
Delta complex. If the visitor is military, it will be for
grade O-5 and above. This will not include PAO tours.
Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
11.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 12
Detainee Property
12-1. Authorized Personnel
a. Personnel authorized to receipt, issue, and store
detainee property must be designated on a
memorandum from the CJDOG. Personnel designated
must be in the grade of E-7 or above and shall be the
only personnel allowed access into the detainee
Property Storage Room.
b. Personnel authorized to receipt, issue, and store
detainee evidence property must be designated on a
memorandum from the CJDOG. Personnel must be
trained in proper handling of evidence.

h. All items are individually inventoried and sealed
into a packet. Up to 100 packets are stored in a
container secured in a locked storage room located in
Camp America. Access is limited to a property
custodian and an alternate. Inventories are conducted
upon change of custodian. Records are kept by the
JDOG S-4 and in the DRS system.

12-2. Property Handling
a. Upon arrival of aircraft at Leeward Side on US
Naval Base, GTMO, the MP NCOIC signs for detainee
property from the USAF Security Officer assigned the
air bridge mission.
b. The MP NCOIC will sign for all detainee pocket
litter property packets. All property packets containing
items of military intelligence value are signed for by
the J-2. Fleet medical personnel sign for medical
record packets.
c. J-2 personnel will review detainee pocket litter
property packets to determine if any remaining
property has any intelligence value. Packets are
opened, inventoried, and transfer of property
documented on DA Form 4137. Any transfer of
property to J-2 personnel is annotated by item on the
DA 4137 and signatures secured.
d. Upon completion of J-2 review, the remaining
property is transported to the JDOG S-4. Inventory of
remaining property is completed and transferred to the
Property Custodian, JDOG. Signatures are secured to
document property transfer of property packets; copy
made of DA 4137, sealed, and placed in storage locker.
e. JDOG S-4 personnel will use the copy of the DA
4137 to enter the individual property items into the
NDRC database. The property printout is verified
against the DA 4137 to insure 100% accuracy and filed
in the JDOG Property Custodian File.
f. The JDOG S-3 will notify the JDOG Property
Custodian of any scheduled release or transfer
operations to facilitate retrieval of property for transfer
to the former detainee. Final signature will be secured
from the repatriated individual upon receipt of any
personal property and filed in the JDOG Property
Custodian File.
g. The personal property of a deceased detainee will
disposed of in accordance with AR 630-10, AR 638-1,
or AR 700-84 as appropriate.
An independent
individual will be appointed by the CJDOG to audit
and sign the detainee’s personal property record for the
detainee.
Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
12.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
12.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 13
Detainee Mail Operations
13-1. Types Of Mail
a. Ordinary Mail. Normal incoming mail processed
through the Washington D.C. postal address not
deemed to be from the ICRC or Legal mail.
b. ICRC Mail. Mail that is written in the presence
of an ICRC representative, handled through the ICRC,
and delivered by ICRC representatives. The mail
section only translates and screens the mail.
c. Legal Mail. Mail that is obviously from a
lawyer, court, or other legal representative.
d. Incoming. Mail that is sent from an outside party
to a detainee.
e. Outgoing. Mail that a detainee writes.
f. Hold/File. Mail that is designated to be placed
only in a detainee’s mail file and passed on for
screening purposes. Will not be sent out or given to
the detainee.
13-2. Incoming Mail
a. Every time anyone handles ordinary incoming
mail, they should wear latex gloves to protect against
any chemical hazard on the envelopes or letters. All
mail is irradiated against biological hazards, but this
may not protect against chemical hazards.
b. When Incoming mail is received at the JTF APO
or postal room, the NCOIC of the postal room will call
the detainee mail section and notify the mail section of
the arrival of mail. A representative of the detainee
Mail Processing Center (DMPC) will then go to the
mailroom to pick up the mail. The representative will
count and verify the correct number of incoming mail
items. The representative from the detainee mail
section will then sign for the incoming mail. Detainees
are not authorized to receive anything other than flat
letters weighing less than one ounce. All postal units
have been told any other items will be immediately
returned to the sender.
c. The mail will then be entered into the detainee
mail-tracking database, Mail Management System
(MMS).
d. The Alpha Numeric Code representing the
sequence number of the detainee that the mail is
addressed to is entered into the MMS. As each item is
entered into the MMS, it is assigned a mail item
number. This mail item number will be written on all
items arriving in the mail and in the envelope. This
includes each page of the letter, any enclosures, and the
envelope. (Example: I-001234)
e. After the mail is entered into the MMS, the
original mail item is copied. The original mail is
placed in the detainee’s incoming mail pending file.
The copies will be sent to the translators. After the
copies of original incoming mail are placed in the
detainee pending files, all work will be done with

copies of the mail.
Any original photographs
accompanying the letters will be stapled to the final
copy that will be delivered to the detainee.
f. The copy machine and work area must be wiped
down and cleaned after each batch of incoming mail is
copied. This will ensure nothing is transferred from
detainee mail to any other items being copied.
g. After the mail is copied, it is transferred to
translation (refer to section 13-10).
h. After translation, the copy is returned to the
detainee mail-processing center. Four copies of the
translation will be made. One copy of the translated
mail will be placed in the detainee file. Three copies of
the mail will be transferred to the JDOG S-2 [Possible
Document Exploitation (DOCEX)]. At this point, the
mail is entered into the computer as transferred to both
the JIG and to the JDOG S-2 for screening.
i. A copy of the incoming mail will be given out to
the detainee five days after screening by the JDOG
JDOG S-2 personnel, unless contacted by the JDOG S2 section to hold the mail for a specific reason. If the
mail has been redacted, then a copy of the redacted
piece will be given to the detainee. The mail must be
entered into the computer as delivered to the detainee
on the day it is given out to the detainee.
j. The JDOG S-2 section will screen the mail as a
group according to the transmittal record it is
transferred to the JDOG S-2 shop on. After screening,
a copy of this transmittal record will be given back to
the detainee Mail Processing section with the date the
mail is eligible for delivery to the detainee. If any
items are to be held or redacted, those items will also
be annotated on that transmittal record.
13-3. Outgoing Mail
a. Outgoing mail is collected by the detainee mail
section daily IAW the mail collection schedule. This
schedule rotates collection between blocks and
between types of outgoing mail. This schedule allows
the detainees to write four post cards (6” x 4” in size)
and two letters (single side of one piece of paper not
larger than 8.5” x 11”) per month IAW AR 190-8,
Section 3-5, page 7. Note: Per AR 190-8, para 3-5,
sec f. (3), maps, sketches, and drawings are not
permitted in outgoing correspondences. A sample
schedule follows:

B LOCKS
Day

Letters

1

Wed

2

Thu

A

3

Fri

B

4

Sat

5

Sun

Postcards
T

P Q R K
M N O S

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
13.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
6

Mon C

7

Tue

M

F G H

8

Wed R

S

C D E

9

Thu

G

A B

10 Fri

Q
Det Hosp

I

D

K L T

P Q R

11 Sat
12 Sun
13 Mon E
14 Tue

M N O S

F

N

I

15 Wed K

O

F G H

K L T

16 Thu

L

P

C D E

17 Fri

M

T

A B R

20 Mon G

R

P Q A S

21 Tue

C

M N O B

18 Sat
19 Sun
H

22 Wed I

D

K L T

23 Thu

N

E

F G H

24 Fri

O

F

C D

Det Hosp

A B I S

25 Sat
26 Sun
27 Mon P
28 Tue

K

29 Wed A

H
I

P Q R C
S

M N O D

30 Thu

B

K

I

31 Fri

L

Q

F G H

L E T

b. If there is a situation that involves a security risk,
and the block is closed down for that specific time, the
mail clerk will be informed and that block will be
skipped for that rotation.
c. Detainee mail clerks will take no more than five
pens with black ink to the blocks at a time. The mail
clerks can allow up to five detainees to write at one
time. The mail clerk must closely observe the
detainees while they write the letter/post-card to ensure
the detainee is not using the pen to write anything other
than the letter/postcard. When leaving the block, the
mail clerk and Block NCO will ensure all pens and
materials are accounted for.
(1) Detainee Mail Clerks should attempt to wake
up sleeping detainees and offer them a chance to write.
If a detainee refuses to write when he is offered his
chance, the mail clerk continues. If a detainee changes
his mind after being offered an opportunity to write, he
will not be offered a second chance to write.
(2) If a detainee is praying, prayer should not be
interrupted in order to inform the detainee of the
opportunity to write. However, if the detainee stops
praying on his own and the mail clerk is still in the

block, then the detainee should be offered the
opportunity to write.
(3) Detainees are given 20 minutes per postcard
and 30 minutes per letter. If a detainee takes longer
than this, he should be told to address the item and turn
it in.
(4) If a detainee refuses, he will be instructed to
turn in the mail immediately or it will not be sent out.
If he still refuses, then it is up to the MPs to retrieve the
mail and the pen in accordance with their operating
procedures. Mail clerks will complete an incident
report if this occurs.
d. After the detainee mail clerk allows all detainees
scheduled to write that day, the mail is taken to the
detainee mail-processing center and entered into MMS.
As each letter is entered, the MMS assigns a mail item
number, an alphanumeric tracking number (Example:
T-001234). The mail item number must be written on
the lower left hand corner of both the letter and
envelope. For postcards, the mail item number will be
written on the upper left hand corner.
e. After the mail is processed into MMS, the mail is
copied and the original is placed into the detainee
outgoing mail pending file.
Then the mail is
transferred to the linguist section for translation in the
same manner as incoming mail (refer to section 13-10).
f. If a detainee declines the opportunity to write,
this declination is documented on the daily mail
schedule. The mail schedules are kept in binders to
document when each detainee was given an
opportunity to write.
g. After translation, the mail is transferred back to
the DMPC. Four copies of the translated mail will be
made. One copy of the translated mail will be placed
in the detainee file. Three copies of the mail will be
transferred to the JDOG S-2 (DOCEX). At this point,
the mail is entered into the computer as transferred to
both the JIG and to the JDOG S-2 for screening.
h. Mail is sent to the JTF-GTMO APO or Mail
Room (refer to section 13-10) for mailing five days
after being screened unless contacted by the JDOG S-2
section to hold the mail for a specific reason. The mail
must be entered into the computer as mailed on the day
it is transferred to the JTF Mailroom.
i. The JDOG S-2 section will screen the mail as a
group according to the transmittal record it is
transferred to the JDOG S-2 section on. After
screening, a copy of this transmittal record will be
given back to the detainee Mail section with the date
the mail is eligible for delivery to the JTF-GTMO mail
room. If any items are to be held or redacted, those
items will also be annotated on that transmittal record.
13-4. ICRC Mail
a. Ordinarily, ICRC mail is collected by
representatives of the ICRC and transferred to the

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
13.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
detainee mail section by the JDOG’s ICRC liaison.
The JDOG representative normally delivers the ICRC
mail to the detainee mail section.
b. If the ICRC Rep wishes to document outgoing
pieces of mail prior to handing them over to the
detainee Mail Section a non-networked computer that
has no sensitive information on it will be provided for
their use in the vicinity of the mail room. Under no
circumstance may unscreened mail leave the detention
facility. Neither the ICRC Rep nor the JDOG liaison is
authorized to remove unscreened mail from the facility.
c. When ICRC mail is delivered to the detainee mail
section, the mail must first be entered into MMS. After
the mail is entered into MMS, it is transferred to the
linguist section for translation in the same manner
ordinary mail is transferred. (Refer to section 13-10)
d. When ICRC mail is returned from translation, it
is forwarded to the JDOG S-2 for screening (DOCEX).
After screening ICRC mail, the JDOG S-2 will return
the mail to the detainee Mail Processing Center.
13-5. Cleared Mail
Cleared mail will be stamped “Cleared by US Forces”
on each page of a letter and on the back of
photographs. Incoming ICRC mail will be returned to
the ICRC rep, while inside the detention facility, for
delivery to the detainees. Outgoing mail will be
returned to the ICRC rep for delivery at their expense.
13-6. Redacted Mail
A redacted copy will be stamped “Cleared by US
Forces” on each page and given to the ICRC rep for
them to deliver. A redacted copy, an unredacted
translation, and the original letter will be placed in the
detainee mail file. Only the redacted copy may be
stamped with “Cleared by US Forces”.
13-7. Held Mail
a. If JDOG S-2 determines a letter is to be held they
will notify the detainee Mail Section. The original
letter or photo will be placed in the detainee mail file.
ICRC will be notified that the letter has been held.
Notification to the ICRC will be on a Transmittal Sheet
and will include their tracking number and our MMS
identification number.
NO COPIES WILL BE
RETURNED TO THE ICRC. Held mail will be
annotated as CLOSED on the MMS.
b. During absences of ICRC from Guantanamo Bay,
ICRC mail is handled per directions of the ICRC
representative to the JDOG and the CJDOG.
13-8. Mail Screening
a. Receive mail from JDOG S-1 for JDOG S-2 and
JIG review. A JDOG S-2 representative will sign and
make a copy of each Transmittal Record (TR) from the
JDOG S-1 section. The JDOG S-2 copy of the TR is

filed in the appropriate detainee Mail binder. Binders
are divided according to the type of mail (ICRC or
ordinary). Each binder is further sub-divided into the
step of the mail process the TR represents (received
from JDOG S-1, to JIG, etc.)
b. Deliver mail to JIG and have them sign
Transmittal Record. Persons delivering the letters will
inventory all mail with a JIG representative. Mail is
usually delivered to the JDOG S-2 Admin
representative. If this person is not available, the JIG
linguists are the secondary POC for mail delivery.
After the JIG representative signs for the mail, a copy
of each TR is made for their record keeping. Original
Transmittal Sheet s is filed in the correct detainee Mail
binders.
c. JDOG S-2 review of detainee mail. Pull out any
redacted, hold/file, rewrites, or INTSUM mail.
d. Redacted mail. This is mail that is not appropriate
to be mailed out or given to the detainee. This would
include:
(1) Mail containing complaints or criticism of
any governmental agency or official.
(2) Refer to events or circumstances of capture.
(3) Comparing camps.
(4) Containing numbers, ciphers, codes, music
symbols, shorthand marks, or signs other than those
used for normal punctuation.
(5) Containing military information on numbers
of detainees. This also includes the use of ISN number.
(6) Location of the camps. This includes maps,
sketches, and drawings.
(7) Any item that could be used against the
camps as a force protection issue.
(8) Any item that has intelligence value.
e. Incoming mail. All mail selected for redaction
will be copied and the copy will be redacted and copied
again. The second redacted copy will go to the
detainee in the incoming envelope. The unblemished
original and redacted copy will go into the detainee
file. Redacts need to be completely marked through
and be unable to read.
f. Outgoing mail. There are two types of outgoing
correspondence: letters and postcards. Letters will be
copied and redacted and the second redacted copy will
be mailed out. The original and redacted copy will be
filed in detainee file. Postcards will be redacted on
originals and then copied. The copy of the redaction
will go into the detainee file and the original will be
mailed out.
g. Hold/File mail. Any detainee mail that is not
addressed to family (incoming and outgoing)(to
include mail addressed to fellow detainees) needs to be
held/filed IAW SECDEF guidance. The JDOG S-2 rep
will build a Transmittal sheet and pull the originals
from the JDOG S-1 files. The originals are then

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
13.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
appropriately marked as Hold/File and the transfer is
annotated in MMS computer database.
h. Rewrites. Any mail that needs to be rewritten
will need to be marked with the reason why. A
Transmittal Record will be made in MMS for JDOG S1 to take the original and reasons why back to the
detainee for rewrite. Mail that violates the provisions
of AR 190-8 (listed under Redacted Mail) can be sent
back to the JDOG S-1 and the detainee to be rewritten.
i. Intrep mail. This category describes any mail
that contains information pertinent to the intelligence
community. These items may contain suicidal threats,
capture information, known acquaintances, etc. The
copy of the designated letter is marked for inclusion in
the daily INTREP and then shredded if the mail is
cleared for delivery. Once noted, the mail will
continue through the detainee mail process.
If
required, the original piece of mail can be pulled from
the JDOG S-1.
j. If the mail clears screening, the JDOG S-2 copy
is shredded, as there is no further need for this
document. The JDOG S-1 will automatically deliver
the remaining mail that has not been pulled or marked
for non-delivery.
13-9. Mail Transmittal Records
a. Transfer Transmittal sheets will accompany all
mail transfers. In all cases the process is as follows:
b. Print three Mail Transmittal sheets; one is
immediately filed in the appropriate binder in the
DMPC, this copy is kept only until a signed copy can
replace it.
c. Two copies go with the mail for signatures; one
is a file copy to be provided to the receiving location
(translation, JDOG S-2, etc.). The other will replace
the unsigned copy that has been filed in the DMPC.
d. These records will be kept in binders. There
should be a separate binder for each category of mail as
follows:
(1) LETTERS & POST CARDS
(a) Ordinary incoming mail to translation
(b) Ordinary outgoing mail to translation
(c) Ordinary Incoming mail to JDOG S-2/JIG
(d) Ordinary Outgoing mail to JDOG S-2/JIG
(e) Ordinary Incoming mail to redact/hold
(f) Ordinary Outgoing mail to redact/hold
(g) Ordinary outgoing mail to post office
(2) ICRC
(a) ICRC incoming mail to translation
(b) ICRC outgoing mail to translation
(c) ICRC Incoming mail to JDOG S-2/JIG
(d) ICRC Outgoing mail to JDOG S-2/JIG
(e) ICRC Incoming mail to redact/hold
(f) ICRC Outgoing mail to redact/hold
(g) ICRC Incoming mail to ICRC Rep*
(h) ICRC outgoing mail to ICRC Rep*

e. These are the permanent history of each item that
has been transferred through the system.
f. Within the MMS database, ICRC may be referred
to as BLD or BLD may be linked to ICRC files, such
as: ICRC outgoing mail to ICRC Rep/BLD. This is an
organic feature of the current software.
13-10. Mail For detainees Held At Locations Other
Than GTMO
a. In accordance with Joint Chief of Staff guidance,
mail for detainees not held at the Camp Delta facility
will also be processed and screened by the detainee
mail section.
b. Incoming mail for the detainee should be sent to
the Camp Delta detainee mail section through the
Washington DC address. This ensures the mail is
properly cleared of hazardous materials before
handling. If the mail is sent directly to the other
holding facility, that holding facility should package it,
unopened, into another envelope and forward the mail
to the detainee mail section through the Washington
DC address. Once the detainee mail section has
received the mail, it will be processed and screened in
the same fashion as all other mail. After screening it
will be forwarded back to the separate holding facility
with instructions. If the mail is held, a memorandum
will be sent to the detention facility documenting the
status of the mail.
c. Outgoing mail can be handled in two ways. The
original document can be sent to the JTF-GTMO
detainee Mail section through the Washington DC
address. This mail will then be processed and screened
in the normal manner. Once the item is cleared, the
mail will be mailed out and a memorandum will be
sent back to the detention facility documenting the
disposition of the mail. The mail can also be scanned
and emailed over secure email to the OIC of the
detainee mail section or to the JDOG S-2. This mail
will then be processed and screened. Once the mail has
been screened, instructions for the handling of the mail
will be emailed back to the Detention Facility.
d. The Washington DC Address is:
Detainee: XXXXXX (Alpha Numeric Code)
Camp Delta
Washington, D.C. 20355
USA
13-11. Mail Sent Directly To detainees
a. Any mail containing a return address and sent
directly to detainees without processing through the
Washington, DC postal address will be returned to the
sender. The mail should under no circumstances be
opened. The postal room, at their discretion, can write
the proper address somewhere on the envelope for
future reference of the sender.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
13.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
b. If the mail does not have a return address, the
mail will be handled IAW with postal room procedures
for processing undeliverable mail without a return
address.
13-12. Incorrectly Addressed Mail
a. Mail without a detainee alpha code or return
address will be processed and screened as any other
piece of mail. After the mail has been cleared, a
reasonable effort will be made to determine the
detainee to whom the mail is addressed. If the detainee
cannot be determined, the mail will be placed in a hold
file.
b. Mail arriving in the detainee mail bag, clearly not
belonging to a detainee will be returned to the postal
room unopened.
c. Mail arriving in the detainee mailbag that cannot
be determined if it belongs to a detainee or not, will be
opened and processed. If at some point during the
process or screening it becomes evident that the mail is
not for a detainee, it will be returned to the postal room
with an explanation of why the mail was opened.
d. Outgoing mail returned for lack of a country
name in English will be corrected and sent out again.
A new transmittal sheet will be created to transfer it to
the post office. File the transmittal sheet under
outgoing mail for the current day.
13-13. Mail For Released detainees
a. Detainees that are released may have mail in the
system. When determination is made to repatriate a
detainee, the JDOG S-2 should notify the detainee mail
section, through the JDOG S-1.
b. The detainee mail section should search the mail
database and determine if the detainee has any mail in
the system. If there is mail in the system, the mail
NCOIC should determine where in the process the mail
is. The NCOIC should then notify that part of the
process that the detainee is scheduled for repatriation.
The mail should then be treated as priority to complete
the screening process. After screening, the mail should
be given to the detainees so it can be carried back with
all other items returned to the detainee.
c. Only mail that has been stamped “Cleared by US
Forces” will be returned to a detainee upon his release.
d. When a detainee is released all original mail that
has been stamped “Cleared by US Forces” and a copy
of all redacted items that have been stamped “Cleared
by US Forces” that are in their detainee mail file will
be given to them.
e. Mail coming in after the detainee has left the
detention facility should be automatically returned to
the sender.

Mail for detainees in MSU will be handled in
accordance with the most current approved discipline
matrix. It is up to the JDOG S-3 to ensure the detainee
mail section is aware of current discipline matrix
procedures.
13-15. Detainees With More Than 12 Items Of Mail
a. When the Mail NCOIC notices a detainee who
has received a total amount of mail greater than 12
pieces, the NCOIC should notify the JDOG S-3 section
in writing of the detainee number and the total amount
of mail he has received. This will assist the JDOG S-3
and MPs in controlling the amount of mail in the cells.
b. If a detainee does accumulate more than 12 mail
items, the excess mail will be collected by the MPs and
sent to the detainee Mail Section for storage.
c. The detainee is allowed to choose which 12
letters to keep in his possession. He is also allowed to
exchange one letter in his possession for a letter held in
the detainee mail section. When the detainee requests
a letter held in the mail section, the MPs should notify
the detainee mail section.
d. The detainee mail section will bring the letter out
to the detainee. The mail clerk will bring exchange the
new letter for one already in the detainee’s possession.
e. If the mail clerk knows a detainee has 12 mail
items in his possession, the clerk should exchange any
new mail items for one already in the detainee’s
possession.
f. For those detainees in a Level 2 block, this
number for section 13-16 paragraphs a-e will be 15.
For those detainees in a Level 1 block, this number for
section 13-16 paragraphs a-e will be 20.
13-16. Detainees Passing Mail Between Cells
a. At no time should anyone from the detainee mail
section pass mail or any other items from one detainee
to another.
b. Items can only be passed between detainees with
prior approval from the JDOG S-3, or other specified
individuals for intelligence purposes. The MP Block
NCO does not have the authority to tell the mail clerks
to pass items between detainees.
c. If a detainee is passing, attempting to pass or
requesting to pass items amongst each other this should
be documented on a Significant Activity Report and
forwarded to the JDOG S-2 shop including, if possible,
the detainees involved and the type of item being
passed.
d. At no time should ICRC reps pass any mail
between detainees.

13-14. Detainees In Isolation
Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
13.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
13.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 14
Intelligence Operations
14-1. General The JDOG S-2 is tasked with
maintaining records for the following information:
a. Force Protection
b. Significant activities reports
c. Disturbance matrix
d. Communication matrix and link diagram
e. Leadership matrices and diagrams
f. Religious
g. Secular
h. Communication
i. Lookouts
j. Teachers
k. Processing and storage of items of intelligence
l. Detainee mail screening
m. Detainee In-Processing
n. Operational intelligence
o. Source operation reports
p. JIG directed observation reports
q. Counterintelligence Information Reports (CIIR)
r. Counter reconnaissance support for detainee
movements.
14-2. Force Protection Information collected within
Camp Delta utilized for the protection of US forces and
detained persons at NAVSTAGTMO.
This
information will be provided to the JDOG S-2 OIC,
who will then disseminate it to the JDOG commander,
appropriate Military Police (MP) COs, and the JTFGTMO J-2. The information will be applied to all
operational levels to provide maximum security and
safety of personnel under the respective commands.
14-3. Significant Activity Report A report generated
by Camp Delta Block Guards on a shift-by-shift basis,
which details the activities of the detainees on each
block. These reports are to include a date time group
of any incident, the Internment Serial Number (ISN) of
the detainee(s) involved, a description of events, and an
evidentiary custody chain of any items with
intelligence value collected. This report is turned into
the DOC at the end of each shift, where the PL and the
CO review it. The JDOG S-2 Counter Intelligence (CI)
agents will then collect and screen the reports for
pertinent force protection information. The Significant
Activity Report will then be entered into the Internee
Management Database (IMD) for production of the
daily Intelligence Report (INTREP).
14-4. Disturbance Matrix This is a comprehensive
monthly matrix detailing the reported instances of
disturbances within Camp Delta. A disturbance is
defined as any aggression or hostile action directed at
US forces or other detainees, inciting riotous or
inflammatory behavior, and acts that undermine the

guard force’s authority. The data will be compiled, in
a spreadsheet, by date as well as by ISN.
The
information will come from the screening of
Significant Activity Reports, Staff Journal Logs
maintained on each block, the discipline matrix
maintained in the DOC, and discipline-tracking log
maintained in the JDOG S3 office.
14-5. Communication Matrix And Link Diagram
The communication matrix on a monthly basis will
track all cross-block communication initiated and
received by all detainees within Camp Delta. The
information for this matrix can be found in Significant
Activity Reports, Staff Journal Logs maintained on
each block, and by observations made by JDOG S-2 CI
agents. The communication link diagram is a graphical
representation of the empirical data contained in the
communication matrix. The diagram will be formatted
in such a way as to allow lines of communication to be
viewed between every detainee that engages in crossblock communication, while maintaining a graphical
similarity of Camp Delta, for ease of reading. The
diagram should hold to the structure outlined in STP
34-97B1-SM, Figure 13, however exceptions will be
made
as
the
situation
dictates.
14-6. Leadership Matrices The matrices will track all
discernable acts of leadership that occur within Camp
Delta. The individual matrices report various types of
leadership.
These types include: religious,
secular/block, communication, block lookouts, and
teachers. Each instance of leadership will be recorded
on a spreadsheet. This system will allow the JDOG S2 CI section to readily identify the primary leadership
structure on the blocks and within Camp Delta as a
whole.
The data is obtained by screening the
Significant Activity reports, Staff Journal Logs
maintained on each block, CI debriefing of Block
Guards working in Camp Delta, debriefing of JDOG
linguists, and from interrogation packet review. The
last being coordinated through appropriate CI
personnel assigned to the JIG.
14-7. Items Of Intelligence Value All items of
intelligence value collected from detainees will be
reviewed by JDOG S-2 CI agents and translated by
JDOG linguists if necessary. The JDOG S-2 will then
provide storage for the items. All such items will be
stored for the duration of the individual’s detention at
Camp Delta.
14-8. Detainee Mail Screening All incoming and
outgoing detainee correspondence will be translated by
JDOG linguists and screened by CI personnel. The
mail will be screened for all material prohibited by AR
190-8. Once the mail has been screened, the JDOG

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
14.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
mail section will process it. In the event unsuitable
material is found the following actions will be taken in
accordance with the detainee mail SOP: identify
unsuitable material, remove mail from distribution,
redact individual lines of text or hold the entire letter as
appropriate. The censorship of detainee mail will be
coordinated with the JDOG mail section. In some
instances, screened mail will contain information of
intelligence or force protection value. A Summary of
these letters and the pertinent information will be
included in the daily INTREP. See Chapter 13 for
more information.
14-9. Operational Intelligence Information collected
that falls under the purview of the JIG will be
transmitted through appropriate channels.
On
occasion, the JIG or J-2 may have cause to request
information from the JDOG S-2 CI section. Examples
of the type of information provided by the CI section to
the JIG include, but are not limited to: source
operation reports, CI observation reports, and CI
Information Reports. Information will be reported
back to the requesting authority in a timely and
professional manner.
14-10. Source Operations And Reports
a. Source operations will be conducted in
conjunction with and under the direction of the JIG CI
element.
b. CI Observation Reports. The observations of the
JDOG S-2 CI section will be recorded in the Agent’s
Notes section of the daily INTREP. The need may
arise to report specific observations to be reported to
other intelligence sections. The SPOT report format
will be used on these occasions IAW FM 19-4,
Appendix D.
c. CI information Reports.
In an effort to
supplement current JIG intelligence and provide
updated relevant information regarding detainees, a
CIIR will be produced upon request. The CIIR is to
include all pertinent biographical information, cross
reference and analysis of all CI section matrices,
summation of detainee’s mail files, current
observations of the detainee, and CI notes and
recommendations. The notes and recommendations
section is a free remarks section in which the reporting
agent can comment on the intangible aspects of the
detainee and make suggestions for possible
interrogation approaches.
14-11. Duties
a. Duty Day
(1) First Shift: 0800-1700
(2) Second Shift: 1300-2200
(3) Working hours are subject to mission
requirements.

b. Uniform
(1) BDU is the normal working uniform.
(2) Civilian clothing is authorized for counter
reconnaissance missions.
(3) Exception to AR 670-1: nametapes and
insignia may be covered when working on blocks
c. Daily Operations
(1) First Shift
(a) Collect and screen Significant Activity
Reports
(b) Input data into appropriate matrices
(c) Compile information for overview chart
Follow up all incomplete entries on Significant
Activities Report
(d) Monitor blocks on a rotating basis
(e) Screen detainee mail
(2) Second Shift
(a) Input data into appropriate matrices
(b) Compile information for overview chart
(c) Follow up all incomplete entries on
Significant Activities Report
(d) Monitor blocks on a rotating basis
(e) Screen detainee mail
(f) Conduct end of day security procedures
d. Monthly Operations
(1) Compilation of matrices and diagrams
(2) Briefings for appropriate intelligence sections
and commanders
e. All other products, listed above, will be done on
an as needed basis.
14-12. JIIF MP Personnel
a. The JIIF will require personnel to monitor and to
react in the event of an altercation between detainee
and Interrogator.
b. A JIIF monitor will be located either in a monitor
room that is equipped with two-way mirrors and CCTV
or in a CCTV only room.
c. A roving MP will be present in the hallways of
all buildings that have interrogations being conducted.
This MP will respond to any problems in an
interrogation room.
d. Detainees will be secured to the eyebolt in the
floor of the interrogation room. Detainees may be
unshackled at the request of the Interrogators.
e. JIIF monitors will observe all interrogations.
They will NOT listen to any interrogations. They will
NOT discuss any events that occur inside an
interrogation room. If a JIIF monitor observes a
perceived security threat by a detainee, the JIIF
monitor will alert the roving MP. The roving MP will
enter the room and alert the Interrogators by note.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
14.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
14-13. SCIF Security
a. The following personnel are needed to man full
Sensitive Compartmented Information Facility (SCIF)
Operations per shift:
(1) One SOG (E-5 or above)
(2) One soldier for the Access Control Point
(3) One soldier for Roving Patrol
b. SOG: SOG is responsible for the total operation
of the SCIF for their shift. He/She is directly
responsible to the MP Duty Officer. The SOG will be
responsible for the following:
(1) Posting of the oncoming guard section.
(2) Disorders and actions taken.
(3) Ensure the duties of shift are carried out.
Notify higher authority of any discrepancies or
alterations to the approved schedule.
(4) Inspect the on-coming shift of escort guards
and pass any information required to maximize
efficiency and control.
(5) Inspect the entire facility to ensure security of
locks, doors, gates, and fences on their shift. This will
be completed at once per shift. Any discrepancies will
be noted and reported to the Duty Officer.
(6) Be responsible for the supervision, discipline,
and performance of the guard section.
(7) Ensure all Military Police Roving Patrols are
alert and appropriately conducting their duties.
c. Access Control Point: Access to the SCIF will
be restricted to a single entrance point, which will be
guarded on a continuous 24-hour basis.
(1) Only personnel displaying a JTF-GTMO
Level 5 access badge will be allowed to enter the SCIF
unescorted. Those personnel displaying a Level 3 or 4
JTF-GTMO access badge must have an escort and
must be signed in with the SSO in room 2226. All
other personnel with a Level 1 or 2 access badge must
be escorted at all times by an individual with a Level 5
badge in order to access the SCIF. They will also be
logged into the SCIF logbook by name, name of
organization, name of escort, and time in and out of the
SCIF. These personnel will also be given a yellow and
red visitor badge in exchange for their ID card. The
number of each visitor badge will also be annotated in
the SCIF logbook. Any escort with a Level 5 access
badge will escort no more than 4 personnel at one time
into the SCIF area.
(2) The access control point will question all
individuals (regardless of rank or clearance) entering
the SCIF for possession of the following items:
(a) Transmitters or receivers (i.e. Cell phones,
Pagers, Handheld radios of any kind)
(b) Cameras and film (video and photo)
(c) Firearms of any kind
(d) Ammunition
(e) Pyrotechnics (smoke grenades, flares,
fireworks, etc.)

The access control point will allow transmitters in the
compound but not in the SCIF area. Any individual
with prohibited items will leave those items with the
access control point MP guard. These items may be
retrieved upon leaving the compound. MP guards may
search bags for these items, as they feel necessary.
(3) The access control point is also responsible
for maintaining the keys to all of the gate entrances to
the SCIF. These gates will remained locked at all
times with the exception of the one access point unless
otherwise directed by JTF-GTMO personnel displaying
a Level 5 access badge. All keys will be kept at the
access control point desk in a key box and will be
signed out in the key log.
d. Roving Patrol: The roving guard is responsible
for identifying and monitoring all possible exterior
access points to the SCIF for evidence of unauthorized
access. During daylight hours, the roving patrol will
perform his/her duties at least once every hour. After
hours of darkness, the SCIF perimeter will be
monitored at least twice hourly by the roving patrol.
When not performing his/her duties as a roving guard,
this patrol will assist the access control point with their
duties.
e. Emergency Actions
(1) When a security threat has been observed by
an MP, such as persons attempting to enter through
other than the main access gate or taking photos of the
SCIF compound, the following chain of events must be
followed in order to safely and effectively assess and
deal with the situation:
(a) Assess the situation and notify the Special
Security Officer (SSO) (see paragraph q) of the current
situation. The SSO will advise the guard of any further
action necessary.
(b) Once action has been taken, notify the SOG
of the situation.
(c) If necessary, and upon direction from either
the SOG or SSO, call 911.
(2) In the event of an emergency, caused by a
hostile entity (armed or unarmed), the guard will:
(a) Use Rules of Force IAW paragraph p.
(b) Do not leave SCIF unsecured in any attempt
to stop a hostile entity.
(c) Immediately notify the Naval Security Police,
Fire Department, or EMS (ambulance) (911) for further
instructions.
(d) Notify the SSO of the situation.
(e) Contact the Military Police SOG.
(3) In the event of an extreme emergency (severe
threat to national security or imminent personal
casualties or fatalities):
(a) Use Rules of Force IAW paragraph p.
(b) Keep SCIF as priority for security while
reacting to the threat.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
14.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(c) The SCIF guard will call 911 for further
instructions.
(d) They will then notify the SSO of the situation.
(4) In the event of a gate found unsecured, the
guard will:
(a) Take the appropriate action to secure the gate.
(b) Notify the SSO of the unsecured gate.
(c) Notify the MP SOG of the security violation.
f. Communications.
(1) Primary communications will be by handheld radio. The SOG will carry one long-range saber
radio. The access control point will have one longrange radio for communications with the SOG. Both
the access control point and the roving patrol will carry
one short-range saber radio. In addition to these handheld radios, the SCIF access control point will have
communications with the MP Duty Officer and
Commanding Officer at all times via land line at
x3102.
(2) Secondary communications will be by
landline at extension 3102.
(3) Tertiary communications will be by
messenger.
g. Uniform. All soldiers will wear garrison MP
brassard. The access control point and roving patrol
will each carry one 9mm pistol and wear their law
enforcement gear.
h. Facility Equipment Requirements. The following
is a list of all equipment necessary to operate the TSCIF:
(1) Four SABER Radios
(2) Two 9mm Pistols
i. Cleanliness Of The Facility. All those who work
in the SCIF must clean up after themselves. MPs are
responsible for cleaning the access control point desk
and the area around the desk. MPs are to be security
focused during shift. They are not responsible for any
janitorial duties such as sweeping stairwells, emptying
trashcans, or picking up trash outside the compound.
In addition, MPs will not monitor cell phones for any
JTF-GTMO personnel, with the exception of general
officers. Any unreasonable requests such as these
made by personnel that work in the SCIF will be
directed toward the SOG.
j. Smoking Policy. Smoking inside the facility is
prohibited. The only smoking authorized will be done
outside the facility doors.
k. Entertainment Policy. Security of the facility is
the primary focus during guard shift. Any distractions
that prohibit guards from carrying out their duties are
prohibited.
l. MP Documentation. DA Form 1594 (Daily Staff
Journal), DA 5513-R (Key Control Register) and any
other form used at the T-SCIF will be held at the SCIF
for the month and then turned in to the JDOG
Administration Section on the 1st of every month.

Midnight shift is responsible to turn in these forms to
appropriate office at the end of the their shift.
m. MP Meals. SOG will coordinate with his/her
company’s CP for providing meals to MP personnel.
n. Transportation. SOG and Access Control Point
Guard will have transportation while at the SCIF.
Transportation will be coordinated between the SOG
and his/her company.
o. When an incident happens at the SCIF, the
Access Control Point notifies the following personnel
via phone in the below order IAW paragraph:
(1) JTF-GTMO Special Security Officer (SSO)
(2) JTF-GTMO Assistant Special Security
Officer
(3) MP SOG
(4) MP PL
(5) MP CO
p. SCIF ROE. If circumstances dictate, deadly
force may be used in self-defense or a threat against
national security.
(1) Deadly force is authorized in defense of the
SCIF.
(2) Never use more force than the minimum
necessary to maintain discipline and compliance.
(3) Warning shots are not authorized.
q. Communication Plan.
(1) Special Security Officer 2031/2032
(2) Asst SSO
3104
(3) JTF-GTMO Duty NCO 3008
(4) Camp Delta DOC
3239
(5) Security Police
911
(6) Fire
911
(7) EMS/Ambulance
911.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
14.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 15
Linguist Operations
15-1. General
a. The interpreter section’s role in detainee
operations is to facilitate communication between JTFGTMO personnel and the detainees. Interpreters will
translate, to the best of their ability, the dialogue
between the requesting agency and the detainees.
Interpreters will at all times make every effort to
convey the intent of the requesting official’s statement.
They may also offer any cultural insight into the
situation that may affect the understanding of a given
statement between requesting official and detainee.
Interpreters will perform their duties IAW JTF GTMO
Rules of Engagement and the JTF-GTMO Rules on
Use of Force (ROE/RUF).
b. The interpreter section will maintain a language
library consisting of materials in a variety of languages
for the detainees. Additionally, the library will
maintain foreign language training materials for
assigned interpreters.
15-2. Organization
a. The interpreter section organization will, when
manning permits, be comprised of an Officer In Charge
(OIC), a Non-Commissioned Officer In Charge
(NCOIC), and Shift Supervisors. Interpreters will be
assigned to teams to provide the best possible coverage
of all required languages on every shift. At least two
Arabic interpreters will be assigned to each day shift
when manning permits.
Typically, two Arabic
interpreters will be assigned to the night shift. During
surge operations, all members will perform interpreter
duties as required.
b. Linguists will be assigned to DOCEX as
required. If the flow of material does not warrant
permanently assigning a member with a specific
language skill, members of the interpreter cell with that
skill will perform DOCEX duties when they arise.
Translations requests will be accomplished in the
timeliest manner possible.
15-3. Roles And Responsibilities
a. Officer in Charge (OIC). The OIC’s foremost
responsibility is for the effective and safe conduct of
the section’s interpretation and translation mission
IAW JTF-GTMO directives. He/she is also ultimately
responsible to the JDOG for all administrative and
disciplinary issues of assigned members, regardless of
service affiliation. The OIC may delegate the day-today management of these duties as he/she sees fit. If
there is another officer assigned to the section, the OIC
may designate this officer as assistant OIC (AOIC).
b. Non-Commissioned Officer in Charge (NCOIC).
NCOIC duties include the day-to-day oversight and
administration of assigned enlisted personnel. All

administrative and disciplinary actions should be
addressed by the NCOIC prior to being presented to the
OIC. In instances where this is not practical, the issue
may be raised directly to the OIC/AOIC.
c. Shift NCO. The Shift NCO is the senior ranking
member assigned to the shift and is primarily
responsible for ensuring his/her team members are
present for duty when scheduled. He/she is also
responsible for maintaining good order and discipline
of shift members, both on and off duty. The shift NCO
will forward and administrative and/or disciplinary
issues that warrant NCOIC or OIC involvement up the
chain of command. As in any military organization,
shift NCOs have full authority to make on the spot
corrections.
d. Interpreter.
Interpreters will carry out
interpreter/translator duties as directed by the chain of
command. Interpreter section members will maintain
their military bearing and will conduct themselves in a
professional manner at all times. They will present for
duty as directed and will utilize the chain of command
beginning with the shift NCO to address and
requests/concerns. Should the concern lie within the
immediate chain of command, the member may go
directly to the NCOIC or OIC for resolution. In all
cases, issues should be resolved at the lowest level
possible.
e. Assigned Driver.
Personnel the NCOIC
designates as drivers are responsible for the transport
of section members to and from their assigned duty
locations.
Additionally, the assigned driver will
conduct
scheduled
and
unscheduled
Exchange/Commissary runs and other transportation
requests by section members as time permits. Official
businesses always take priority over non-duty runs.
The following list sets the priorities for various uses of
transportation assets assigned to the section
f. Changes to the van schedule are authorized;
however, both parties involved will notify the OIC or
NCOIC prior to making the change. The assigned
driver will take the duty vehicle to the motor pool
every Monday for Preventive Maintenance Check and
Service (PMCS) and cleaning.
Drivers will
immediately notify the OIC or NCOIC of any
maintenance problems. Assigned drivers will monitor
their radios at all times during their shift and will
ensure the van is fueled at the end of their shift.
Failure to accomplish the PMCS or perform driver
duties as assigned will result in disciplinary action.
15-4. Camp Delta Operations
a. The interpreter section will monitor the Saber
radio at all times while on duty; all transmissions on
the radio will be professional and concise.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
15.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
b. Upon request, the appropriate interpreter will
proceed to the requested location immediately or at the
specified time.
c. If an interpreter for a requested language is not
available, the interpreter section will inform the
requesting agency when the interpreter will be
available. (I.e. the next shift, tomorrow, etc.); if there is
an immediate and compelling need for the interpreter,
the shift supervisor will contact the OIC/NCOIC who
will make every effort to locate and dispatch an
interpreter with the requested language skill.
d. Interpreters will translate, to the best of their
ability, the statement of the requesting official or
detainee; if the interpreter does not understand or
cannot convey the statement, the interpreter will
convey as much as possible and inform the requesting
agency of what he/she was unable to convey.
e. If detainees utter obscene or inappropriate
statement, interpreters will inform the requesting
agency of the general nature of the detainee’s statement
and will then ask the requesting agency if they want to
know exactly what the detainee said; if so, the
interpreter will state, as closely to verbatim as possible,
the detainee’s statement.
f. At the end of the shift, a tally of all
interpretations, by shift and language, will be entered
into the “Interpreter Calls” log located on a clipboard
in the interpreter section office.
g. Should an interpreter overhear or otherwise
obtain information of potential intelligence value from
detainees, the interpreter will annotate this on the
Standard Intelligence Reporting Form (See Section 1610 below).
15-5. Detainee In-Processing Operations
a. During detainee in-processing operations, one
interpreter per bus will accompany detainees; the
assigned interpreter/s will rendezvous with escort
teams at a predetermined location (usually the JTFGTMO hanger) and time and will be issued a flak
jacket to be worn when there is a loaded weapon on
board the bus.
b. The on-duty interpreter shift will be augmented
with additional interpreters as required to facilitate
administrative and medical processing.
c. All interpreters will be on call and readily
available during detainee in-processing operations.
15-6. Document Exploitation (DOCEX)
a. At least 2 native Arabic linguists, 2 native Urdu
linguist and 2 native Pashtu linguists who are qualified
to read and write handwritten materials will be
assigned to DOCEX as manning permits. Other
linguists such as French, Russian, and Turkish will
assist with mail as needed. JIG linguists will assist in

other languages such as Farsi, Dari, Tajik, Uzbek, etc if
available per request.
b. Operation
(1) Receive mail from JDOG S-1.
(a) Each packet of incoming mail comes with
two copies of the Mail Transmittal Sheet (MTS).
Process the incoming mail by going through every
item, checking that the Item Numbers on the mail and
the MTS match, and marking the languages on the
MTS.
(b) Keep one copy of the Outgoing/Incoming
Mail Transmittal Sheet for DOCEX, and after signing
the 2nd copy, return it to JDOG S-1.
(c) File the mail to be processed according to
language.
(2) Translate the mail.
(a) Translate the mail on computer. This allows
for rapid editing and easy quality control.
(b) Some mail must be translated by hand, due to
lack of sufficient computer resources.
(c) The following languages are translated
locally: Arabic, Pashtu, French, Farsi, Urdu, Tajik,
Uzbek, Uighur, Russian, Turkish, Spanish, and
German.
(d) Due to lack of qualified DOCEX linguists, the
following languages must translated off-island:
Bosnian, Bengali, Divehi (Maldive), Kurdish. Hand
this mail to JDOG S-2 and record the date. Annotate
the MTS accordingly.
(e) Check English mail items for any non-English
text and return these items to JDOG S-1.
(3) Process the translated mail.
(a) A so-designated Quality Control Linguist
reviews each piece of translated mail.
(b) Update the DOCEX log to reflect the new
hand-written and computer-typed mail.
(c) Record the Item Numbers of the translated
mail on the MTS.
(d) Log the total number of processed mail also
on a daily basis according to language.
(e) Separate the processed mail into Outgoing
and Incoming stacks and return to JDOG S-1, who,
after their internal action, will pass the mail to JDOG
S-2 for evaluation, and (if necessary), redaction.
(f) On a weekly basis, put all the logs, which
contain information about the numbers of each
language, and whether individual mail items are handwritten or typed; on to a CD-RW and back this up to
the SIPRNET.
(4) Redaction.
(a) JDOG S-2 will return any letters that require
redaction back to DOCEX.
(b) After redaction, return the finished items to
JDOG S-2.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
15.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
15-7. DOCEX Translation Guidelines
a. If there’s anything anywhere in the letter that
could possibly be used as a code of some sort, be sure
to make note of it in the Interpreter’s Comments
section.
b. Write clearly and legibly, and skip lines. Keep in
mind a one-page letter shouldn’t come out to more than
three finished pages.
c. Make your translation as close as possible to the
meaning of the original text.
d. Don’t use abbreviations (e.g. CA for California,
TU for Tuesday).
e. Don’t write in the third person format, i.e.
“detainee XYZ says hello to his family”. Maintain the
same tense and person the writer used.
f. Don’t translate proverbs word for word. Give
intended meaning only.
g. Don’t translate poems word for word. Read the
poem and summarize it to the best of your ability.
h. When translating a Quranic verse or Islamic
expression, give the closest possible meaning rather
than a word-for-word translation.
i. If you aren’t sure about the meaning of a word,
then ask someone else for help. If you have to guess
the meaning of some words, make sure to note those
parts in the “Interpreter’s Comments” section, (i.e. a, b:
best possible translation).
j. In general, use the Interpreter’s Comments
section if you need to further clarify something to the
reader.
k. Write names in CAPITAL letters.
l. If you don’t know how to spell a word, look it up
in the dictionary.
m. Make an effort to finish the letter you started.
n. Remember that our job is to translate letters, not
analyze them.
15-8. DOCEX Quality Control
a. Ensure that the DOCEX Template Format (DTF)
reflects whether the letter is incoming or outgoing.
b. Check the DTF for proper format: Army, ICRC,
and Overseas mail.
c. Ensure the ISN number is recorded correctly on
the DTF.
d. Ensure the date (if any) is recorded correctly on
the DTF.
e. Ensure the addresses for Sender and Addressee
are recorded correctly on the DTF.
f. Ensure that the language has been identified and
annotated on the DTF.
g. Scan the entire translation for grammar, spelling,
and accuracy of translation, to include Quranic versus
and poems. Apply any minor corrections if required.
If errors larger than a paragraph exist in the translation,
return it to DOCEX.

h. If anything strange catches your attention or
anything dubious exists in the letter, make sure it’s
noted in the Interpreter’s Comments section on the
DTF.
i. Determine whether the letter is addressed to a
family member or not and annotate the DTF
appropriately.
j. Ensure the translator has included his/her name
on the DTF.
15-9. Detainee Library
a. The Detainee Library (DL) is established to
support the approved Rewards/Punishment guidelines
as set by the JTF GTMO commander.
b. The DL is presently staffed, maintained by, and
responsible to the JDOG. It is tasked with supporting
the joint interrogation process and assisting in
maintaining order in the Camp with emphasis placed
on Force Protection and fostering maximum
cooperation from the detainees.
c. The DL will have two full-time service members
drawn from the JDOG Interpreter Cell to perform
duties as librarians during hours of operation. One of
these personnel will serve as the NCO Supervisor/
Librarian and the other as the Assistant Librarian. Two
more interpreters will assist the librarians in the actual
distribution and return of the reading materials. These
designated personnel will be the sole POCs authorized
for issue / return of reading materials from the DL.
The librarians will ensure that all reading materials are
issued / returned in accordance with this SOP. In
special situations, other federal agencies may wish to
issue reading material to detainees for reading outside
interview sessions (in their cells). These special
circumstances must be coordinated with library
personnel. This would include cases where the
interrogators need to deliver books personally to
detainees. At no time will detainees receive or return
reading materials through a third party. In particular,
military police must not engage in unaccounted book
exchange.
d. The JDOG will provide an appropriate location
for storage of all library reading materials and issuance
documentation. This location will provide physical
security (lock and key) to prevent unauthorized access.
The DOC will maintain a contingency spare key. One
computer will be designated for library operations.
e. Hours of operation for book issue / return are
0800-1530 (Monday-Friday). The circulation schedule
is subject to change. A typical circulation schedule will
be as follows:
Day of Cell Lev
Week
Bloc el
k
Monday
A,
1
D,

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
15.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
H
Tuesday K, R 1
Wednesd Q, P 1
ay
Thursday B, F 2
Friday
E, G 3
f. Cells at level 1 are allowed a Koran, and six
books. Cells at level 2 are allowed one Koran, and four
books. Cells at level 3 are allowed one Koran, and two
books. Native Arab speakers are allowed one Arabic
Koran only, while non-native Arabic speakers are
allowed one Arabic Koran and a translation of the
Koran in their native language. Cells at level 4 (I and
N) and at level 5 (M, T, and O) do not normally receive
reading material. Cells at level 4 and level 5 may
receive books by exception.
g. The following procedure will be used for every
issue of reading material:
(1) Confirm detainee is authorized reading
material privileges.
(2) Confirm detainee is authorized that particular
title (category).
(3) Examine the reading material for damage or
markings (report any evidence of covert messages to
JDOG S-2 immediately).
(4) Annotate on the issue sheet: date, ISN,
publication ID, and title. For publications requested by
interrogators, annotate requesting person and
publication pull date.
h. The following procedure will be used for each
return of reading material:
(1) Examine the reading material for damage or
markings (report any evidence of covert messages to
JDOG S-2 immediately).
(2) Annotate on the issue sheet (enclosure) DTG
of return and name of person returning the reading
material.
i. General library guidelines:
(1) All approved materials will be cataloged prior
to circulation.
(2) Selected detainees are authorized reading
material according to level of cooperation and as the
reading material supply allows, unless otherwise
directed by camp officials.
(3) Dictionaries may be issued in addition to the
reading materials listed above (to include English
dictionaries if desired by the interrogators).
(4) Two interpreters distribute reading material.
Reading material may be issued or returned during
unscheduled days, at the discretion of the Library
personnel within the Interpreter Section.
(5) Each selected detainee is offered reading
material once a week in exchange for a publication
already in the detainee’s possession. A new book will
not be issued until the previous publication has been
returned.

(6) With the exception of the Interrogators, the
Chaplain and library section members will issue
reading materials. The Chaplain will issue Korans and
other reading materials.
(7) The Chaplain has unrestricted access to
library materials in the performance of his duties;
however, reading material presented to the detainees by
the Chaplain should be performed using the guidelines
as prescribed in this SOP. Library personnel will
accompany the Chaplain during the reading material
exchange as needed.
(8) Reading material provided by the JIG during
interrogation should be screened and approved by
interrogators and coordinated with the librarian before
they enter the library system for cataloging. For these
additions, the letter “I” will be included in the ID
number of the publication.
(9) No
English
instructional
materials,
dictionaries, or other related reading material will be
distributed unless requested by the JIG.
These
materials will be kept in a separate section in the
library.
(10) A copy of the reading material distribution
process and number of approved publications will be
included in the binder at each block as a reference to
the MPs. Documentation should include an updated list
of any detainees who have lost reading privileges due
to discipline problems. MPs are not allowed to
distribute or exchange reading material from one
detainee to another.
(11) On order, the DL will implement a
distribution process in support of the JIIF Reward or
Incentive Program which presently allows levels 1, 2,
and 3 detainees to receive Korans and other reading
materials, while detainees in level 4 (discipline hold)
and level 5 (intelligence hold) will not receive Korans
or any other reading material unless specified by the
interrogators.
(12) Interrogators are the final approval authority
for the issuance of reading material. It is their duty to
assist the librarian in updating the issuance database.
Library personnel will submit a weekly summary to the
J-2 Analysis commander to include detainee ISN, book
title, and date checked out / in.
j. Reading Material Purchases / Screening.
Funding for new reading material purchases will be
requested through normal J-4 process. A “Nonexpendable / consumable request form” (enclosure 2)
will be completed and forwarded through J-4 JTFGTMO.
Qualified interpreters will screen new
publication titles. Any books, which include the
content listed below, will not be circulated and will be
immediately returned to the source (e.g. ICRC, private
donor, etc…):
(1) Extremism (Modernist writing that incites
Jihad)

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
15.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(2) Militant Islam / Militant Jihad
(3) Anti-American topics
(4) Anti-Semitic topics
(5) Anti-Western topics
(6) Any military topic
(7) Sexual situations.
k. Library Working Group. The Library Working
Group will meet bi-weekly to review library operations
and forward recommendations to the JIIF commander.
This group will consist of the Chaplain’s office, JDOG,
J-2 (JIG and CI), J-3 (IO and PSYOP), CTC, CITF,
and others as needed. This SOP is subject to change by
recommendation and approval of the Library Working
Group.

(14) If they’re angry, why?
15-12. Security Considerations
a. Interpreters will practice good OPSEC and
COMSEC both on and off duty; essential elements of
friendly information (EEFIs) will be protected at all
times; operations within the camp are not to be
discussed outside the JTF-GTMO channels.
b. Interpreters are ordered to guard their personal
information from disclosure to detainees. Nametapes
will be covered by duct tape.
In addition,
recommended practices include the concealing of
service affiliation, rank, and unit patches.

15-10. Passive Collection Of CI Information
a. Collaboration between Interpreter and JDOG S-2
provides a framework within which interpreters can
materially contribute to the intelligence mission.
b. Each Interpreter is allowed to loiter in blocks and
be drawn into conversations with detainees.
c. The interpreter notes what the detainees say, ask
for, and the overall mental climate of the block.
d. The interpreter maintains radio contact with the
dispatcher and is subject to recall or redirection.
e. When the Interpreter leaves the block, he/she
immediately records findings on Standard Intelligence
Reporting Form (SIRF; see section 4.6.d.)
f. JDOG S-2 collects SIRFs from Interpreter Shift
NCO daily.
g. JDOG S-2 digests information gleaned from the
SIRFs.
h. JDOG S-2 directs further interpreter sorties.
i. The Standard Intelligence Reporting Form
(SIRF).
15-11. Intelligence Reference Guide For Linguists
a. Interpreters are to use the following list as a
reference when walking the blocks. They are to make
casual observations on the following detainee behavior:
(1) Communication
(2) Hostile actions
(3) Reverence to other detainees
(4) Wanting to give the other detainee an item
(book, etc…)
(5) Cheering when the other detainee says
something or passes by to the shower, etc…
(6) Leading Prayer
(7) Teachers
(8) Lookouts
(9) Any type of leadership behavior
(10) Instigators
(11) Anything suspicious or out of the ordinary
(12) Alliances those detainees have formed with
their neighboring detainees
(13) General attitude of the block
Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
15.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
15.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 16
Religious Support
Section I – Accommodation of Religion
16-1. Chaplain
a. The chaplain is responsible for administering the
religious program for the facility and shall be directly
responsible to the CJDOG for providing religious
coverage and pastoral care to all detainees. The
chaplain is the principal advisor to the CJDOG on the
religious needs of detainees.
b. The chaplain is authorized unaccompanied access
to the detainee holding areas and will be allowed to
speak freely with detainees. The chaplain is allowed to
distribute books and religious items to detainees in
accordance with the detainee Library SOP. Block
Guards will give as much privacy to the chaplain as
possible. A linguist and/or a chaplain assistant may
often accompany the chaplain. The chaplain may
request an MP escort in circumstances where personal
security is of concern.
c. The chaplain provides the CJDOG an additional
resource by detainee issues and concerns can be
addressed. The chaplain will provide observation and
recommendations pertaining to both the general
detainee population and to individual detainee
treatment requirements to the CJDOG and appropriate
staff officers.
16-2. Religious Practices
a. All
detainees
regardless
of
religious
denomination will be given complete liberty in the
exercise of their religion on the condition that they
comply with the disciplinary routine prescribed by
JDOG in a manner consistent with the articles of the
Geneva Conventions to the extent allowed by military
necessity.
b. JDOG may choose to accommodate certain
detainee religious rites and observances when mission
requirements and military necessity permit.
c. The religious practices listed in sections 17-3 and
17-4 will be considered for accommodation when
military necessity allows.
d. At no time will personnel working at Camp Delta
will not say or act in a manner that disrespectful to any
religion or religious practice.
16-3. Chaplain Requests
a. Any requests to see the chaplain by the detainees
will be called into the DOC by the block.
b. The DOC will annotate all requests to see the
chaplain on the Chaplain Requests form and placed in
the chaplain distribution box.
c. If the detainee requests to see a Christian
chaplain, this will be annotated on the request form.

16-4. Fasting Requests
a. Detainees will be given the opportunity to
identify themselves as wanting to fast per week.
b. For reoccurring fasting periods, such as the every
Monday and Thursday fasting, the following procedure
will be used:
(1) The day shift on the Friday before the week
of Friday will ask the detainees if they want to fast.
Detainees will not be added to or removed from the list
after the Friday day shift ends.
(2) Each block will list the fasting detainees by
ISN and cell number.
(3) This list will be forwarded to the DOC by the
end of the shift.
(4) All lists will be consolidated into a single list,
which contains the ISN and cell number.
(5) The list will be marked as “Monday and
Thursday Fasting” and distributed to all MP
companies.
(6) Detainees on this list will not be removed
unless directed by a medical professional.
(7) The count will be forwarded through the
supply room personnel to the JDOG S-4 so the MREs
will be available.
(8) The list of fasting detainees will be
distributed to the blocks on the day of fasting.
c. For other fasting periods, such as Ramadan or
Eid, the following procedure will be used:
(1) The chaplain will write an announcement to
be read over the camp PA system. The announcement
will include at the minimum what the fasting period is
for, that the MPs will be asking if the detainees want to
fast, and once they are on the fasting list, the detainee
will stay on the fasting list.
(2) JDOG will approve the announcement and it
will then be translated.
(3) The chaplain will read the English version
followed by the other translated text three days prior to
the start of the fasting period. The announcement will
be completed NLT 1000 hours in all camps.
(4) Block personnel will then ask the detainees
who wants to fast.
(5) Each block will list the fasting detainees by
ISN and cell number.
(6) This list will be forwarded to the DOC by the
end of the shift.
(7) All lists will be consolidated into a single list,
which contains the ISN and cell number.
(8) The list will be marked with the special
fasting period and date and distributed to all MP
companies.
(9) Detainees on this list will not be removed
unless directed by a medical professional.
(10) The count will be forwarded through the
supply room personnel to the JDOG S-4 so the MREs
will be available.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
16.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(11) The list of fasting detainees will be
distributed to the blocks on the day of fasting.
Section II - Muslim Detainee Religious Practices
16-5. The Muslim Prayer
a. Muslim detainees perform prayer at least five
times daily according to a specific prayer schedule.
The chaplain will provide prayer times and are
announced by camp personnel.
b. The Muslim Prayer requires the detainee to wash
with water his/her face, hands, arms, head, and feet
before prayer.
In addition to the washing, the
detainee’s body must also be free of filth. A source of
running water should be provided.
c. The Muslim prayer requires the detainee to pray
towards the direction of Mecca, Saudi Arabia. Prayer
direction should be predetermined with the assistance
of a subject matter expert in the Islamic faith.
d. The Muslim prayer requires that the prayer be
made in a place free of filth. An ISO mat and large
towel is provided for this purpose.
e. The Muslim prayer requires that the male
detainee pray in clothing that covers at minimum the
area between the navel and knees. At a minimum,
clothing issued to detainees should meet this
requirement. Detainee issued orange suit meets this
requirement. The Muslim prayer requires that the
female pray in clothing that modestly covers all except
the hands and face. An additional headscarf should be
provided to Muslim females to cover the hair, head,
and neck areas.
f. It is preferable according to Islamic doctrine that
the Muslim prayer is prayed in congregation. This
aspect of prayer is accommodated based on operational
conditions of the camp.
16-6. Friday Prayer Service
a. According to Islamic law, the weekly Friday
Prayer Service is traditionally held on Fridays during
the time of the noon (2nd daily) prayer time.
b. The congregational Friday Prayer Service
includes a message or sermon and a shortened noon
prayer. The Friday Prayer Service can be lead by any
male Muslim knowledgeable in the requirements of
conducting the Friday Prayer.
c. Muslim requirements for participating and
attending the Friday Prayer Service are the same as in
paragraph 17-4.b through 17-4.e listed above.
d. The Muslim Friday Prayer Service is
accommodated by providing an open room or place
with a clean area free of filth, and spacious enough for
a congregation of Muslims to perform the prayer in
straight rows facing a specific direction of prayer. In
addition, Muslim detainees will be provided the
opportunity to perform the Friday Prayer Service to the
extent allowed by military necessity.

16-7. Muslim Fasting
a. Ramadan
(1) A month long fast in which a Muslim abstains
from food, drink, sexual relations, smoking, and in
general taking anything into the body from the hours of
dawn (time of the 1st daily prayer) until sunset (time of
4th daily prayer). Ramadan is the ninth lunar month of
the Islamic calendar.
(2) Muslim detainees are provided a pre-dawn
meal to be served no later that 45 minutes prior to the
time of the 1st daily prayer (dawn).
(3) Dates and honey is provided for Muslim
detainees to break their fast at time of the 4th prayer
(sunset).
(4) Muslim detainees are served a full meal 15
minutes following sunset (4th prayer).
(5) The Chaplain will provide scheduled prayer
times, which includes projected times for dawn (1st
prayer) and sunset (4th prayer).
(6) Special Ramadan prayers (called Ta-ra-weeh)
are performed after the evening (5th prayer) daily
during the month of Ramadan. These prayers could
last approximately 1-2 hours.
b. Other Muslim Fasts
(1) There are several days of prescribed fasting
based on authentic prophetic tradition. These days of
fasting are highly recommended religious practices
based on Islamic law. These days of fasting include:
(a) Post Ramadan. Six days of the 10th lunar
month of the Islamic calendar (Shawwal). This lunar
month (30 days) immediately follows the holy month
of Ramadan. Some Muslim detainees may desire to
fast these six days consecutively immediately
following the Muslim Eid Al-Fitr holiday (Feast of
Breaking the Fast which occurs the first day
immediately following the completion of Ramadan).
Muslim detainees will not fast on Eid Al-Fitr.
(b) Mondays and Thursdays
(c) The 9th and 10th days of the first lunar month
of the Islamic calendar (Muharram).
(d) The first nine days of the twelfth lunar month
of the Islamic calendar (Dhul Hijjah). These are the 9
days immediately preceding the Eid Al-Adha (Feast of
Sacrifice) holiday.
c. The manner of fasting these prescribed days is
performed in the same manner as one would fast a day
of Ramadan.
d. Muslims detainees desiring to maintain this
practice of fasting these prescribed days are
accommodated in the same manner as in
accommodating a day of fasting in Ramadan.
16-8. Muslim Holiday - Eid
a. Islam has two major religious holidays: Eid AlFitr (Feast of Breaking the Fast) and Eid Al-Adha

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
16.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(Feast of Sacrifice). Eid Al-Fitr celebrates completing
the month long fast of Ramadan. Projected dates will
be provided by the chaplain or by a subject matter
expert in Islam.
(1) Eid Al-Fitr (Feast of Breaking the Fast)
celebrates completing the month long fast of Ramadan.
It occurs on the first day immediately following
Ramadan and is traditionally determined by the
sighting of the new moon.
(2) Eid
Al-Adha
(Feast
of
Sacrifice)
commemorates the Biblical and Quranic sacrifice of
Abraham. It occurs on the 10th day of the twelfth lunar
month of the Islamic calendar (Dhu Hijjah), which is
approximately 69 days following the Eid Al-Fitr.
b. On both Eid holidays, an Eid Prayer Service is
held in the morning after sunrise but before the noon
(2nd) prayer. The Eid Prayer Service is congregational
and consists of a group prayer followed by a message
or sermon.
c. The Eid Prayer Service is accommodated in the
same manner as in accommodating the Friday Prayer
Service. Eid holiday meals with traditional Arabic
sweets are provided to detainees on the day of Eid AlFitr and Eid Al-Adha.
Islamic tradition also
encourages Eid holiday meals on the three days
following Eid Al-Adha. Muslim detainees will not fast
on the Eid holidays.
16-9. Dietary Practices
a. Meals and food provided to Muslim detainees
will strive to meet standards according to Islamic
guidelines.
b. Muslim detainees will not be served pork,
alcohol, any foods, which may contain by products
thereof, or meats (beef, chicken, lamb, etc) not
slaughtered according to Islamic guidelines.
16-10. Medical Practices
a. Medical personnel will consider Muslim detainee
religious practices when administering medical care to
Muslim detainees.
b. Medical personnel will inform Muslim detainees
of any medications, injections, and vaccinations that
contain pork and alcohol by products or ingredient.
c. Female medical personnel will administer
medical care to female Muslim detainees whenever
possible. In addition, for medical care involving the
exposure of a Muslim male detainee’s genitals and/or
the areas between the naval and the knees, male
medical personnel will administer the treatment. In
general, consideration should be given to provide same
sex medical treatment for Muslim detainees whenever
possible.

16-11. Wear and Appearance of Clothing
a. Islamic guidelines for clothing and dress require
that Muslim detainees be covered with specific limits
of physical bodily exposure.
b. Muslim male detainees will be provided clothing
that at a minimum covers the body from the naval to
the knees.
c. Female Muslim detainees will be provided
clothing that modestly covers her entire body with the
exception of the face and hands. A separate headscarf
that covers the hair, head, and neck areas should be
provided to female Muslim detainees.
16-12. Showers and Hygiene
a. Islamic law establishes limits to exposing areas
of ones body to another, male or female.
b. Detainee showers will allow the Muslim male
detainee enough privacy to ensure that his genitals
and/or area between the naval and knees is not exposed
to another individual.
c. Detainee showers will allow the Muslim female
detainee enough privacy to ensure that the area
between her shoulders and her knees is not exposed to
another female individual.
d. All detainee showers will allow the Muslim
detainee complete privacy from members of the
opposite sex.
e. Islamic guidelines for health and hygiene dictate
the practice of shaving the body hair of armpit and
pubic areas. Periodically, razors will be provided for
Muslim detainees desiring to maintain this practice
unless the detainee is in a MSU block.
16-13. Religious Items
a. The chaplain will provide specific religious
items to Muslim detainees to facilitate worship and
religious practices. Those items include but are not
limited to the following:
(1) Koran
(2) Prayer Cap
(3) Prayer Beads
(4) Islamic Oils
(5) Religious Books (Provided by detainee
Library personnel).
b. Religious items are distributed in accordance
with the detainee Rewards Program.
Section III – Islam
16-14. Cultural Considerations
a. Do not disrespect the Koran (let it touch the floor,
kick it, step on it).
(1) Muslims even wash their hands before
touching the Koran; non-Muslims should avoid
touching a detainee’s Koran whenever possible.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
16.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(2) Anyone disrespecting the Koran most likely
will get no cooperation and could provoke a violent
reaction from detainees.
b. Friday is the Islamic holy day; prayer time is
most sacred on this day.
c. Do not talk, play loud music in front of, or
otherwise interrupt detainees during prayer or the call
to prayer.
(1) Interrupting a Muslim during prayer is
considered inappropriate and he is unlikely to respond.
(2) Avoid mocking or imitating detainee’s prayer.
d. Do not eat or drink in front of detainees during
the Islamic holy month of Ramadan.
(1) Ramadan
has
significant
religious
importance.
(2) Detainees will be fasting during daylight
hours.
(3) During Ramadan, the detainees will for the
most part be non-argumentative and nonconfrontational as to not upset their fast.
e. Do not ask about female members of a Muslim’s
family (e.g., wife, daughter, mother, sister, etc.); it is
culturally unsuitable. Do not insist on asking the
names of the women.
f. Do not use the left hand to give a detainee food.
Muslims use their left hand to clean themselves and it
is culturally inappropriate to offer food with the left
hand.
g. Do not relate terrorism to Islam.
It is
inappropriate to equate any religion to such heinous
activity.
h. Do not point a finger at detainees as it is
considered very disrespectful and derogatory.
i. Avoid using foul language as it displays a lack of
composure.
j. Female Block Guards and interpreters should not
insist that the detainees make eye contact with them
during interactions. Close contact with unrelated
females is culturally inappropriate.
k. Detainees might cover their eyes or not talk to
female Block Guards. Such actions are not considered
disrespectful but instead are considered a form of
modesty by the detainee.
l. The loudspeakers should not be covered nor any
form of music be played through the unit block
speakers. The playing of the call to prayer should not
have the volume adjusted up or down.
m. If you do not understand what is going on or have
questions about some cultural practice, ask the Islamic
Chaplain.
n. Communicating Through An Interpreter
(1) Interpreters are tasked to facilitate the
communication process between camp personnel and
the detainees.
Interpreters will relay detainee
questions/requests to the Block NCO or other authority
as appropriate for follow up.

(2) Direct your statement to the detainee and then
pause for the interpreter to translate.
(3) Avoid using slang (e.g., “…we’re in the same
boat.”) when utilizing an interpreter. Slang is difficult
to translate and often loses its meaning during
translation.
Section IV - Christian Detainee Religious Practices
16-15. The Christian Prayer
a. Prayer is an important element in the
development of the Christian detainee.
b. The Christian detainee should be allowed to pray
daily.
c. The Christian chaplain can be used to provide
additional information on the impact of prayer for the
Christian detainee.
16-16. Christian Holidays
a. Christianity has two major religious holidays,
Christmas and Easter.
b. Some Christian groups also celebrate Pentecost
Sunday.
c. The Roman Catholic Church celebrates Ash
Wednesday and the Lenten season, both of which are
linked to the celebration of Easter.
(1) Ash Wednesday often involves the smearing
of ashes on the forehead on the Wednesday before
Easter.
(2) Special sacraments that are essential to the
Roman Catholic:
(a) Sacrament of confession
(b) Sacrament of Holy Communion
(c) Sacrament of healing (to be administered just
before death, or during a serious illness.
(3) Additional special days to be observed by the
Roman Catholic Church are as follows: (also known as
Holy Days of Obligation)
(a) January 1—the solemnity of Mary, Mother of
God
(b) Thursday of the Sixth week of Easter—the
solemnity of the Ascension
(c) August 15—the solemnity of the Assumption
of the Blessed Virgin Mary
(d) November 1—the solemnity of All Saints
(e) December 8—the solemnity of the
Immaculate
d. Christian detainees (to include those who follow
the beliefs of the Roman Catholic Church) should be
allowed to celebrate these special days in accordance
with their personal faith.
e. The Christian chaplain can be used to provide
additional information relating to the celebration of
these days.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
16.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
16-17. Religious Items:
a. The chaplain may provide specific religious items
to Christian detainees to facilitate worship and
religious practices. Those items include but are not
limited to the following:
(1) The Holy Bible
(2) A Crucifix
(3) Rosary Beads
(4) Religious Books (Provided by detainee
Library personnel)
b. Religious items are distributed in accordance
with the detainee Rewards Program.
Section V – Muslim Funerals
16-18. Muslim Funeral and Burial Rites
a. The chaplain will perform or provide for the
honorable burial of a deceased detainee in a manner
consistent with Article 120 of the Geneva Convention
to the extent allowed by military necessity.
b. Funeral and burial rites according to Islamic law
necessitate that 4 actions be performed. All four
actions must be performed by persons of the Muslim
faith. Muslims performing these actions must be
knowledgeable in the requirements of Islamic
purification and Muslim funeral/burial rites. The 4
necessary actions are to be performed in the following
order:
(1) Washing the body
(2) Shrouding the body
(3) Funeral prayer (Janaza prayer)
(4) Burial.
16-19. Washing the Body
a. Protect the nakedness of the deceased by keeping
the body clothed while the washing is performed. In
addition, if the deceased is male, then only a Muslim
male should wash the body of the deceased. Likewise,
if the deceased is a female, then a Muslim female will
wash the body of the deceased.
b. Only the washer and an assistant should be
present during the washing of the body.
c. The body will be clothed in an ankle-length shirt.
The washer will be able to insert his hand from the
sleeve while pouring water over the garment to wash
the body under it. The seam from the side under the
arm can be torn to facilitate the washer’s access to the
body, however at no time will the area between the
naval and the knees of the deceased be uncovered.
d. Any waste from the stomach should be forced
out, and private parts of the deceased by cleansed of
filth.
e. The washer performs the usual ablution before
prayer (in Arabic “wudu”) for the deceased and on the
deceased.
f. The washer then performs the purificatory bath
(in Arabic “ghusl”) with religious intention. The

purifcatory bath consists of washing the head, beard,
and body each three times. The washer begins each
repetition by washing the right side of the deceased,
front and back, to the feet. The repetition is completed
by doing the same to the left side. The washer ensures
that water reaches and covers every external part of the
body and that the body is free of all filth. The hair and
beard if matted is gently combed with a wide-tooth
comb being careful not to extract any hair. The final
washing should be performed with water containing
some camphor or perfume.
g. The washer and the assistant should utilize hand
towels, wash cloths and gloves.
h. The place of washing should be on an incline
allowing the water to flow from the head downward
and away. The assistant helps in pouring abundant
water.
i. Incense should be burned during the washing.
j. Upon completion of the washing, the body of the
deceased is dried with a clean towel, laid on his back
with his feet towards the direction of prayer, and
covered completely with a white sheet until shrouded.
16-20. Shrouding the Body
a. Shrouding to completely cover the nakedness of
the body is a religious obligation.
b. The body of the deceased Muslim is perfumed
with scented oils like sandalwood
c. The body of the deceased Muslim is wrapped in
three washed, white shrouds (Approx. 7ft x 7ft, cotton
sheets). The three sheets are spread out one on top of
the other. The deceased (covered with a sheet) is lifted
and laid on his back on the top sheet. Some scent or
perfume should be applied with cotton on the parts of
body upon which one rests during prayer prostration,
i.e. forehead, nose, hands, knees and feet. Also include
the eyes, mouth, nostrils, and ears.
d. If possible, the deceased left hand is placed on
the chest, and then the deceased right hand is place on
the left – similar to the position of the hands in the
form of the Muslim prayer. Each shroud covers the
whole body. The edge of the top sheet is folded over
the deceased right side, then the other edge is folded
over the deceased left side. The second sheet is folded
in the same manner, and then the third sheet is folded
in the same manner. If the deceased is male, the body
is wrapped without the ankle-length shirt or
turban/prayer cap. If the deceased is female, the
following is done before wrapping of the sheets:
(1) Two approx 4ft x 1 ft loin cloths are first
wrapped around the upper legs acting as underwear
(2) One approx 6ft x 3 ½ ft sheet is used to wrap
the lower portion of the body
(3) The body dressed in a full, loose fitting
sleeveless shirt, full length and long enough to cover
from shoulders to feet

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
16.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(4) The head is veiled with a Muslim headscarf
e. The sheets are then fastened with four cloth strips
or tie ropes above the head, under the feet, and two
around the body.
f. Materials used to wrap and dress the body of the
deceased should be cotton.
g. The washed, white cotton shrouds are scented
with incense or aloes and sprinkled with an aromatic
compound of camphor, scented oils and/or perfumes.
h. Procedures for funeral prayer.
(1) If possible, the funeral prayer over the dead
should be a congregational prayer.
(2) The funeral prayer is lead by an Imam or any
other Muslim male fully knowledgeable of the
conditions and requirements for the funeral prayer and
capable of performing the funeral prayer (“Capable of
performing the funeral prayer” also infers one’s ability
to recite/supplicate necessary integrals in the Arabic
language).
(3) The shrouded body of the deceased may be
transported to the place of the funeral prayer site in a
coffin.
(4) The funeral prayer should not be held at the
grave or burial site of the deceased.
(5) The enshrouded body of the deceased is place
lying on his/her right side facing the direction of
prayer.
(6) The body of the deceased may remain in a
coffin during the funeral prayer.
(7) The Imam or Muslim leading the funeral
prayer stands behind the body by the head if the
deceased is male, and by the posterior if the deceased is
female.
(8) At minimum, the one performing the funeral
prayer includes the following:
(a) The intention of praying the funeral prayer
(b) Performing the prayer standing
(c) Saying “Allahu Akbar” four times
(d) The Fatiha (Opening Chapter of the Koran)
(e) The Prayer for the Prophet
(f) Supplication for the deceased, the minimum
being “O Allah, forgive this deceased.”
(g) Ending the prayer by saying “As-Salaamu
‘Alaykum” (Peace be upon you ) – the first of two
mentioning.

d. The deceased is not buried in a coffin, but one
may be used to transport the body of the deceased to
the grave.
e. The grave must be dug deep enough to totally
hide the body of the deceased. A recommendation is to
dig the grave a depth equal to the height of an average
man with his arm fully extended upward (approx. 6 ft
in depth).
f. The grave must be perpendicular (facing,
horizontal) to the direction of prayer/Mecca.
g. A trench centered on the floor of the grave will
be dug. The trench should be just wide and deep
enough to place the shrouded body of the deceased on
his right side (Figure 16-1).
h. Muslim men will bury the deceased regardless of
the gender of the deceased.
i. The body of the deceased enters the grave from
the direction where his feet will be (from the rear of the
grave).
j. The body of the deceased will be placed in the
trench of the grave resting on his right side, close to the
wall and supported so that the body will not fall back.
The face of the deceased will be towards the direction
of prayer (Figure 16-1).
k. The tie at the head and feet of the deceased will
be undone.
l. A bottomless burial vault is further placed over
the floor of the grave to prevent the earth from being
put directly on the body when the grave is filled
(Figure 16-1).
m. Marking the grave is permissible.
n. Muslims present at the burial once the grave has
been filled should supplicate for the steadfastness and
forgiveness of the deceased.

16-21. Procedures for the Burial.
a. The deceased will be buried in a cemetery, and
not in a grave where another person is previously
buried. Muslims should not be buried beside nonMuslims, nor non-Muslims beside Muslims. Muslims
should have their own graveyard.
b. The burial should be done as soon as possible
after death, and within 24 hours.
c. The burial should take place immediately after
the funeral prayer.
Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
16.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

MUSLIM BURIAL
(Side View)

Figure 16-1

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
16.7

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
16.8

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 17
International Committee Of The Red Cross (ICRC)
17-1. Personnel
a. There will be four ICRC escort teams consisting
of two MPs.
b. There will be one ICRC monitor located in Juliet
block.
c. ICRC escort teams or the ICRC monitor will
escort all ICRC personnel at all times while in Camp
Delta.
d. Escort Control will control all ICRC escorts and
the ICRC monitor.
e. The Juliet Block monitor will escort all ICRC
personnel If the visit is an individual interview, the
Juliet Block monitor will escort the ICRC personnel to
Juliet block. One MP will stay with the ICRC
personnel while the other two get the detainee and
return with him. If it is a cell visit, the three-man team
will escort the ICRC personnel to and throughout the
block visit.

17-3. ICRC Visitation Rules
The following rules apply to ICRC personnel while
they are at any part of Camp Delta.
a. ICRC personnel are allowed to talk to detainees
on all blocks at the detainee’s cell as long as there is no
interference with the safeguard of U.S. Forces or
detainees, except for detainees placed at the Maximum
Security Units (MSU).
b. ICRC personnel are allowed to talk to detainees
who are placed in MSU for disciplinary reasons only
with the exception of the following:
(1) Detainees placed in MSU by the JIG will be
listed on the MSU log. Their level of allowable contact
with ICRC will be listed on the MSU log.
(2) If the log is unavailable, the PL or SOG will
contact the JIG during duty hours for clearance. They
will also receive from the JIG what visitation level the
ICRC has with the detainee.
(3) Detainees will not be allowed to leave the
MSU block for ICRC visits.

17-2. Operations
a. The physical security of U.S. Forces and
detainees in U.S. care is paramount. Safety and
security of U.S. Forces and detainees will not be
compromised in an effort to conform to the wishes and
requests of the ICRC that are not covered in this SOP.
b. The ICRC will provide the JDOG a list of
detainees on the ICRC Request form. This list will
stipulate either individual interviews or cell visits.
c. All ICRC personnel and detainees will be
escorted by MPs and detainees will be in three-piece
suites while they are out of their cell. At no time will
the detainee be unaccompanied by MPs.
d. If any interviews by ICRC are conducted on the
blocks, the MPs will remain with the ICRC far enough
away as to not interfere with the interviews. This is to
ensure the safety of the ICRC personnel and the
detainee.
e. ICRC personnel must collect any item, such as a
pen to write with, that they give to a detainee prior to
moving on to the next detainee.
f. While in the interview block, only one hand may
be unshackled to allow the detainee to write.
g. ICRC personnel are allowed access to all blocks.
ICRC visit lists should be scrubbed to insure there are
no discrepancies such as disciplinary actions or
restricted ICRC access. There is no time limit for
ICRC visits.
h. JDOG will also provide an alternate place for
ICRC so that the ICRC may conduct interviews
without other detainees present. This location is
currently Juliet block.

17-4. Levels of Visitation
All detainees will have a level of ICRC contact
designated for them. These different levels are as
follows:
a. No Access: No contact of any kind with the
ICRC. This includes the delivery of ICRC mail.
b. Restricted: ICRC is allowed to ask the detainee
about health and welfare only.
No prolonged
questions.
c. Unrestricted: ICRC is allowed full access to talk
to the detainee.
d. Visual: Access is restricted to visual inspection
of the detainee’s physical condition. No form of
communication is permitted. No delivery of ICRC
mail.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
17.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
17.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 18
Food Service
18-1. Responsibilities
a. J-4 Food Service Personnel are responsible for
delivering, serving and providing all necessary supplies
to feed the detainees.
b. Block personnel will serve the meals to the
detainees.
18-2. Operations
a. Detainees will be provided with three meals per
day according to the meal time needs of the facility.
For camps 1-3, this will usually this will be at the
following times:
(1) Breakfast at 0630
(2) Lunch at 1200
(3) Dinner at 1930.
b. For camps 1-3, the rations schedule consist of
two hot meals a day for breakfast and dinner and a
MRE for lunch, except under inclement weather in
which case it shall be MREs for all meals until the
weather passes. For Camp IV, the ration schedule will
consist of three hot meals.
c. For camps 1-3, all meals will be served through
the bean hole in the cell gate and consumed inside the
cell. For Camp IV, all meals will be served through the
bean hole in the block gate and consumed in the bay.
d. For camps 1-3, Food Service Section will provide
cooks to deliver and portion all food in the correct
portions while the MPs issue the food to the detainee
through the bean hole in the cell gate. For Camp IV,
Food Service personnel will provide cooks to deliver
and portion all food in the correct portions while the
MPs issue the food to the detainee through the bean
hole in the block gate. The food service personnel
shall ensure that also any dirty dishes are returned to
the contractor for cleaning.
e. Meals will be served on all blocks
simultaneously. Serving and consumption of meals
will be allowed a maximum of 30 minutes per detainee.
f. MPs on duty are responsible for providing escort
to the cooks, directing the detainees in an orderly
fashion and ensuring that all required items are issued,
returned, and accounted for. MPs are also responsible
for the removal of trash from all compounds and
placing it in the designated dumpsters per the waste
disposal SOP in chapter 33.
g. During inclement weather, all meals will be
MREs.
h. The PL is responsible to the Commanding
Officer for the adequate quality and quantity of food
served to detainees and U.S personnel and that
sanitation, preparation, handling and servicing of food
meet established criteria. Detainees will have 30
minutes in which to consume their meals.

i. During times of fasting or religious requirements
for the detainees, modifications to this portion of the
SOP will be directed as appropriate.
j. At any time there is large pieces of construction
equipment such as portable generators in the roving
sally area of Camp 1, the food service truck will stop at
Sally Port 4.
18-3. Duties
a. JDOG S-4. The JDOG S-4 will be responsible
for coordinating the hours of all meals with the needs
of the facility.
b. PL.
PLs will coordinate meals for those
detainees who are on discipline measures that include
loss of hot meals.
c. SOG. The SOG will keep the PL informed of all
issues pertaining to the meal feeding times. The SOG
will ensure the meal hours are in accordance with the
Schedule of Calls. If the meals arrive late, the SOG
will notify JDOG S-4.
d. Block NCO. The Block NCO will accept and
account for the utensils used for eating from mess
personnel. In Camp I-3, while the Block Guards are
serving the meal to the detainees, the Block NCO will
pass out the utensils to each detainee. In Camp IV, the
Block NCO will serve the meal and distribute the
utensils at the same time. Once the mealtime is
completed, the Block NCO will account for all utensils
that were passed out. The SOG will be notified if
utensils are not returned and a search will be conducted
to locate the missing spoon.
e. Block Guards. In camps 1-3, they will issue
meals to the detainees and monitor them during chow.
At the conclusion of the meal, the Block Guards will
collect the trash from the detainees. Block Guards will
inventory the return of all packaging, plates, spoons,
and Styrofoam cups. If items are not returned and
cannot be found, the detainee will receive his meals
poured onto a paper plate for the next three days. This
is done with the intention of reducing the amount of
trash being flushed down the toilet. In Camp IV, the
Block Guards will only be able to observe the detainees
eating from their observation location.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
18.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
18.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 19
Detainee Health Services
Section I – Procedures
19-1. Restraint Procedures
a. Restraints will be used at all times when
detainees are moved from their cell, as a precaution
against escape; for medical reasons as directed by a
medical officer; or to prevent self-injury, injury to
others, or property damage.
b. Restraints should not be applied for more time
than is necessary. Detainees will not normally remain
in three-piece restraints for more than two continuous
hours. Restraints will only be removed from the
detainee when the detainee is secured in his cell, or
other secure area. Any deviation of this policy must be
authorized by the CO, PL, or the on duty SOG with
prior approval of the JDOG CDR, and will never be
applied as punishment.
c. Restraint types:
(1) Three-piece Suit:
Hand-irons, Leg-irons,
connecting chain, and belly chains.
(2) Four/Five Point Position: Arms, head, and
legs are secured.
d. Emergency use of special restraints:
(1) The SOG will obtain advanced approval from
the CO and a Psychologist prior to placing four/fivepoint restraints on a detainee.
(2) If four/five point restraints are applied to a
detainee, the CO will contact the CJDOG and on-duty
medical officer or designated representative.
(3) Direct visual observation by Block Guard will
be continuous until on-duty medical officer or
designated representative arrive and assess the
situation.
(4) The medical officer will assess the detainee’s
physical condition and psych evaluate mental health,
and advise the CO on the necessity of further medical
treatment.
(5) If the detainee is not transferred to a
medical/mental health facility and is restrained in a
four/five point position, the block personnel will
continuously observe the detainee and document
activity every 15 minutes until the restraints are
removed. This will be recorded on a CD-S319.
e. Routine use of restraints:
(1) To ensure safety and prevent injury, guard
will maintain positive control of all detainees being
escorted while wearing restraints.
(a) When a detainee is in full restraints, the guard
will grasp the belly chain behind the detainee with
his/her strong hand.
(b) When a detainee is restrained with their hands
in the rear, the guard will grasp the detainee’s upper
arm just below the armpit with his/her strong hand.
(2) If there is an injury that could be aggravated,
guards should seek guidance through the chain of

command before applying restraints (time permitting).
Sound judgment applies in emergencies.
f. Only medical personnel will authorize the use of
suicide prevention smocks. Only medical personnel
will authorize discontinuing the use of the smocks.
19-2. Dispensing of Medications
a. The assigned hospital corpsman shall review
NAVMED 6550/8 Medication Administration Record
(MAR) and compare detainee ISN number and location
against current alpha roster. If necessary make
appropriate changes in individual MAR folders and
move medications to appropriate place in medicinal
locker.
b. Gather appropriate medicinals from Camp Delta
Clinic. Notify security personnel of each block which
detainees require meds.
c. The hospital corpsman will dispense the
medication at each cell’s bean hole. The hospital
corpsman will verify the following prior to dispensing
any medications.
(1) Have orders and MAR been verified by
nursing staff?
(2) Are you authorized to give this medication?
(3) Is it the correct patient? Verify against ISN
wristband.
(4) Is it the correct medication?
(5) Is it the correct dose?
(6) Is it the correct route of administration?
(7) Is it the correct time to give the medication?
d. Document the administration of all medications
and or refusals on the MAR and notify nursing staff of
any concerns.
e. Transcribe any changes to medications on MAR.
The nursing staff will verify accuracy on a regular
basis.
f. Medication types and frequencies will determine
when medications are dispensed.
19-3. Self-Harm Blankets and Smocks
a. Prior to completion of the psychiatric unit use of
the seclusion cell/suicide prevention smocks and
blankets for a psychiatric patient on self harm
precautions or in administrative or disciplinary
segregation will be at the discretion of the psychiatric
nurse or licensed independent practitioner and
documented in the patients chart.
b. After completion of the psychiatric unit medical
use of the seclusion cell/suicide prevention smocks and
blankets will be as follows:
(1) Required use for a psychiatric patient on selfharm precautions or in medical seclusion, unless
clinically not indicated and documented by a licensed
independent practitioner, in the patient’s chart.
(2) For a psychiatric patient in administrative or
disciplinary segregation use will be at the discretion of

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
19.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
the psychiatric nurse or licensed independent
practitioner and documented in the patients chart.
c. For non-psychiatric detainees recommend that
the use of seclusion cell/suicide prevention smocks and
blankets be utilized on a case-by-case basis in
administrative or disciplinary segregation cells.
Strongly recommend consultation with a psychiatric
nurse or licensed independent provider at the Detention
Hospital. The reason for case-by-case use is that, like
being stripped, smocks can be humiliating for some
and may actually increase the risk of suicide.
Additionally, the anticipated humiliation may deter a
detainee from voicing their psychological concerns.
d. Detainees should not be transported in smocks
except within the psychiatric unit or in an emergency.
19-4. Sick Call
a. Both medical and dental sick calls are conducted
in accordance with the same procedures. Detainees
needing to see a dentist will be screened at normal sick
call and referred, if necessary, to the Dental Clinic
b. The medic will screen all detainees while
conducting rounds. If the medic is able to treat the
detainee’s ailment, he/she will do so and advise the
detainee that he does not need to see a doctor. If the
detainee still wishes to see a doctor, he or will not be
denied that right.
c. The medic will compile a list of all detainees and
detainees who were seen each day. The list will be
turned into the front office before the medic leaves the
facility.
Section II – Emergencies
19-5. Emergency Sick Call
a. Detainees who have a medical emergency will be
seen immediately at any time.
b. During duty hours, all medical/dental problems
deemed a possible “emergency” will be referred to the
Health Clinic for evaluation as to whether or not a real
emergency exists.
c. After duty hours, the SOG will determine
whether an emergency condition exists. He will
consult via telephone with the Detention Hospital as
needed to assist in making the determination.
19-6. Emergency Condition Responses
a. The International Color Codes for triage will be
utilized to conduct triage of a patient to convey the
seriousness of a patient’s medical condition. The
following criteria are examples of medical conditions
indicating a specific triage:
(1) Code Green: Utilized for non-serious, nonlife threatening medical condition (cut hand, scrape,
broken arm, nausea, and headache with no other
indicators) does not require immediate medical
attention.

(2) Code Yellow: Utilized for potentially lifethreatening medical condition (decreased level of
consciousness, chest pain, unconsciousness for
unknown reason, loss of feeling/motor skills in an
extremity.) Requires expedited treatment.
(3) Code Red:
Utilized for serious lifethreatening medical condition (penetrating trauma to
the torso, severe loss of blood, severe head injury, and
chest pain followed by unconsciousness.) Requires
immediate treatment.
(4) Code Blue:
Utilized for critical lifethreatening medical condition (no breathing/no
heartbeat.)
(5) Code Black: Utilized to describe a dead
person.
(Rigor mortis, Post mortem lividity,
decapitation, decomposition, etc.)
b. MPs on duty will utilize the following
instructions to respond to emergency conditions within
Camp Delta. CO will respond to the scene of all
emergencies to assess the situation. Once the situation
is DOC led, the CO will make appropriate
notifications.
c. Medical Code Blue: This is a medical emergency
condition in which a person in the camp has been
medically triaged as “Code Blue.” This means that the
person has no heartbeat or respiration or both, and
requires immediate medical care.
(1) Guards involved with the Code Blue patient:
(a) State call sign, location, and “Code Blue” on
radio.
(b) Contact medical directly and request medical
assistance for a Code Blue. If unable to contact
medical, contact the DOC and request medical
assistance for a Code Blue. Give medical the location
of the incident.
(c) Render medical care as appropriate based on
the guards’ level of training and equipment available.
Continue until medical arrives.
(2) DOC RTO:
(a) If requested, notify medical of the emergency
and the location.
(b) Broadcast on the radio notification to all
blocks that there is a Code Blue. RTO will establish
emergency traffic radio conditions by stating
“EMERGENCY TRAFFIC ONLY”. This means that
only personnel with radio traffic about the situation or
another emergency will use the radio.
(c) Notify the CO or PL of the situation.
(d) Continue monitoring the radio.
(3) CO/PL/SOG:
(a) Respond to the scene as needed to assess the
situation. Render medical care as appropriate based on
the level of training and equipment available. Continue
until medical arrives.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
19.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(b) Consider altering the security posture of the
facility (Lockdown, etc) as appropriate to facilitate
medical access to the patient.
(c) Make appropriate notifications IAW the
notification instructions on the notification matrix.
(d) Supervise reporting of the incident.
(4) Sally Ports:
(a) Be prepared for medical personnel to need
immediate access through the sally port. This includes
vehicle access to the area and departing from Delta.
(b) Stop other traffic through sally port if it
impedes with the movement of personnel associated
with the Code Blue situation.
(c) Be prepared to implement a Lockdown if
called by the CO/PL/SOG.
(5) Block NCOs/Block Guards/Other duty
positions:
(a) Monitor the situation by radio and be
prepared to take action as directed (Lockdown, etc.)
(b) Be prepared for reaction by other detainees as
they learn about the situation.
19-7. Combat Lifesavers
a. Combat Lifesavers will be permitted to provide
medical care in accordance with the Combat Lifesaver
curriculum.
b. Combat Lifesavers will not treat any detainee for
any medical problem.
c. Medical tasks taught to Combat Lifesavers that
they may perform without restriction on the
installation.
(1) Monitor a pulse
(2) Monitor respirations
(3) Apply a Splint, Aluminum, Malleable splint
(4) Insert an oropharyngeal airway
(5) Evaluate a casualty.
d. Combat Lifesavers must fill out a Field Medical
Card at the time of incident and transfer this to the
receiving medical unit with a complete patient report.
e. Medical tasks taught to Combat Lifesavers that
they may perform with the below restrictions, on the
installation:
(1) Administer
Acetaminophen
and
Pseudoephedrine tablets.
The purpose of these
medications in the Combat Lifesaver bag is to
eliminate minor complaints until the soldier can be
seen at sick call by medical personnel.
(a) While in garrison, Combat Lifesavers may
not dispense these medications.
(b) While on the installation, but not in garrison
(i.e., field training exercises), Combat Lifesavers may
dispense these medications IAW the Medical Tasks
subcourse of the Combat Lifesaver course. They are
not to dispense more than eight tablets per individual.

(c) A medical officer must see all individuals
who receive these medications from a Combat
Lifesaver within 24 hours.
(2) Administer intravenous solution.
(a) Before attempting to start an intravenous (IV)
infusion, 911 must be called.
(b) Combat Lifesavers who determine a casualty
needs an IV solution may administer it.
(c) No more than two attempts will be made on
any one patient to initiate an IV.
(d) No more than one 1000 ml bag will be given
to any one patient.
(e) Upon initiation of an IV, the patient must be
seen by a medical officer and cleared for duty.
f. Medical Supplies (Class VIII) Combat Lifesavers
are authorized to carry:
NSN Nomenclature QTY Description
Adhesive tape, surgical,
651 0009268882
2
1 in 1 SP
Airway pharyngeal,
651 5006878052
1
large adult
Airway pharyngeal,
651 5009582232
1
small adult
Bandage adhesive ¾ X 3
651 0009137909
18 inches flesh
651 0000583047
2
Bandage gau4- ½”
Bandage muslin
compressed brown 37 X
37 X 52” triangular
651 0002011755
2
w/pins
Catheter & needle unit,
651 5013156227
2
d12 I.V. 18ga
Dressing first aid field
camouflaged 4”w X
651 0001594883
4
6.25-7.25”Ig, abs
651 0002017425
1
Dress FLD 11-3/4IN
651 5002267692
3 pr Gloves, exam lrg
Intravenous inj set, 7
comp macrodrip 10
651 5014721863
2
drops/ml 2
Pad povidone-iodine
impre, ster 2 X 1.375”
651 0010100307
12 brown
651 0007863736
12 Pad isopropyl alcohol
651 0014640826
12 Sponge Surg 2X2
Scissors bandage
1.5”Cut lg. 7.25” O/a lg
651 5009357138
1
both blades blunt crs
Splint universal 36 X
4.5” malleable alum
651 5012254681
1
radiolucent ltwt

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
19.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
g. Resupply for Combat Lifesaver Class VIII items
will be the JTF-Joint Aid Stations (JAS).
h. POC for Combat Lifesavers is the JAS XO.
Section III – Medical Problems
19-8. Hunger Strike
a. A detainee is considered to be on a hunger strike
when he refuses to eat nine consecutive meals as a
form of protest or refuses fluids for 48 hours. The
protest may or may not be verbalized. Detainee’s who
eat portions of the meals are not normally considered to
be on a hunger strike.
b. The hunger strike is terminated when the
following occur:
(1) The detainee eats a meal or portion of a meal
(excluding liquids).
(2) A Medical Officer or Physician’s Assistant
(PA), after examining the detainee, recommends that
the Hunger Strike Protocol be terminated.
(3) The CO or DOC will terminate the Hunger
Strike Protocol.
c. Initial Monitoring Procedures.
(1) Submit an Observation Report to DOC
recording a detainee’s refusal to consume a meal.
(2) Make a blotter entry.
(3) Continue to monitor the detainee during meal
times to see if he refuses to consume any other meals.
(4) Continue to inspect the detainee’s food tray to
see if any portion of the meal was consumed. Check
the tray before and after each mealtime.
(5) Record any subsequent refusal to consume
meals and number them sequentially.
(6) Monitor the detainee’s behavior and
record/report anything out of the ordinary to DOC.
(7) Notify DOC when a detainee refuses to
consume nine consecutive meals.
(8) After the Hunger Strike Protocol has been
initiated, ensure that the detainee does not receive any
caffeine products (coffee, tea, hot chocolate) because
of its diuretic affect. Only water is provided during the
hunger strike.
d. Close Confinement Procedures.
(1) Monitor the detainee’s behavior and meal
consumption.
(2) Notify the SOG who will then notify DOC,
the CO, and the Health Clinic when a detainee refuses
to consume nine consecutive meals.
(3) Segregate the detainee for better observation
by moving them to Delta Block.
e. DOC Procedures.
(1) Brief the CO.
(2) Monitor the detainee’s behavior and meal
consumption.
(3) After a detainee has refused to consume nine
consecutive meals, ensure the Health Clinic begins the
Hunger Strike Protocol.

f. As directed by the DOC, the admin section will:
(1) Make a blotter entry recording when a
detainee was placed on the Hunger Strike Protocol, and
how many consecutive meals were refused at that time.
(2) Make a blotter entry recording when the
Health Clinic Medical Officer of the Day (MOD)
conducts checks with IAW paragraph f.
(3) Make a blotter entry recording when a
detainee was removed from the Hunger Strike
Protocol, and which medical officer conducted the
examination and recommended the termination of the
Hunger Strike Protocol.
g. The Health Clinic will ensure that the following
occur:
(1) The CO is briefed daily on the detainee’s
condition.
(2) During duty hours, a Physician Assistant (PA)
will examine the detainee.
(3) After duty hours, the Medical Officer of the
Day (MOD) will examine the detainee.
h. Immediately after the Hunger Strike Protocol has
been initiated, the following procedures will occur:
(1) A blood sample (CBC, SMA-20, Albumin,
and Iron Panel) will be drawn from the detainee.
(2) A urine sample (24-hour urine for Creatinine
and Protein) will be taken from the detainee.
(3) An electrocardiograph will be conducted (a
12 lead EKG).
i. Consider supplemental feeding when the
detainee’s body weight reaches 85-90% of ideal body
weight, when incapacitated, or ordered by a Medical
Officer. The detainee will be admitted to Naval Station
Hospital if supplemental feeding is necessary.
j. Consult with the Command Judge Advocate
before force treatment is initiated. The legal opinion
should be noted in the detainee’s medical chart.
k. The Duty Investigator will take the photographs
required for the Hunger Strike Protocol.
l. The CO will review the situation and ensure it
meets the criteria required for the Hunger Strike
Protocol. Coordinate with medical authorities for
detainee health considerations.
19-9. Bodily Fluids
a. Protective equipment is available in each block,
and a resupply is on hand in the supply room. A
Biohazard Spill Care Kit includes:
(1) A protective polypropylene gown.
(2) One pair of shoe covers.
(3) Eye shield and mask.
(4) One Red Biohazard bag.
(5) One pair of vinyl gloves.
(6) ¾ oz. pouch absorbent.
(7) Scoop shovel.
(8) Sani-Cloth surface disinfectant.
(9) Two anti-microbial hand wipes.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
19.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(10) Two paper towels.
(11) Bleach.
(12) Hand soap.
b. The Guard Force will always carry disposable
gloves and a CPR physical barrier.
c. The staff will make sure their own open wounds
and sores are covered with clean dry bandages to
prevent possible exchange of blood and other body
fluids. Change wet bandages frequently.
d. The staff will assume that all detainees and any
exposed body fluids carry an infectious disease.
e. The staff will remain aware of the fact that a
respirator mask is required to protect against airborne
infectious diseases.
f. The staff members who conduct a forced move of
an unruly detainee must take universal precautions in
order to prevent accidental transmission of diseases
through transfer of a body fluid.
g. Cell and Body Searches. Staff will:
(1) Wear disposable gloves when conducting a
search.
(2) Avoid punctures with any sharp objects (e.g.,
knives, razors, or needles).
(a) Do not place hands in areas where there may
be sharp objects that could cut or puncture the skin.
Look first then probe.
(b) Do not slide hands across surfaces when
searching.
(c) Use a crushing motion when conducting frisk
searches.
h. Controlling aggressive or violent Detainees.
Staff will:
(1) Wear protective apparel anytime that there is
a possibility of being exposed to an infectious disease.
(2) Wear protective apparel; body armor and
clothing that prevent breaks in the skin.
(3) Develop a plan of action that will reduce the
risk of exposure to infectious diseases.
(4) Assess each incident separately. Determine if
the urgency of the situation will allow time for more
protective measures to be used.
i. Cleaning of blood or other body fluid spills.
Clean contaminated equipment and supplies
immediately in the following manner:
(1) Wear disposable gloves and use a disinfectant
solution of household bleach. Dilute one part bleach
with ten parts water (1:10 ratio) to clean work surfaces.
(2) Place contaminated clothing in a red
biohazard bag and destroy it as soon as possible.
(3) Clean
contaminated
equipment
(e.g.,
handcuffs, leg irons, flashlights, crime scene kits) with
a disinfectant solution of hot water and household
bleach.
(4) Place contaminated disposable items such as
gloves, mask, prongs, rags, or other material in red
plastic biohazard bags. If red biohazard bags are not

available, use other strong plastic bags and label with
“BIOHAZARD” markings.
j. Disposal of contaminated items.
(1) The staff will:
(a) Take any bags containing contaminated items
to the Delta Medical Center.
(b) Inform the Health Clinic personnel that the
bags contain contaminated items.
(2) The Navy Health Clinic will:
(a) Take bags containing contaminated material
to Delta Medical Center.
(b) Ensure that all disposable contaminated
material is placed in red biohazard bags before
transporting it.
k. Suspected Exposure. Staff who suspect exposure
to body fluids will:
(1) Wash the area with warm water and soap.
When mucous membranes may have been exposed,
flush the areas with warm water for 10 minutes.
(2) Report the incident to the SOG and seek
medical attention at the Navy Health Clinic.
19-10. Heat Category Measures
a. The following are the heat categories and flag
colors being utilized at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba.
(1) Green Flag: Heat Stress Index 75F-85F.
Discretion required in heavy exercise for new
personnel during the first weeks of heat exposure.
Acclimated personnel who participate in regular
physical exercise are unrestricted.
(2) Yellow Flag: Heat Stress Index 86F-100F.
Strenuous exercise should be curtailed for new
personnel during the first weeks of heat exposure.
Acclimated personnel who participate in regular
physical exercise are unrestricted.
(3) Red Flag: Heat Stress Index 101F-115F. All
physical training should be halted for those who have
not become acclimated by at least 30 days of routine
physical activity at this temperature. Those who are
properly acclimated may carry on limited activity.
(4) Black Flag: Heat Stress Index above 115F.
All strenuous activity should be halted.
b. Due to the demands of the mission, it is not
possible to stop all strenuous activity at Black Flag.
Reduction in workloads at lesser heat categories will be
balanced with the mission requirements. It will be
necessary for shifts to perform relief of their own
personnel. Suggested relief measures include using
ICRC, medical escorts, and IRF Team members to
periodically relieve Sally Port guards, escorts, and
Block Guards.
c. The following actions will be taken at each heat
stress index:
(1) Green Flag: No special actions taken.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
19.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(2) Yellow Flag: Increase water intake to ¾
quarts/hour for easy and moderate work and 1
quart/hour for hard work.
(3) Red Flag: Increase water intake to ¾
quarts/hour for easy and moderate work and 1
quart/hour for hard work.
Leaders monitor the
condition of soldiers and take any additional
appropriate actions on an individual basis.
(4) Black Flag: Increase water intake to NLT 1
quart/hour. Un-blouse boots and implement relief for
soldiers in more exposed positions. Block fans are
turned on.
d. BDU blouses will not be removed.
e. If wearing body armor, add 5oF to WBGT index.
If wearing MOPP overgarment, add 10oF.
f. Hourly fluid intake should not exceed 1-½ quarts.
Section IV – Facilities
19-11. Detention Hospital
a. MP personnel have been tasked to provide a
security force to the United States Navy Fleet Hospital
(“Detention Hospital”). Primary responsibilities of the
security force are:
b. Ensure the secure custody and control of all
detainees being quartered and treated at the Detention
Hospital.
c. Ensure the safety of all hospital staff
administering medical care to the detainees.
d. Detention Hospital Guard Detail NCOIC:
(1) Attend Detention Hospital daily staff meeting
at 0900.
(2) Communicate JDOG and Hospital concerns
to Military Police personnel working in the Hospital.
(3) Identify, and reduce mission deficiencies.
(4) Overseeing all shift operation and will report
all feedback to the Camp Operations.
(5) Report any information between detainees to
the CI Intel personnel.
e. Shift NCOIC:
(1) One per shift
(2) Supervise, inspect and train the security force.
(3) Maintain Daily Staff Journal (DA 1594) and
turn in weekly to Camp Delta DOC.
(4) Coordinate with hospital staff for changes in
staffing requirements and duty positions.
(5) Maintain communications between the Fleet
security force and Delta DOC, making radio checks
every hour.
(6) Ensure accountability of all security force
equipment (radios, keys, batteries, charger, and
restrains).
(7) Escort, brief and monitor all visitors.
(8) Brief the on-coming NCOIC.
(9) Report any information between detainees to
the JDOG S-2.

(10) Perform security check with Detention
Hospital staff and advise of security deficiencies and
concerns.
(11) Attend the daily Detention Hospital staff
meeting.
(12) Assist with the clean up in the break area.
(13) Conduct a daily assessment of personnel.
(14) Maintain a record of security force shift.
(15) Maintain SigAct sheets and turn in at the end
of shift.
f. Escort Team:
(1) Two teams per shift
(2) Escort detainee through the Detention
Hospital (operating room, recovery ward, therapy, and
radiology).
(3) Escort team will apply, modify, and maintain
the appropriated level of restraints of each detainee
while being escorted through the Detention Hospital.
(4) Escort team will search detainees prior to and
after any movements.
(5) Report any information between detainees to
the JDOG S-2.
g. Operating Room Escort:
(1) Two escorts as needed
(2) Inside OR MP (One MP scrubbed) will
provide security support to the OR staff inside the OR.
(3) Outside OR MP (One MP) will provide
security support and access control to the OR and apply
& maintain appropriate level of restraints to the
detainee.
h. Ward Security:
(1) Number dependant on detainee patient
population.
(2) Monitor detainee behavior & movements.
(3) Provide direct security to hospital staff
administering care to the detainees.
(4) Search detainees as appropriate.
(5) Report any information discussed between
detainees to the JDOG S-2.
(6) Check, apply and maintain appropriate level
of restraints.
(7) Accountability of the keys and restraints.
i. Escort & Security Force Special Instructions.
(1) All detainees will be properly restrained prior
to being escorted. Exceptions will be made at the
discretion of the security force Shift NCOIC.
(2) All escorts will be executed using 2:1 ratio
(MP:detainee).
(3) MPs will not allow detainees to talk to each
other during any escort.
(4) Upon completion of escort, detainees will be
properly restrained to their gurneys. Padded leather
restraints will be utilized.
(5) Report any unusual activity or conditions to
the shift NCOIC.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
19.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(6) For escort to the Base Naval Hospital, see
Section 11-10 Hospital Escorts.
(7) If normal restraints interfere with a procedure,
detainees may be restrained with flex-cuffs.
(8) While in the OR, detainee will remain
restrained until the sedative takes effect. Detainees
will be unrestrained during surgery.
(9) After surgery, detainee(s) will again be fully
restrained and secured.
(10) When detainees are sitting in the chair, they
will remain in full restraints.
(11) During latrine escorts, one hand of the
detainee will be unsecured while the detainee is using
the latrine. Detainee will be in full restraints prior to
escorting the detainee back.
(12) NCOIC should consider medical condition &
background of the detainee when determining level &
method of restraint. If there are questions about the
level of restraint, the Shift NCOIC will make the final
determination regarding the level of restraint necessary.
j. Communications & Coordination.
(1) Shift NCOIC will conduct radio check with
the DOC.
(2) Radio checks will be conducted once per hour
and logged in the Daily Staff Journal (DA1594).
(3) At the start of the new shift, the briefing
should include, but is not limited to, the following: # of
detainees, losses or gains, visitors to the hospital,
special cases, any incident on the previous shift.
(4) Shift MPs will maintain a Significant
Information (SigAct) sheet, for Intel purpose only. This
record will be use for intelligence record, should
include: Conversation between detainees, personal
information between detainees and hospital staff,
personal information detainees may relate to MP or
translator.
k. Log Entries. Shift NCOIC will maintain a daily
staff journal DA 1594 detailing all activities at the
Detention Hospital. The journal will be continuous and
will be passed on to the next shift. The staff journal
should include the following:
(1) Shift changes
(2) Detainees head count and ISN
(3) Detainee movement within the facility
(4) Communication check with DOC
(5) Any radio or phone communication between
Detention Hospital, DOC, and Camp Operations
(6) Visitors to the Detention Hospital
(7) Feed times
(8) Searches of gurneys
(9) Injuries or illness of members of the security
force
(10) Additional entries can be made at the
discretion of the NCOIC.
l. Posting procedures.

(1) Shift NCOIC will inspect all personnel during
guard mount.
(2) NCOIC will assign personnel to their post
prior of taking over the shift.
(3) Upon arrival at the hospital, all personnel will
be posted without delay and will conduct a “relief-inplace.”
(4) Out-going NCOIC would collect all keys and
turn them over to the in-coming shift.
(5) NCOIC should ensure that security force is
given frequent rest. (10-15 minutes every two hours, at
least). MPs should be rotated from post to post to
combat fatigue and complacency.
(6) The desk guard, stationed at a desk near the
front door, will know who key medical personnel are
and their location so that they can direct entering
people to the proper individual.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
19.7

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
19.8

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 20
Repair And Utility
20-1. Work Orders
a. Procedures for repair work and modifications to
Camp Delta and other areas designated by the CJDOG.
The primary goal of the R&U section is to significantly
reduce the number of work orders being submitted to
contractors for work inside Camp Delta.
b. Priorities of Work.
(1) Camp Delta Emergency Work Orders.
Critical repairs needed to be completely as soon as
possible.
Seriously affects the security of the
detainees, health of US personnel and detainees, or
safety of US personnel or detainees. Repairs need to
start within 1 hour of the report.
(2) Camp Delta Routine Work Orders. Noncritical repairs needed that can wait until the next day.
Repair work need to start in 1 to 5 days of the report.
(3) Non-Detention Operations Emergency Work
Orders.
(4) Non-Detention Operations Routine Work
Orders.
c. Contractors consider label emergency work
orders as O-2. All calls will go to the Kvaerner trouble
desk at x4224. Kvaerner will log the work order,
assign a number, and call the appropriate contractor to
perform the repairs. All emergency work orders have a
30-minute response time unless told otherwise.
Emergency work orders can be called in with time
periods such as one, two or eight hours.
d. Procedures (Camp Delta/Detention Operations).
Repair & Utility (R&U) will pick up sanctioned work
orders from the DOC each morning NLT 0800 hours.
They may pick up subsequent work orders (post-0800
hours) from the DOC as time and missions permit.
MPs will remove detainees from requisite cells prior to
any work being done. At no time will work be done in
a cell with a detainee present in said cell.
(1) Prevent further damage and establish a safe
environment. This will ALWAYS be done with
personal safety, safety of detainees, and good judgment
in mind.
(2) Attempt to correct the problem if within your
means/ability (i.e. plunging a clogged drain).
(3) If you cannot, or it fails, individual initially
reporting item will complete the work request order.
(4) Notify the Block NCO who will in turn log
the problem in their pass-along logbook.
(5) Any outstanding problems/work orders (and
their status) will be verbally briefed to the oncoming
Block NCO to avoid duplication.
(6) Block NCO will notify the DOC and the DOC
will annotate the date/time group and nature of
problem in the staff journal.
(7) The DOC will determine work order priority
judicially based upon the needs of the mission.

e. Camp Delta Emergency Work Orders.
Emergency work will take into account the possibility
of moving detainees to other areas reducing the
emergency to a lower priority; this will be at the
discretion of the DOC.
(1) Duty Hours (0700-1700)
(a) A R&U subject matter specialist will
determine if work is an emergency work order or
routine.
(b) Subject matter specialist will determine,
through his or her chain of command, if the work can
be done by the R&U or if a contractor must perform it.
(c) Supply for parts and material will be
requested through the JDOG S-4 only.
(d) ONLY R&U will coordinate directly with any
contractor, no other personnel or section is authorized.
(e) The DOC will be notified as to the status and
estimated repair time.
(f) Completed work orders will be filed with
R&U with a copy sent to the DOC.
(g) Completed Work order will include cause of
problem; work performed; date and time of work
completed; and name of DOC personnel contacted.
(h) R&U will log the work done, along with
estimated cost.
(8) If any R&U repair work cannot be done
completely, then the DOC will establish the priority of
work.
(2) Non-Duty Hours (1700-0700)
(a) The DOC will contact R&U OIC or NCOIC.
(b) A subject matter specialist will review the
work order in the DOC to determine if emergency
action is needed. If deemed necessary by the DOC,
R&U will be required to physically inspect the problem
to determine the best course of action.
(c) If the DOC and R&U representative disagree
on the emergency status, then the DOC Operations
Officer will have the final determination.
(d) Supply for parts and material will be
requested through the JDOG S-4 only.
(e) If the work cannot be performed by R&U,
R&U will contact contractors through the J-4.
(f) The DOC will be notified as to the status and
estimated repair time.
(g) Completed work orders will be filed with
R&U with a copy sent to the DOC.
(h) Completed Work order will include cause of
problem; work performed; date and time of work
completed; and name of DOC personnel contacted.
(i) R&U will log the work done, along with
estimated cost.
(j) If any R&U repair work cannot be done
completely, then the DOC will establish the priority of
work.
(3) Processing of emergency work orders.
(a) Emergency work order is called in to x4424.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
20.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(b) Kvaerner’s work order number is recorded.
(c) Escort Control dispatches an escort team to
Sally Port 8 from 0600 to 2200 or to Sally Port 1 from
2200 to 0600. The escort team will have the Kvaerner
work order number. The arriving contractor will not
have any paperwork, just the work order number.
Emergency work order calls will not require the
paperwork that normal work orders require.
e. Camp Delta Routine Work Orders.
(1) During Duty Hours (0700-1700).
Same
procedures as emergency, just the time started and
finished will be delayed according to priorities set by
the DOC.
(2) During Non Duty Hours (1700-0700). Same
procedures as emergency, just the time started and
finished will be delayed according to priorities set by
the DOC.
f. Non-Detention Operations Emergency Work
Orders
(1) During Duty Hours (0700-1700).
Same
procedures as emergency, just the time started and
finished will be delayed according to priorities set by
the DOC.
(2) During Non Duty Hours (1700-0700). Same
procedures as emergency, just the time started and
finished will be delayed according to priorities set by
the DOC.
g. Non-Detention Operations Routine Work Orders
(1) During Duty Hours (0700-1700).
Same
procedures as emergency, just the time started and
finished will be delayed according to priorities set by
the DOC.
(2) During Non Duty Hours (1700-0700). Same
procedures as emergency, just the time started and
finished will be delayed according to priorities set by
the DOC.

g. Tools and equipment shall be inventoried and
accounted for by both the incoming and outgoing work
crew for those work orders that span more than one
shift. The outgoing shift shall clear the work area of
debris prior to handoff. Shift change will not take
place unless all tools and equipment have accounted
for.

20-2. Tool Accountability
a. Tool boxes/pouches shall be assembled for the
use specifically inside Camp Delta.
b. Items included in such boxes will be inventoried
prior to entry into the facility and an inventory sheet
will be maintained in the R&U office and provided to
other offices that request such information.
c. Tools will be secured in R&U storage room
adjacent to building 7.
d. Tools will be inventoried upon check out for use
and upon return for storage when daily work has been
completed.
e. In the event addition tools are needed, they will
be added to or removed from the inventory log as the
situation arises.
f. Upon completion of work in the facility, the work
party will account for all tools and equipment and
ensure the work area is free of debris.
Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
20.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 21
Force Protection
Section I – Precautions
21-1. Searches
Anyone entering Camp Delta implicitly consents to a
search of his/her person and property/vehicle at any
time within the bounds of Camp Delta or any of its
outlying activities, for the purposes of safety, security,
or custody and control of the facility.
21-2. Security Inspections And Vulnerability
Assessment
a. The JDOG commander will appoint a safety
officer in writing. This can be an additional duty for an
officer.
b. At the end of every shift, an After Action Review
(AAR) will be conducted. The Safety Officer will
insure to collect the information from those AARs,
make the necessary observations, and take the proper
provisions.
c. The Safety Officer will conduct a security
inspection every two weeks to insure alls the security
provisions had been taken.
21-3. Fire Prevention Precautions
a. The JDOG commander will appoint a Fire
Marshal in writing. This will be an additional duty for
a senior NCO. This NCO will coordinate fire
prevention activities with the Fire Department.
b. All personnel working at Camp Delta should be
familiar with the Fire Response and Evacuation Plans.
c. The only smoking areas at Camp Delta are the
break area to the rear of DOC and the break area
between the JIG and QRF building.
d. It is responsibility of all personnel working at
Camp Delta turn the cigarettes butts off and put them
inside the specific container.
e. Do not smoke 50 meters close to a container
and/or any flammable and combustible liquids, grease,
material or gases.
f. Fire extinguishers will be available in all
structures except blocks.
For blocks, the fire
extinguishers will be centrally located in the central
causeway. All personnel should know how to operate
them.
Section II – Measures
21-4. Change In FPCON
a. The implementation of FPCON Charlie or
FPCON Delta will include several levels of response:
Immediate Response and Sustained Response.
(1) Immediate response.
(a) Upon identification of a move to FPCON
Charlie or FPCON Delta, immediately initiate a
lockdown on the camp and conduct a headcount as
soon as possible. This includes returning detainees to

their cell, or if that is not possible, to the closest vacant
cell. Inform the DOC if a detainee was not returned to
their original cell.
(b) Lock the end doors for each block.
(c) Take any defensive actions necessary to
protect camp personnel and detainees within the limits
of the ROE.
(d) CO will initiate contact with higher command
and provide a SITREP.
(e) The tasks under each measure are not all
inclusive and commanders are encouraged to
implement other tasks under each measure as needed
IAW the ROE.
They should coordinate these
additional implementations with the JOC.
FPCON ALPHA
This condition is declared when there is a general
threat of possible terrorist activity against personnel
and facilities, the nature, and extent of which are
unpredictable, and circumstances do not justify full
implementation of FPCON BRAVO measures.
However, it may be necessary to implement selected
measures from FPCON BRAVO (this would be called
FPCON ALPHA +). The measures in this FPCON
must be capable of being maintained indefinitely.
(1) Measure 1. At regular intervals, remind all
personnel to be suspicious and inquisitive about
strangers, particularly those carrying suitcases or other
containers. Watch for unidentified personnel on or in
the vicinity of JTF or NAVBASE facilities. Watch for
abandoned parcels or suitcases and any unusual
activity.
(a) All JTF personnel shall be particularly
suspicious of strangers carrying parcels, suitcases, or
other containers.
(1) Be alert to scantily clad individuals as
they may be Cuban Asylum Seekers (CAS) or
detainees who have escaped and are trying to hide their
identity.
(2) Be inquisitive of strangers/persons taking
photographs or video of sensitive items and areas such
as; Magazines, Antennas, JTF HQ, detainee
Operations, Detention Facilities, Radio Range Site, etc.
Report all incidents to the JTF Joint Operations Center
(JOC) Watch Officer at 5010/5038/5037, tactical
telephone at (411) 2219-954, or in person immediately.
(3) Review unit-level terrorism awareness
training.
(b)

JDOG

AT/FP

Officer,

ensure

the

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
21.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
implementation of all steps for FPCON Alpha IAW
this PLAN.
(2) Measure 2. All personnel with access to
building plans/area evacuation plans must be available
at all times. Key personnel should be able to seal off
an area immediately. Key personnel required to
implement security plans should be on call and readily
available.
(a) JDOG AT/FP Officer ensure that:
(1) All Camp Delta evacuation plans are
exercised monthly.
(2) Conduct refresher briefings of all
personnel concerning fire, bomb, and terrorist threat
evacuation procedures monthly.
(3) Radio and telephone communications are
tested daily.
(4) All JDOG and Company CQs are familiar
with Blue Dart and White Pinnacle procedures.
(3) Measure 3. Secure buildings, rooms, and
storage areas not in regular use.
(a) JDOG AT/FP Officer ensures that all
outbuildings in vicinity of Camp America not being
used are secured.
(b) Commanders or 1SG conduct daily
inspections of common troop areas (messing facilities,
troop billeting, latrines, recreation sea huts, etc.) for
suspicious/abandoned packages. If assistance/guidance
is required, contact the JTF JOC Watch Officer at
5010/5038/5037, tactical telephone at (411) 2219-954,
or in person immediately.
(c) Subordinate Commanders/OICs ensure
vehicle accountability daily. Ensure vehicle drivers
conduct daily searches of vehicles for tampering before
operating.
(4) Measure 4. Increase security spot checks of
vehicles and persons entering the JTF areas.
(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, conduct
security spot checks during normal work hours.

(1) Ensure that classified materials are
secured.
(2) Ensure that personnel assigned to conduct
I.D. checks at access points are briefed and understand
their responsibilities.
(3) Ensure that all personnel have required
identification cards in their possession at all times.
(4) Ensure guard force members conduct a
100% I.D. check on all personnel entering restricted
areas (i.e., Camp Delta I, Camp Delta II).
(b) JDOG S-2, coordinate with JTF AT/FP
Officer
to
conduct
weekly
after
hours
counterintelligence inspections of all JTF Headquarters
spaces (including garbage dumpsters, etc).
(5) Measure 5. Limit access points for vehicles
and personnel commensurate with a reasonable flow of
traffic.
(6) Measure 6. As a deterrent, apply measures 14,
15, 17, or 18 from FPCON Bravo, either individually
or in combination with each other.
(7) Measure 7.
Review all plans, orders,
personnel details, and logistic requirements related to
the introduction of higher FPCONs.
(a) Commanders, review all watch stander
procedures and ensure each watch station is aware of
their duties and responsibilities.
(b) JDOG AT/FP Officer attend Force
Protection Committee meetings and ensure subordinate
units understand their responsibilities and can
effectively respond to threats in all FPCON levels.
(c) JDOG RTO, ensure phone listings are up to
date and passed out to all sections and companies
within the JDOG. Ensure that the companies are
briefed on the security communication system
frequencies/call signs utilized by the JTF.
(d) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, ensure key
personnel understand they are subject to immediate
recall.
(1)

Inform

all

personnel

to

fuel

all

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
21.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
government vehicles, and keep them full at all times.
(e) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, ensure
approved ROE and UOF policies are passed down to
the lowest levels so that all personnel understand it’s
application.
(8) Measure 8. Review and implement, as
appropriate, security measures for high-risk personnel
(HRP).
(9) Measure 9. As appropriate consult with
NAVBASE Security and NAVBASE N2 on the threat
and mutual antiterrorism measures.
(10) Measure 10. Review nuclear, biological,
chemical (NBC) threat and mission oriented protective
posture (MOPP) level.
(a) JDOG Operations Officer, consult with
JDOG
Intelligence
Officer
concerning
the
chemical/biological threat; be prepared to raise MOPP
levels as necessary.
(b) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, review
NBC measures with all personnel.
FPCON BRAVO
This condition is declared when there is an increased
and more predictable threat of terrorist activity even
though no particular target has been identified.
However, it may be necessary to implement selected
measures from FPCON CHARLIE (this would be
called FPCON BRAVO +). Measures in this FPCON
must be maintainable for weeks without causing undue
hardship or affecting operational capability.
(1) Measure 11. Repeat measure 1 and warn
personnel of any other potential form of terrorist attack.
(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, ensure
antiterrorism awareness briefing for all personnel,
including mail procedures and vehicle searches for all
hands.
(b) JDOG AT/FP Officer, ensure the
implementation all steps for FPCON Bravo IAW this
PLAN. Ensure that NAVBASE Security Police are
briefed on additional security measures implemented in
this FPCON.
(3) Measure 12. Check plans for implementation
of next FPCON.

(4) Measure 13. Move cars and such objects as
trash containers, etc., from vicinity of all buildings.
Consider the application of centralized parking.
(a) JDOG AT/FP Officer, coordinate with the
Public Works Officer and affected department heads to
remove all dumpsters, cars, etc. away from all JDOG
Headquarters buildings and areas. Reference (a)
requires a minimum 100-foot standoff from highdensity soft targets.
(b) JDOG AT/FP Officer coordinate with JTF
AT/FP Officer to have all dumpsters, cars, etc,
removed from vicinity of Camp Delta and guard force
billeting areas.
(5) Measure 14. Secure and regularly inspect all
buildings, rooms, and storage areas not in regular use.
(a) JDOG AT/FP Officer ensure all abandoned
structures in vicinity of Camp America previously
secured in FPCON Alpha are inspected daily.
(b)
Subordinate
Commanders/OICs,
immediately conduct inspections of all secured
buildings and areas and report any discrepancies or
abnormalities to the JOC Watch Officer via telephone
at ext. 5010/5038/5037, tactical telephone at (411)
2219-954, or in person immediately.
(6) Measure 15. At the beginning and end of each
workday, and at other regular and frequent intervals,
inspect for suspicious activity or packages of the
interior and exterior of buildings in regular use.
(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, at the
beginning and end of each workday, and at four-hour
intervals during the workday, inspect the interior and
exterior of buildings in regular use under your control
for suspicious activity or packages. Report your
findings, positive or negative to the JTF JOC watch
officer at ext. 5010/5058/5037, tactical telephone at
(411) 2219-954, or in person immediately.
(7) Measure 16. Examine all mail (above the
regular examination process) for letter or parcel bombs.
(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, ensure
USPS Poster 26 is distributed throughout office spaces,
billeting, and unit mailrooms. Review mail-handling
procedures with all unit mail personnel.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
21.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(8) Measure 17. Inspect all deliveries (including
soda, vending machines, etc) to facilities.
(a) AT/FP Officer, ensure that interior building
guards conduct inspections of all deliveries to their
respective buildings. All delivery personnel are to be
escorted while in JDOG AOR.
(b) Delta Shift OIC, ensure that all civilian
contractor vehicles (waste removal trucks, etc) that
need access to the inner perimeter of the Camp Delta
detention facilities are searched prior to entry.
Commence inspection of one of every ten civilian
commercial or contractor vehicles entering Camp Delta
TAOR.
(9) Measure 18. Increase surveillance of domestic
accommodations, schools, messes, clubs, and other soft
targets to improve deterrence and defense and to build
confidence among JTF personnel.
(a) JDOG S-2 Intelligence Officer, as far as
resources allow, increase surveillance of all soft
targets.
(b) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTFGTMO FPCON measures.
(c) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTFGTMO FPCON measures.
(d) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTFGTMO FPCON measures.
(e) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTFGTMO FPCON measures.
(10) Measure 19. Make JDOG and Company
staffs and personnel aware of the general situation in
order to stop rumors and prevent unnecessary alarm.
(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, inform
personnel of general situation as it progresses or
regresses.

as soon as elevated FPCON is set and all action being
taken.
(12) Measure 21. Operate random patrols to
check vehicles, people, and buildings.
(a) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTFGTMO FPCON measures.
(13) Measure 22. Remind drivers to lock parked
vehicles and to institute a positive system of checking
before they entering or exit the vehicle.
(14) Measure 23. Implement additional security
measures for high-risk personnel, as appropriate.
(a) Not Used. Does not apply to units located
at RRDF.
(15) Measure 24. Brief personnel who may
augment guard forces on the use of Deadly Force.
Ensure that there is no misunderstanding of these
instructions.
(16) Measure 25. Pre-stage materials for any
additional barriers that may be needed in elevated
FPCON.
(a) AT/FP Officer, coordinate with JTF AT/FP
Officer and JTF Intelligence Officer to design and prestage the necessary Class IV construction materials and
pre-constructed barriers at designated access points to
the JDOG TAOR (VH897015) commensurate with the
current threat indications and warnings. Assist JTFGTMO, as required.
(b) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTFGTMO FPCON measures
(17) Measure 26. JDOG AT/FP Officer attends
increased frequency of AT/FP Working Group
Meetings as necessary.

FPCON CHARLIE
This condition is declared when an incident occurs or
intelligence is received indicating that some form of
terrorist action is imminent. However, it may be
(11) Measure 20. At an early stage, inform
necessary to implement selected measures from
members of local security committees/of any action
FPCON DELTA (this would be called FPCON
being taken and why.
CHARLIE +). Implementation for more than a short
period will probably create hardship and affect the
(a) JDOG OPNS inform subordinate elements
NAVBASEGTMO peacetime operations.
Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
21.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(1) Measure 27. Inform all personnel of the
increased FPCON and continue all FPCON BRAVO
measures.
(a) JTF JOC Watch Officer and JDOG OPNS
inform all personnel listed in the recall list of this
PLAN to remain at their place of duty/billeting in the
event of a recall.
(b) JDOG AT/FP Officer, ensure the
implementation all steps for FPCON Charlie are IAW
this PLAN.
(c) All JTF personnel have body armor, helmet,
load-bearing equipment (LBE/LBV), protective mask,
and weapon readily accessible. All JTF personnel on
duty/at work will wear body armor, helmet, LBE/LBV,
and protective mask (in carrier) while outdoors, and
carry a Condition Three weapon.
(2) Measure 28. Keep all personnel responsible
for implementing antiterrorist plans at their places of
duty.
(a) Subordinate commanders/OICs, institute
check out log for personnel on liberty status.
(3) Measure 29.
Limit access points to
vital/restricted areas to an absolute minimum.
(a) Subordinate Commanders/ OICs, limit
access points to an absolute minimum. All contractor
personnel will be escorted while conducting business
around Camp America, Camp Bulkeley, Camp Delta I,
and Camp Delta II, if personnel permit.

Officer to cancel all non-mission essential deliveries
(soda, vending machines) to JDOG AOR and Camps
Delta. JDOG S-4 coordinate with JTF Logistics Officer
to stop aerial spraying of insecticide from truck.
(f) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTFGTMO FPCON measures.
(4) Measure 30. Enforce control of base entry of
residents/visitors.
(a) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTFGTMO FPCON measures.
(b) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTFGTMO FPCON measures.
(5) Measure 31. Enforce centralized parking of
vehicles away from sensitive buildings.
(a) Ensure that all non-military vehicles not
necessary for the operation of the JDOG AOR are
parked in the parking lot next to Seaside Galley.
(b) Ensure that all non-military vehicles
(contractor, government sedans, etc) are parked at least
100 meters from military work areas (parked in parking
lot next to Seaside Galley) and no non-military
vehicles are permitted to approach or park within 100
meters of Camp Delta I, Camp Delta II, or Detention
Hospital.
(6) Measure 32. Issue weapons to guards. Local
orders should include specific orders on issue of
ammunition.

(b) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTFGTMO FPCON measures.

(a) JDOG S-4 coordinates for issue of weapons
and ammunition to subordinate units.

(c) Shift OIC, Camp Delta, ensures 100%
inspection of civilian commercial and contractor
vehicles entering Delta Detention Facilities.

(b) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTFGTMO FPCON measures.

(d) JDOG AT/FP Officer ensures that no
vehicles are parked near occupied buildings. All nonmilitary vehicles will be parked in the lot by the bus
stop located near Seaside Galley. All military vehicles
will be parked in the parking lot West of Evacuation
Route #1.
(e) JDOG S-4 coordinate with JTF Logistics

(c) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTFGTMO FPCON measures.
(7) Measure 33. Increase patrolling of JDOG
areas of responsibility.
(a) JDOG OPNS establishes a 24-hour roving
patrol of Camp America and Camp Bulkeley.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
21.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(b) JDOG OPNS utilizes Infantry to increase
patrols of likely avenues of approach/observation
points to Camp Delta.
(8) Measure 34. Protect all designated vulnerable
points. Give special attention to vulnerable points
outside of military establishment.
(a) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTFGTMO FPCON measures.

(a) All JDOG personnel (both on and off duty)
draw weapons and ammunition (30 rounds 9mm, 60
rounds 5.56).
Maintain weapons condition four
(M16A2 and M9) for off duty personnel; weapons
condition three for on duty/at work personnel when
outdoors. All JDOG personnel will wear body armor,
helmet, protective mask (in carrier), and weapon
readily available. All JDOG personnel will wear body
armor, helmet, and protective mask (in carrier) while
outdoors.

(b) Increase frequency of roving patrols of
guard force billeting areas

(b) JDOG AT/FP Officer, ensure the
implementation of all steps for FPCON Delta IAW this
APPENDIX. Ensure that the JDOG’s FPCON status is
reported to higher headquarters.

(9) Measure 35. Erect barriers and obstacles to
control traffic flow.

(c) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTFGTMO FPCON measures.

(a) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTFGTMO FPCON measures.
(b) Emplace barriers in front of or inside sally
ports for Detention Hospital and Delta II.
(c) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTFGTMO FPCON measures.
(10) Measure 36. Consult local authorities about
closing public roads and facilities that might make sites
more vulnerable to attacks.
(a) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTFGTMO FPCON measures.

(2) Measure 39. Augment guards as necessary.
(a) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTFGTMO FPCON measures.
(b) JDOG OPNS increase size of internal
guards force as manpower allows.
(3) Measure 40.
Identify all vehicles in
operational or mission-support areas.
(4) Measure 41. Search all vehicles and their
contents before allowing entrance to JTF TAORs.
(a) Camp Delta will search all vehicles
entering the camp.

(11) Measure 37. The CJTF will institute a
mandatory curfew for all JTF personnel not on duty.
The curfew time will be determined by the CJTF.

(b) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTFGTMO FPCON measures.

(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, institute
buddy system for individuals in liberty status.

(5) Measure 42. Control access and implement
positive identification of all personnel – no exceptions.

FPCON DELTA
This condition applies in the immediate location where
a terrorist attack has occurred or when intelligence is
received that terrorist action against a specific location
is likely. Normally this FPCON is declared as a
localized warning.
(1) Measure 38. Inform all personnel of the
upgraded FPCON and continue to introduce all
measures listed for FPCON BRAVO and CHARLIE.

(a) Camps Delta will conduct 100% ID check
of all personnel entering the camps. Any personnel not
necessary for the operation or command and control of
the camps will not be allowed access. Any personnel
inside the camps who are not necessary for the
operation or command and control of the camps will be
escorted out of the camps. JIG personnel will be given
to option of leaving or staying IAW their own SOP.
Any non-military or non-JIG personnel that must enter

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
21.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
the camps will be searched and escorted at all times.
(6) Measure 43. Search all suitcases, briefcases,
packages, etc, brought into all JTF buildings, facilities,
and areas.
(a) Delta OIC and SOGs will ensure all items
brought through the sally port are searched.
(7) Measure 44. Be prepared to displace JDOG
OPS and company operations to alternate DOC.
(Buildings West of Camp Bulkeley.)
(a) JDOG OPNS ensures that all staff sections
have identified primary personnel and essential
materials that would need to be moved on short notice
to an alternate DOC.
(8) Measure 45. Make frequent checks of the
exterior of buildings and parking lots.
(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, ensure that
designated personnel conduct frequent inspections of
building exteriors and parking areas.
(9) Measure 46.
journeys and visits.

Minimize all administrative

(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs cancel pass
and days off for all personnel. All personnel will be at
place of duty, dining facilities, billeting or staging area.
(b) JDOG S-4 will be prepared to provide field
rations/MREs to JDOG units should dining facilities be
declared off limits due to threat. JDOG S-4 should
anticipate the need to provide rations for the detainees
being held at Camp Delta I, Camp Delta II, and
Detention Hospital.
(10) Measure 47. Consult intelligence authorities
about closing public roads and facilities that might
make sites vulnerable to terrorist attack.
(a) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTFGTMO FPCON measures.
(11) Measure 48. CJTF-GTMO will consider
NBC threat and increase in MOPP level.

21-5. Alert Roster/Recall Roster
Commanders will implement an alert roster/recall
roster for the members of their unit to be implemented
in the event of an increase in FPCON. Initial contact
attempt will be by telephone. Secondary will be by
radio and/or cellular phone. Notifications of units at
Camp America/Camp Bulkeley will be by runner if
necessary. JDOG S-1 section will maintain and
distribute the Alert Roster/Recall Roster.
21-6. Brevity Codes For Implementation Of FPCON
Levels
Line
Situation
Brevity Code
#
001
IMPLEMENT
FPCON Preakness
CHARLIE MEASURES
Stakes
002
IMPLEMENT
FPCON Belmont Stakes
DELTA MEASURES
003
IMPLEMENT
FPCON Kentucky Derby
BRAVO MEASURES
The radio traffic to send the brevity code will be:
“(Receiving Unit) this is (Sending Unit) I have FLASH
traffic…(BREAK)…I
send
(Brevity
Code).
Acknowledge receipt of code. OVER.”
Section III – Alert Systems
21-7. Duress Condition
a. Can be indicated by Block Guard utilizing a
duress code, yelling for help, using a radio, blowing a
whistle, or other means.
(1) Guards on the affected block attempt to DOC
the situation and call for assistance as necessary.
(2) If a call for assistance is made, one Block
Guard from each of the neighboring blocks will
respond to the affected block. A Block Guard from a
non-affected block will contact the DOC to notify them
of the situation.
(3) Roving sally port guard will let responding
Block Guards out of their block and into the affected
block. Roving sally port guard will not enter the
affected block with the sally port keys.
(4) As the situation continues, Block Guards will
advise when the situation is under DOC or if additional
Block Guards are needed.
(5) RTO will establish emergency traffic radio
conditions by stating “EMERGENCY TRAFFIC
ONLY” and stating the location and type of
emergency. Only personnel with radio traffic about the
situation or another emergency will use the radio until
emergency traffic is cleared.
(6) PL and SOG will respond and/or assist as
necessary.

21-8. NAVBASE Siren System
a. The NAVBASE tests the siren system at 1200
hours every Wednesday.
Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
21.7

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
b. This alarm has 5 different sounds and a PA
system.
c. The following action will be taken when the siren
is sounded:
(1) Wail (General Alert).
(a) Turn on TV/radio for additional information.
(b) Non-emergency alert.
(c) Example: hurricane readiness condition
upgraded.
(2) Alternate Wail (Take Cover - non-immediate
threat).
(a) Return to quarters all non-essential personnel.
(b) Stay in quarters until further notice.
(c) Stay there until all clear is sounded.
(3) Pulse Wail (Take Cover - immediate threat).
(a) Return to nearest secure location and take
cover.
(b) Immediate danger; 15 minutes or less.
(c) Stay there until all clear is sounded.
(d) Example: Tornado or in-bound unknown
aircraft.
(4) Pulse Steady (Recovery).
(a) Recovery Disaster Teams report to duty.
(b) All non-essential personnel remain in
quarters.
(c) Example: Emergency personnel: PW recovery
teams, Fire Department
(5) Steady (All Clear). Resume normal activities.
Section IV – Weapons
21-9. Weapons Conditions
a. Condition 4:
(1) No magazine in the magazine well
(2) Bolt forward on an empty chamber
(3) Weapon on safe
(4) Ejection port cover closed
b. Condition 3:
(1) Loaded magazine inserted
(2) Bolt forward on an empty chamber
(3) Weapon on safe
(4) Ejection port cover closed
c. Condition 2:
(1) Does not apply to the M-16A2 service rifle
d. Condition 1:
(1) Loaded magazine inserted
(2) Bolt forward, round in chamber
(3) Weapon on safe
(4) Ejection port cover closed
21-10. Weapons And Ammunition Storage Facility
a. All personnel assigned to duties at the weapons
and ammunition storage facility will be familiar with
the provisions of directives, instructions, and
regulations contained in references.

b. Personnel designated as unit armorers and
NCOIC will be duly designated by the CJDOG and
granted unaccompanied access into the facility.
c. The weapons and ammunition storage facility
support team consists of unit armorers and the NCOIC
and are directly responsible for access and control of
all operations at the facility.
d. Unaccompanied access to AT-18 will be kept to
an absolute minimum consistent with operational
requirements. All personnel authorized unaccompanied
access will be on the access roster to receipt for and
turn-in keys for the facility.
e. Armorers escorting unit personnel will maintain
visual contact at all times. Unit personnel will not be
authorized direct access to ammunition and weapons.
Unit armorers will facilitate issue control at all times.
All personnel entering AT-18 will sign in and out on
the access control log and are subject to identification
card validation and search.
f. Unit armorers will issue and receive weapons and
ammunition only for their respective unit. Weapons
issued for less than twenty-four hours will be issued by
weapons card. Soldiers will only receive their assigned
weapons. Weapons card will be placed in the rack
where the weapon was removed. Weapons issued for
periods in excess of twenty-four hours will be signed
out and in on the permanent issue log control book.
g. Upon issue of weapon, the bolt will be locked to
the rear and the weapon placed on safe. The weapons
will be handed to the assigned soldier butt first, barrel
pointed up and in safe direction. Upon return of
weapon, soldier will clear the weapon at the cleaning
barrel in accordance with posted instructions. A unit
NCO will be posted at the clearing barrel to insure
safety in return of weapons. Once the weapon is
cleared, the soldier will proceed directly to the door of
the magazine with barrel of weapon pointed up and in a
safe direction. Soldier will hand the weapon to the
armorer butt first. Armorer will inspect the chamber
and insure the weapon is on safe. The following
procedures will be used:
(1) M-16: Armorer will hit the bolt release; place
the weapon on semi, and dry fire, then place weapon in
arms rack.
(2) M203/Shotguns: Armorer will close the
barrel, place weapon on semi or safety off, dry fire,
then place weapon in arms rack.
(3) M249: Armorer will ride the bolt forward;
close the cover, then return weapon to arms rack.
h. Keys are controlled and contained in a Class IV
safe in the S-2 Office at Camp America and are issued
and returned daily utilizing the Key Control Roster.
Upon entry of the magazine (AT-18), the armorer or
NCOIC will log the time, date, and initial entry log on
the inside of the magazine posted on the wall. Keys
will remain on the person until the close of the day. At

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
21.8

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
the end of the day the armorer or NCOIC will return
the keys to the Battalion S-2 Office and verify posting
is completed to the key control log.
i. Armorers will conduct a barrel count of weapons
upon opening the weapons and ammunition storage
facility. The assigned armorer of a unit will not count
their own weapons. Monthly sensitive items inventory
will be by serial number and conducted by an E-6 or
above from respective units. Armorers are to inspect
10% of assigned weapons monthly to insure proper
weapons maintenance is being performed. Any
deficiencies or maintenance related problems are to be
reported to the respective unit maintenance officers for
resolution. Additional assistance can be obtained from
the JDOG S-4.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
21.9

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
21.10

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 22
Key Control
22-1. Overview
This program will establish guidelines, procedures,
policies, and measures to ensure efficient
implementation of all policies set forth in this plan.
22-2. Key Custodian
a. A Key Custodian will be appointed to maintain
accountability for operational keys used in the
operation of Camp Delta. The Key Custodian will also
ensure that alternate key custodians are designated to
issue, receive, and account for keys and they clearly
understand key control procedures. The key custodian
will adhere to the following:
(1) Overall supervision of the key control
program
(2) Inventories,
inspections/regulation
of
keys/locks
(3) Custody of master/control keys, if applicable
(4) Conduct investigation of lost keys to include
pecuniary liability
(5) Records maintenance
b. The Key Custodian/Alternate will maintain a
record of keys by serial number shown on DA Form
5513-R establishing the following:
(1) Location of lock/key
(2) Total number of keys on hand/issued
(3) Certificate and/or DA Form 2062/3161 to
whom issued
(4) Prepare/maintain key control registers IAW
ARs referenced in paragraph 1 and retain file for one
(1) year.
(5) Inventory all keys and paperwork semiannually, or as often as needed IAW AR 190-13.
(6) Retain keys in a locked 20 or 26-gauge key
control container when not in use.
(7) Ensure that all keys are turned in before and
after each shift, e.g., (Days, Swings, and Midnights that
apply).
(8) Maintain a key control register/equipment
sign out roster for personnel provided with keys.
22-3. Key Control Register
Keys are signed out to authorized personnel as needed
on a key control register. DA Form 5513-R (Key issue
and Turn-in) section is utilized for this purpose. The
key control register/equipment sign out roster contains
the following: identification of the key, date, hour
issued, signature of recipient, and initials of the
individual receiving the returned key. Keys are
identified by serial number. A key tag with a number
stamped on it will accompany each key and correspond
on the key control register. If a key is signed out, it
must have the following: the key tag number, date of

issue, printed name and signature of individual who
issued the key, the printed name and signature of the
person issued the key, date and time the key was
returned, and the printed name and signature of the
person who received the key back on the DA Form
5513-R-Key Control Register and Inventory.
22-4. Key Access Roster
A roster of all personnel authorized access to any key
located in Camps Delta will be maintained at all times.
The key access roster is made out by rank, name, duty
position, and who has access to each. A copy of the
key access roster is maintained with the key control
register.
22-5. Key And Lock Accountability
There will be separate 20-26 gauge boxes labeled
appropriately for each type of key used. Sally port
keys (1), handcuff keys (2), office keys (3), block keys
(4), and so forth as applicable. Each box will be
marked conspicuously with an inventory sheet located
on the inside dated for each semi-annually inventory.
Each key will begin with the number one and end in
sequence. Any individual who signs for a key(s) must
be in the possession of that key(s) at all times unless
authorized by the PL, SOG, or Block NCO. Keys to
locks in use (i.e., detainee cells, shackles, sally ports),
will be spot checked to determine if the individual is
signed for that particular key. When a key to a padlock
is found broken, the key to the broken padlock is either
replaced with any additional keys or the entire padlock
is replaced. When a key to a padlock is found to be
missing, the padlock will be replaced immediately and
reported through the proper channels. At no time will a
shift leave without 100 percent accountability.
22-6. Key Issue Procedures
a. Shift PL /SOG.
(1) During shift change the off going shift PL, in
Camps 1-4, will sign over the key box key on DA
Form 5513-R and the Equipment Sign Out sheet. DA
Form 5513-R is maintained in a binder located in the
Key Control book at each camp.
(2) When DA Form 5513-R/Equipment Sign Out
sheet is filled out completely, a new form is started and
the old form is placed in the Key Control Book under
the appropriate tab. DA Form 5513-R must be
maintained for one year.
(3) When DA Form 5513-R is turned in from
Block NCOs, Sally Port Operators, and Roving Sally
Port Operators, the form is placed in the Key Control
Book under the appropriate tab.
b. Block NCO.
(1) During shift change, the off going shift Block
NCO will sign over the block keys to the oncoming

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
22.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Block NCO on DA Form 5513-R maintained in the
binder located on that particular block.
(2) When DA Form 5513-R is filled out
completely, the NCOIC for that block will submit it to
the PL or SOG who will submit the completed forms to
the DOC for filing.
(3) The Block NCO will have positive control of
the block keys at all times. At no time will the Block
NCO go beyond the steps leading out to the shower
and recreation while detainees are in these areas. If the
Block NCO is needed in the aforementioned areas, the
most senior block personnel will take control of the
keys until the Block NCO completes his/her assigned
task.
(4) The Block NCO will maintain physical
control of the block(s) keys at all times. At no time
will the block door be pushed open with the key
located in it and unsecured.
c. Senior Block Guard.
(1) The most Senior Block Guard will take
possession of any block or sally port keys while the
Block NCO is not present.
(2) The Senior Block Guard will maintain
physical custody of the shower and recreations keys. If
not present, the keys will be given to a Block Guard
other than the Block NCO.
(3) When unlocking a cell or sally port the Block
NCO and/or Senior Block Guard will maintain physical
control of the keys. At no time will the door be pushed
open with the key in it and unsecured.
d. Sally Port Operators.
(1) During shift change the off going sally port
operator will sign over the sally port keys to the oncoming sally port operator on DA Form 5513-R
maintained in a binder/clipboard located at that sally
port.
(2) When DA Form 5513-R is filled out
completely, the forms will be turned over to the PL or
SOG who will submit the completed forms to the
respective DOC for filing.
(3) The sally port operator will maintain physical
custody of sally port keys at all times unless relieved
by the proper authority or another Block Guard.
(4) When unlocking the sally port gate, the sally
port operator will maintain physical control of the keys
and at no time will the door be pushed open with the
key still in it and unsecured.
e. Roving Sally Port Operators.
(1) During shift change the off going Roving
Sally Port Operator will sign over the sally port keys to
the oncoming Roving Sally Port Operator on DA Form
5513-R maintained in a binder/clipboard in their
respective camp.
(2) When DA Form 5513-R is filled out
completely, the Roving Sally Port Operator for that
camp will submit it to the respective DOC for filing.

(3) The Roving Sally Port Operator will maintain
physical control of the sally port keys at all times
unless relieved by the proper authority or another
Block Guard.
(4) When unlocking the roving sally port gate,
the Roving Sally Port Operator will maintain physical
control of the keys and at no time will the door be
pushed open with the key still in it and unsecured.
22-7. Emergency Procedures
a. Upon loss of control of a detainee, (i.e., detainee
is out of cell and unrestrained) the Block NCO will
immediately transfer custody of all keys to the Roving
Sally Port Operator through the block sally port.
b. If a key is misplaced or lost, the following
procedures will be followed:
(1) The Block NCO will immediately notify the
PL and/or SOG of the situation.
(2) The block will immediately implement a
100% lock down and will continue until the CO or
JDOG S-3 state otherwise.
(3) The IRF team will be notified and be ready in
the event of compromise.
(4) An immediate search of the block area will
begin; this search will include but is not limited to, any
one area within Camp Delta.
(5) All blocks are searched or are subject to
search. The search will be conducted and supervised
by the PL and/or SOG.
(6) If keys are still compromised, a 100% lock
down of Camp Delta will occur and all shower,
recreation, and appointments are cancelled until the
keys are located.
(7) The PL will notify the CO if, after step 237.b.4 above has been completed and the key(s) are still
missing.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
22.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 23
External Security Operations
23-1. Conduct Of Infantry Soldiers
a. Platoons will rotate in the following order:
towers, QRF, patrols/TCPs/OPs, reserve (rearm/refit/
training cycle).
b. Soldiers will stay in the designated uniform while
on duty. All soldiers are required to follow the uniform
policy established by the CSM.
c. The reserve forces will conduct detainee
movement operations. The focus of this force is
training and rearm/refit.
Detainee movement
operations are an O/O mission. The reserve forces will
also be responsible for ID checkers at designated
locations on post.
d. The primary means of communication for the
company is FM. At no time shall a soldier allow
anyone outside the unit to use internal radios. Key
leaders will utilize SABER radios as necessary in their
duties.
e. Soldiers must wear a Kevlar helmet when riding
in a military vehicle off road. Soldiers will wear
goggles while operating as the gunner on the mounted
patrol in the M-1025. Otherwise, follow the JTFGTMO and company policy, regardless of rank,
distance traveling, or time of day or night.
f. PLs and PSGs are responsible for submitting duty
rosters by name and duty position to the 1SG or to the
NCOIC of the company prior to assuming a new
mission and upon subsequent platoon internal rotations.
The duty rosters must be constantly updated and
submitted in order to ensure timely accountability of all
personnel.
g. Soldiers are not permitted to wear personal
knives on their LBV. Soldiers are not permitted to
carry any type of knife into Camp Delta.
h. Soldiers will carry in their left breast pocket a
copy of the ROE/RUF (dated 30 NOV 02) and JTF
GTMO Policy Memorandum #11.
23-2. Task Organization
a. To accomplish our mission the battalion is
organized with:
(1) Three infantry companies.
(2) Two platoons per company.
(3) Four squads per platoon with nine soldiers
each.
(4) Two fire teams per squad with four soldiers
each.
23-3. Infantry FPCON Actions
a. The battalion will use FPCON B as its minimum
operating FPCON level.
b. The companies will use the following measures
for securing the Camp Delta Area of Operations (AO)
at the appropriate FPCON level.

c. FPCON BRAVO.
(1) The platoon with the tower security mission
will man six towers, with one soldier per tower.
(2) The platoon with the dismounted/mounted
patrols, LP/OPs, TCPs, and the blocking position will
establish a mobile reaction force.
(3) The platoon with the QRF mission will
remain at a high alert status capable of responding to a
disturbance within five minutes. The QRF will be
positioned inside Camp Delta. This QRF Element will
have riot gear staged with non-lethal munitions. Its
primary function is to assist the MP IRF Teams inside
Camp Delta. During detainee arrival missions, this
element will be on standby if needed to provide
additional support to the QRF assigned to the detainee
movement operation.
(4) The company in reserve will perform the
detainee movement operations and provide security
details on main post. The soldiers of this company will
conduct individual and collective tasks training IAW
the METL and mission specific tasks. This company
will also provide details around the Radio Range area
as needed. The companies will also re-arm/refit during
this cycle.
d. FPCON C:
(1) Soldiers will man M249 or M240B fighting
positions at the TCPs.
(2) Patrol Platoon will continue to man OP
Richmond and will man two out of four dismount
bunkers with either a M249 or M240B. Additionally,
one out of two defilade vehicle positions with a .50 Cal
MG will be manned along the coastline.
(3) Random vehicle searches will increase IAW
with the special instructions of that SOP and the
published Random Anti-Terrorism Measure (RAM).
e. FPCON D:
(1) Patrol platoon will occupy all vehicle-fighting
positions at the TCPs.
(2) Patrol platoon will man the mounted fighting
positions.
(3) Patrol platoon will continue to man OP
Richmond.
(4) Both Kittery and Windmill Beaches will be
closed.
(5) Vehicle searches will increase IAW the
special instructions contained within the SOP and
published RAM.
(6) The reserve forces or other designees will be
activated and operate all four bunkers along the
coastline.
(7) The patrol platoon will increase the frequency
of roving patrols per the published patrol order.
23-4. Tower Operations
a. The assigned Infantry unit will occupy security
towers in order to observe the exterior approaches to

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
23.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Camp Delta. In addition, the element serves as a show
of force to deter individuals outside the facility and
detainees within the facility from hurting U.S. Military
or other detainees.
b. The element will man security towers with one
soldier per tower. Soldiers will not spend more than
four consecutive hours in the towers. The SOG will
rotate soldiers from the designated QRF to relieve
tower personnel.
c. The SOG will conduct a guard mount prior to
assuming duty.
During the guard mount, at a
minimum, the SOG will inspect all soldiers to ensure
they are in the proper uniform, have performed
personal hygiene, and have water. In addition, he will
account for all ammunition and assign posts. Once the
SOG has completed the inspection, he will put the
soldiers in a formation and march to the detainment
facility, unless vehicle support is available. Prior to
entering the facility, the SOG will ensure all soldiers
clear their weapon using the clearing barrel and then
insert a magazine. No soldiers will lock a round into
the chamber of the weapon. ROE/RUF, dated 30 Nov
02 applies.
d. Before assuming post, each soldier will do a
quick search of the area immediately surrounding the
tower and report any safety hazards or anything out of
the ordinary to the Tower SOG. The oncoming soldier
will then take a position to observe the tower’s area of
responsibility (AOR) and sign for all tower equipment.
The oncoming soldier will review the sector sketch and
range card pertaining to his AOR. The outgoing soldier
will brief important information such as changes to
guard orders, security concerns, and any changes in
detainee activity. Prior to departing, the outgoing
soldier will pick up any trash in or around the tower
and discard appropriately.
e. Once on post, the soldier must maintain
continuous security and surveillance of the detainment
facility and surrounding area. The soldier in the tower
will:
f. Remain standing and visible as a show of force.
g. Report to the SOG and log any suspicious
personnel, vehicles, aircraft, and activity in the area in
the tower binder.
h. Report to the SOG and log all security concerns
(i.e. holes in fence and open or unlocked gates).
i. Report to the SOG and log any suspicious or
unusual activity concerning detainees or personnel
within the facility.
j. The SOG will determine the alert status for the
soldier in the tower. There are two alert statuses:
(1) Alert status 1: The SOG uses this status
when the threat level is low and there is little or no
detainee movement within Camp Delta. At this level of
alert, soldiers must maintain weapons within arms
reach.

(2) Alert status 2: The SOG uses this status
when the threat level is medium, high, or there is a lot
of activity in or around the facility. Soldiers will carry
weapons at the ready and ensure the weapons are
visible from outside the tower.
k. BDU, patrol cap, LBV, ICOM radio, protective
mask (carried), assigned weapon, night vision devices
(NVDs), Camelback, ID card and dog tags, JTF GTMO
ID Card, and the ROE/RUF card (dated 30 Nov 02) in
the left breast pocket. Soldiers will have their Kevlar
and body armor in the tower at the ready. At increased
FPCON levels, soldiers don the Kevlar and body
armor.
l. Soldiers will maintain the following equipment in
each tower: a Camp Delta map, binoculars, sector
sketches, range cards, and the SOP binder. The soldier
in the tower is responsible for these items; before
relieving a soldier, every soldier must report to the
SOG and log all damaged or missing items.
m. All towers have assigned numbers. Soldiers will
conduct hourly radio checks, on the hour, and report to
the SOG in sequence. All soldiers in the tower will
give status reports at irregular intervals not exceeding
60 minutes. Soldiers will adhere to the debriefing
format. Soldiers will focus their watch based on the
debrief format.
23-5. Debrief Format
a. All information should include as many specifics
as possible to include the detainees ISN.
b. Any potential threat to U.S. Military Forces or
detainees. Include any suspicious activity to include
detainee self harm.
c. Verbal communication between external security
U.S. Military Forces or between two or more detainees
to include: Length of conversations, frequency of
conversations, subjects discussed (if known), and any
additional comments.
d. Any unusual behavior of detainees or attempts to
damage the detainee facility or miscellaneous
equipment.
e. Any unusual interaction between U.S. Military
Forces and detainees. Examples include: routine
conversations with same detainee, prolonged
conversations outside interrogation areas, etc.
f. Any unusual behavior of civilian contract
workers. Examples include: attempting to map the
area, attempting to communicate with detainees,
attempting to hide contraband, etc.
23-6. External Positions
a. The mission consists of one rifle platoon.
b. There is one LP/OP (Richmond), two TCPs
(Lexington and Harrisonburg), and one blocking
position (Staunton).

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
23.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
c. The patrol platoon mans OP Richmond during all
FPCON levels (This OP is further discussed under the
mounted security section). The platoon with this
mission will man one HMMWV w/ 50 Cal MG during
FPCON C. During all FPCON levels, this Platoon
mans the two TCPs, the Blocking Position, conducts
Dismounted/Mounted Patrols, and conducts any
published/scheduled RAM.
d. Traffic Control Point “TCP” (Lexington): Three
soldiers will man TCP Lexington (24) hours a day.
During RAM measures and elevated FPCONS,
manning of Lexington will be increased to reduce the
impact of additional searches on the traffic pattern.
This TCP will validate that all personnel who attempt
to enter the Camp Delta AO are authorized to enter.
The TCP will use the published JTF policy letter on
badges to determine who has access. In addition, the
soldiers at this TCP will ensure they control traffic
flow through the TCP and follow all of the special
instructions.
e. Traffic Control Point “TCP” (Harrisonburg):
Two soldiers will man this TCP 24 hours a day.
Soldiers will not allow anyone to pass who does not
have the JTF-GTMO ID. All others, to include civilian
contractors, must come through TCP Lexington.
Windmill Beach is closed from 1930 to 0600 hours.
No vehicles are allowed through Harrisonburg during
these hours except for internal patrols or vehicles with
prior coordination and authorized by the TOC.
Soldiers are not allowed to pass through this TCP
during this time frame unless they are conducting PT.
All soldiers will display the JTF-GTMO ID badge
upon re-entry.
f. Blocking position “BP” (Staunton):
Two
soldiers will man this position 24 hours per day. This
position will allow no one, regardless of unit, to enter
through this point. Soldiers are allowed to exit through
this point to conduct PT but they must enter the area
through one of the two TCPs. There are no exceptions
to this policy of re-entry.
g. Uniform and Equipment: Soldiers at the two
TCPs and the one BP will wear the following uniform
and possess all the equipment listed below:
(1) Uniform: BDU, patrol cap, LBV, ICOM
radio, protective mask (carried), assigned weapon, one
road vest per soldier, Camelback, ID card and dog tags,
JTF-GTMO ID card, and ROE/RUF card (dated 30
Nov 02) in the left breast pocket. At FPCON C and D,
the uniform will include Kevlar helmet and all
pertinent body armor.
(2) Common Equipment: One PRC-119 radio, a
Logbook, and one 5-gallon water cooler. The TCP will
also have two mirrors to inspect the undercarriage of
vehicles.
h. Dismounted Patrols: These patrols will move
IAW the patrol order published by the BN TOC. The

TOC will identify Sectors and named areas of interest
(NAI), which will be the focus of the Patrols. The
FRAGO will be published 48 hours in advance. COs
will back-brief the Battalion Commander the day of the
mission cycle changes.
(1) Uniform: BDU, patrol cap, LBV, kneepads,
ICOM radio, protective mask (carried), assigned
weapon, Camelback, ID card and dog tags,
JTF_GTMO ID Card, and ROE / RUF card (dated 30
Nov 02) in left breast pocket. At FPCON C and D, the
uniform will include Kevlar helmet and body armor.
The Squad Leader will carry a SABER radio.
(2) Information to report: The squad will report
any unusual activity, which may include unauthorized
personnel and vehicles in the obscure areas of the
routes, any unusual activity in the Contactors Labor
Camp, personnel taking photographs within the AOR,
unexploded ordinance, and unidentified boats and
aircraft. EOD personnel will handle unexploded
ordnance. Patrols will mark, provide a grid, and notify
the BN TOC.
i. Additional instructions: The following additional
instructions pertain to the platoon that has this mission.
(1) Either the PL or the PSG will maintain
command and control (C2) of their patrols at all times.
(2) The platoon will provide one soldier to guard
the mobile arms room.
23-7. Special Instructions
a. Instructions for Inspecting Vehicles:
These
Instructions pertain to all vehicles entering the Camp
Delta Facility. Each FPCON has specific criteria that
will be followed:
(1) FPCON BRAVO: Soldiers will allow all
military and government vehicles to pass through the
TCPs once all occupants of a vehicle have shown a
valid JTF-GTMO ID card. The soldiers at the TCP
will stop one out of ten civilian contractor vehicles, and
conduct an inspection in accordance with paragraph
23-6(d). (Note: JTF-GTMO Civilian Model Vehicles
are considered Government Vehicles.)
(2) FPCON CHARLIE: Soldiers will allow all
tactical vehicles to pass through the TCP once all of the
occupants of a vehicle have shown a valid ID card.
Soldiers will stop five out of ten non-tactical
government and civilian contractor vehicles, and
conduct an inspection in accordance with 23-6(d).
(3) FPCON DELTA: Soldiers will inspect five
out of ten tactical vehicles and non-tactical government
vehicles. Soldiers will inspect all civilian contractor
vehicles. Soldiers will conduct the inspection in
accordance with 23-6(d).
b. When inspecting, the soldiers will search the
passenger and cargo area of the vehicle, the engine
compartment, and the undercarriage of the vehicle.
Soldiers will look for weapons (guns, knives, etc) and

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
23.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
suspicious packages that may contain a threat. Soldiers
will not damage the vehicle or contents in any manner
during the search.
c. In the event that weapons or a suspicious package
are found, immediately separate the vehicle occupants,
and move soldiers away from the vehicle. Do not
allow anyone to remove or go into the vehicle.
Immediately call the CP, and have the CP notify the
JOC. Keep the car secure and personnel detained until
appropriate authorities arrive on site.
d. Civilian Contractor Bus: Due to the amount of
personnel on a civilian contractor bus, when a civilian
contractor bus comes to the TCP, the soldiers at the
TCP will have the bus pull over to the shoulder of the
road and dismount all personnel. One soldier will have
the civilian workers line up and another soldier will
enter the bus and do a thorough search of the bus.
When the bus is clear, one soldier will pull security
while another soldier match the workers’ identification
numbers to the roster in the TCP binder. As the soldier
verifies a worker’s identification, the soldier will allow
that person to reenter the bus. The soldier who is not
involved with the civilian worker bus will continue to
check other vehicles as necessary.
e. Detainee Movement Operation:
Before the
convoy moves from the battalion area, ensure that the
right lane exiting the compound is clear from any
obstacles (i.e. Jersey Barriers and Concertina Wire);
this will allow smooth passage of the convoy as they
pass the TCP. Once the convoy is en-route back to the
TCP and reaches checkpoint five, stop all traffic
entering or exiting the TCP. To execute this, one
soldier will move 100 meters toward the compound
while another soldier will move 100 meters in the
opposite direction.
Each soldier will direct the
oncoming vehicles to move onto the shoulder on the
west side of the road. The soldiers will direct the
driver to turn his vehicle off, all occupants to exit the
vehicle, and step to the opposite side of the car than the
road. Once the convoy has passed and it has been
announced over the radio that the buses have entered
the Camp Delta, traffic may continue to move
normally. Soldiers will then replace all barriers and
obstacles in their original positions and request that the
barriers are filled with water thru the S-4.
f. Tanker/Fuel Trucks: When a tanker/fuel truck
comes to the TCP, the soldiers at the TCP will have the
truck pull over to the shoulder of the road and
dismount all personnel. One soldier will monitor the
driver and any passenger. A soldier will search the
interior of the truck. When the truck’s interior is clear,
one soldier will pull security while another soldier
verifies the identity of the driver and any passenger
using JTF-GTMO badges or workers’ identification
numbers. After the soldier has verified the driver’s
information, the soldier will determine what type of

material is being carried in the truck. The soldier will
then conduct an exterior search of the vehicle and
undercarriage. The soldier will first perform a cursory
search of the exterior of the vehicle to attempt to
identify any hazards or obvious signs of danger.
Special attention should be given to possible explosive
devices, obvious leakage coming from the vehicle, or
anything else that is unusual. The soldier will then have
the driver open the front hood of the vehicle so that the
engine compartment can be searched. After the engine
compartment is cleared, the soldier will have the driver
open any other compartment that is on the truck. After
the vehicle is determined to be safe, the driver and
passengers will be allowed to reenter the truck and
continue through the TCP. In the event that weapons
or a suspicious package are found, immediately
separate the vehicle occupants, and move soldiers away
from the vehicle. Do not allow anyone to remove or go
into the vehicle. Immediately call the CP, and have the
CP notify the JOC. Keep the truck secure and
personnel detained until appropriate authorities arrive
on site. In the event that a HAZMAT (Hazardous
Material) leak is detected on the truck during the
search, immediately contain the area by closing the
TCP. If the driver can safely stop the leak, then allow
them to do so if there is no other threat. If the driver
cannot stop the leak, secure the personnel and move to
a safe position. Immediately call the CP, and have the
CP notify the JOC. Keep the truck secure and
personnel detained until appropriate authorities arrive
on site.
23-8. Mounted Patrols
a. The Mounted Patrols will consist of two
HMMWVs with .50-caliber MGs and LRAS. The
primary means of communication is FM and the
alternate is SABER. The patrols call signs are their
designated Platoon call signs. The patrols will move
along the designated routes and report the status of
each check point to the CP. When the patrols are
complete, the crews will report all clear to the CP. The
crews will patrol the AO once every three hours IAW
with the schedules below.
(1) Patrol schedule 1: Per the published patrol
order. The BN TOC will provide a FRAGO 48 hours in
advance of mission assumption. The COs will backbrief the Battalion Commander the day of the mission
cycle change.
b. Weapons Control Status:
(1) .50 caliber machine guns: Each .50 Cal MG
will have 100 rounds. The gunner will NOT insert the
ammunition belt. The ammunition belt will remain in
the container at all times unless instructed otherwise.
(2) M16A2: Each M16A2 will have two 30round magazines. The soldier will insert the magazine
into the weapon, and ensure NO round is chambered.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
23.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
c. Soldiers will wear the following uniform: BDU,
Kevlar helmet, LBV, protective mask (carried),
assigned weapon, NVDs, Camelback, ID card and dog
tags, JTF-GTMO ID card, and ROE/RUF Card (dated
30 Nov 02) in their left breast pocket. Soldiers will
have their body armor in the HMMWV with them,
except for the gunner who will wear his as a Force
Protection Measure. During black flag conditions, the
gunner may remove his blouse. At FPCON C and D,
all soldiers will wear body armor.
23-9. Listening Posts (LP)/Observation Posts (OP)
a. Each LP/OP will consist of two personnel. The
primary means of communication is FM per the BN
SOI. The alternate means of communication is
SABER radio. The LP/OP will report and record any
suspicious activity or unauthorized personnel,
boats/ships, or vehicles in the JOA.
b. Weapons Control Status:
(1) .50 caliber machine gun: Each LP/OP will
have 400 rounds. The gunner will NOT insert the
ammunition belt. The ammunition belt will remain in
the container at all times unless instructed otherwise.
(2) M16A2: Each M16A2 will have two 30round magazines. The soldier will insert the magazine
into the weapon, and ensure NO round is chambered.
c. Soldiers will wear the following uniform: BDU,
Kevlar helmet, LBV, protective mask (carried),
assigned weapon, NVDs, Camelback, ID card and dog
tags, JTF-GTMO ID card, and ROE/RUF card (dated
30 Nov 02) in their left breast pocket. Soldiers will
have their body armor in the HMMWV with the
exception of the gunner who will wear his as a force
protection measure. At increased FPCON levels, all
soldiers will wear body armor.
d. Named areas of interest (NAI): See published
patrol orders.
e. The LP/OP will report all contact in the SALUTE
format to the TOC.
23-10. Ammunition Handling
a. The Company Executive Officer (XO) is overall
responsible for the accountability of all ammunition.
b. Each platoon and squad is responsible for the
accountability and security of their assigned
ammunition. Through direct supervision, the Squad
Leader (SL) will ensure soldiers follow the proper
loading and unloading procedures upon start and
completion of each mission. The following will be
completed after each mission:
c. The SL will conduct a round count.
d. The SL will contact the PL or PSG to inform him
that the count is accurate. If the count is not accurate,
the soldier missing ammunition will write a statement
containing the following information:

(1) Date, time, and name of soldier who lost the
ammunition.
(2) Explanation of the activity of the soldier
missing the rounds—(“I don’t know” is not an
acceptable answer).
(3) The procedures taken to retrieve the lost
ammunition.
(4) The signature of the soldier and the SL.
(5) Before releasing his soldiers, the SL will
inform the PL or PSG that he has secured his ammo
and all rounds are present and accounted for. If any
rounds are missing, the PL or PSG will immediately
notify the XO or First Sergeant (1SG). Notify the TOC
immediately. An investigation will follow.
(6) Taped over magazines or coloring the last
round in a magazine is not a sufficient means for
conducting an accurate round count. This method may
be used for periodic leader checks, but a by-round
count must be completed after each mission cycle.
(7) When entering the cantonment area clear
weapons at the ammunition transfer point (ATP), rod
the weapon, and put weapon on safe.
23-11. Lexington TCP
a. Three soldiers (one NCO) will man TCP
Lexington at all times. This TCP will validate that all
personnel who attempt to enter the Camp Delta AO are
authorized to enter. The soldiers are responsible for
thoroughly inspecting badges, to include the front and
back of the badge. If an individual attempts to show a
badge thru the window the soldier should ask the
individual to roll the window down and visually and
physically inspect the badge for authorization. The
TCP will use the JTF-GTMO policy letter on badges to
determine who has access. Soldiers shall carry
flashlights at night to inspect the interior of vehicles.
b. All soldiers operating the TCP and controlling
the flow of traffic must wear a road guard vest and will
carry their assigned weapon. The only exception is for
the soldier in the soldier guard house monitoring the
radio. The weapon will be at the ready at all times and
within arms length.
c. The interior/exterior area of the soldier guard
house will be kept clean and organized at all times.
Trash will be discarded properly at each shift change.
d. All soldiers checking badges to enter the area will
also visually look inside all vehicles, to include the bed
of trucks, opening the back and/ or side doors of vans.
e. Marine Corps Vehicles: Do not have to produce
a JTF-GTMO badge to pass thru the TCP. The
Marines are only authorized to pass through the
checkpoint with prior coordination. Coordination will
be a call to the TOC, over the react net, stating the
approximate time the vehicle will arrive at the TCP, the
first phonetic alphabet letter of the day of the week and
the numeric date of the arrival. Example: 15 minutes,

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
23.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Foxtrot 10 equates to 15 minutes on Friday the 10th.
Their vehicle will also be identified with a red placard
on the front bumper with the acronym MCSFC in white
lettering. If a vehicle reaches the TCP without prior
coordination, they will be detained at the TCP until
they communicate the above requirement over the net
to the TOC.
f. All JTF-GTMO soldiers with lost badges may
enter through the TCP with an E-8 or above to vouch
for their identity.
g. Contractors are allowed to bring alcohol through
the TCP as long as there are no open containers. If an
open container is observed, detain the vehicle, its
occupants, and report it immediately to the TOC.
h. All soldiers must be on alert for any suspicious
activity in the area, to include individuals attempting to
bypass the TCP on foot.
i. The generator lights will be turned on prior to
sunset or dusk. It is important that the generator light
be tested during daylight hours to ensure it is in proper
working condition. If there is a problem with the
generator, notify the TOC immediately.
j. Record all activity in the logbook. If possible,
record the names and SSN of all individuals who
harass TCP soldiers. Record all names of individuals
who attempt to pass thru the TCP without the proper
badge or authorization.
k. When crew-served weapons are employed at the
checkpoint, they must have sector sketches. Personnel
will rehearse actions for the employment of the crewserved weapon systems. All personnel will know their
weapon system sectors of fire.
l. If any questions arise, soldiers will contact the
TOC immediately.
m. Special Instructions:
(1) Instructions for Inspecting Vehicles: This
pertains to all vehicles entering the facility. There are
different procedures for FPCON B, C, and D. The
procedures are outlined below:
(a) FPCON BRAVO: Soldiers will allow all
military and government vehicles to pass through the
TCP once all occupants of a vehicle have shown a
valid ID Card. The soldiers at the TCP will stop one
out of ten civilian contractor vehicles, and conduct a
thorough inspection of the inside and outside of the
vehicle. (Note: JTF-GTMO civilian model vehicles
are government vehicles.) All soldiers will maintain
proper military bearing and remain professional at all
times.
(b) FPCON CHARLIE: Soldiers will allow all
tactical vehicles to pass through the TCP once all
occupants of a vehicle have shown a valid ID card.
Soldiers will stop five out of ten non-tactical
government and civilian contractor vehicles, and
conduct a thorough inspection.

(c) FPCON DELTA: Soldiers will inspect five
out of ten tactical vehicles and non-tactical government
vehicles. Soldiers will inspect all civilian contractor
vehicles. Soldiers will conduct a thorough inspection.
(2) When inspecting, the soldiers will search the
passenger and cargo area of the vehicle, the engine
compartment, and the undercarriage of the vehicle.
Soldiers will look for weapons (guns, knives, etc) and
suspicious packages that may contain a threat. Soldiers
will not damage the vehicle or contents in any manner
during the search.
(3) In the event that weapons or a suspicious
package are found, immediately separate the vehicle
occupants, and move soldiers away from the vehicle.
Do not allow anyone to remove or go into the vehicle.
Immediately call the CP, and have the CP notify the
JOC. Keep the vehicle secure and personnel detained
until appropriate authorities arrive on site. If a
suspected explosive device is discovered, immediately
clear the area. All vehicle passengers must be detained
and moved at a minimum of 200 meters from the
vehicle. All TCP soldiers will also clear at a minimum
of 200 meters from the vehicle. A soldier should be
posted 200 meters out from each side of the TCP to
stop all traffic from moving towards the TCP. All
vehicles must have their engines turned off. No cell
phones or radios will be used. A TCP soldier will
notify the TOC immediately after the area is cleared.
(4) Civilian Contractor Bus: Due to the amount
of personnel on the bus, when a bus comes to the TCP,
the soldiers at the TCP will have the bus pull over to
the shoulder of the road and all personnel will
dismount. One soldier will have the contract workers
line up and another soldier will enter the bus and do a
thorough search of the bus. When the bus is clear, one
soldier will pull security while another soldier matches
the workers’ ID numbers to the roster in the TCP
binder. As the soldier verifies a contract worker’s ID,
the soldier will allow that person to reenter the bus.
The two soldiers who are not involved with the
contract worker bus will continue to check other
vehicles as necessary and allow them to pass.
(5) Detainee Movement Operations: Before the
convoy moves from the area, ensure that the right lane
exiting the compound is clear of any obstacles (i.e.
barrels and concertina wire); this will allow smooth
passage of the convoy as they pass the TCP. Once the
convoy is en-route back and reaches checkpoint five,
stop all traffic entering or exiting the TCP. To execute
this, one soldier will move 100 meters toward the
compound while another soldier will move 100 meters
in the opposite direction. Each soldier will direct the
oncoming vehicles to move onto the shoulder on the
West side of the road. The soldiers will direct the
driver to turn his vehicle off, all occupants to exit the
vehicle, and step to the opposite side of the car than the

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
23.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
road. Once the convoy has passed and it has been
announced over the radio that the buses have entered
the Camp Delta, traffic may continue to move
normally. Soldiers will then replace all barriers and
obstacles in their original positions. Notify the TOC to
coordinate refilling the barriers with water.
(6) Military Bus: When a military bus enters the
TCP one soldier will enter the bus without his weapon.
The soldier must physically inspect all badges and
ensure the photo on the badge matches the individual
soldier possessing the badge. One soldier will maintain
constant observation from outside the bus. If the bus
exceeds the seating capacity, the NCOIC of the TCP
must make the determination for all occupants of the
bus to dismount in order for the soldier to inspect JTFGTMO Badges.
n. Uniform and Common Equipment: Soldiers at
the position above will wear the following uniform and
have the common equipment listed below.
(1) Uniform: BDU, patrol cap, LBV, ICOM radio
(if applicable), protective mask, assigned weapon, road
guard vest, Camelback, ID card and dog tags, JTF
GTMO ID card, and ROE/RUF card (dated 30 Nov 02)
in their left breast pocket. At FPCON C and D, the
uniform will include Kevlar helmet and body armor.
(2) Common equipment: One PRC-119 radio, a
logbook, and a 5-gallon water cooler. The TCP will
also have mirrors to inspect the undercarriage of
vehicles.
23-12. Harrisonburg TCP
a. Two soldiers will man this TCP twenty-four
hours a day. This TCP will not allow anyone to pass
who does not have the JTF-GTMO badge. All others,
to include contractors, must come through TCP
Lexington. Windmill Beach is closed from 1900 to
0500. The TCP closes to traffic at 1930. Beginning at
2100 and ending at 0500, it’s acceptable to have
entrance traffic only for Physical Training (PT) and
will be allowed to pass through the TCP. This TCP
will validate that all personnel who attempt to enter the
Camp Delta AO are authorized to enter. The soldiers
are responsible for thoroughly inspecting badges, to
include the front and back of the badge and ensuring
the picture on the badge matches the soldier. If ever in
doubt, ask for a second form of ID or call the TOC. If
an individual attempts to show a badge thru the
window of a vehicle the soldier should ask the
individual to roll the window down and visually and
physically inspect the badge for authorization. The
TCP will use the JTF-GTMO policy letter on badges to
determine who has access.
b. Soldiers will keep the interior/exterior area of the
guard house clean at all times. All trash will be
discarded appropriately before each shift change.

c. All soldiers checking badges to enter the area will
also visually look inside all vehicles prior to allowing a
vehicle to pass, to include the bed of trucks, opening
the back and/or side doors of vans.
d. JTF soldiers with lost badges may enter through
the TCP with an E-8 or above to vouch for their
identity.
e. Contractors are not allowed through this TCP at
any time.
f. All soldiers must be on alert for any suspicious
activity in the area, to include individuals attempting to
bypass the TCP on foot.
g. The generator light must be turned on prior to
sunset or dusk. It is important that the generator light
be tested during daylight hours to ensure it is in proper
working condition. If there is a problem, notify the
TOC immediately.
h. Record all activity in the logbook. If possible,
record the names and SSN of all individuals who
harass TCP soldiers. Record all names of individuals
who attempt to pass thru or bypass the TCP without the
proper badge or authorization.
i. When crew-served weapons are employed at the
checkpoint, they must have sector sketches. Personnel
will rehearse actions for the employment of the crewserved weapon systems. All personnel will know their
weapon system sector of fire.
j. If ever in doubt, contact the TOC immediately.
k. Special Instructions:
(1) Instructions for Inspecting Vehicles: This
pertains to all vehicles entering the facility. There are
different procedures for FPCON B, C, and D.
(a) FPCON BRAVO: Guards will allow all
military and government vehicles to pass through the
TCP once all occupants of a vehicle have shown a
valid ID card. The soldiers at the TCP will stop one
out of ten civilian contractor vehicles, and conduct a
thorough inspection of the inside and outside of the
vehicle. (Note: JTF-GTMO civilian model vehicles are
government vehicles.) All soldiers will maintain
proper military bearing and remain professional at all
times.
(b) FPCON CHARLIE: Soldiers will allow all
tactical vehicles to pass through the TCP once all
occupants of a vehicle have shown a valid ID card.
Soldiers will stop five out of ten non-tactical
government and civilian contractor vehicles, and
conduct a thorough inspection.
(c) FPCON DELTA: Soldiers will inspect five
out of ten tactical vehicles and non-tactical government
vehicles. Soldiers will inspect all civilian contractor
vehicles. Soldiers will conduct a thorough inspection.
(2) When inspecting, the soldiers will search the
passenger and cargo area of the vehicle, the engine
compartment, and the undercarriage of the vehicle.
Soldiers will look for weapons (guns, knives, etc) and

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
23.7

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
suspicious packages that may contain a threat. Soldiers
will not damage the vehicle or contents in any manner
during the search.
(3) In the event that weapons or a suspicious
package are observed, immediately detain the
individual(s), move to a safe distance approximately
200 to 300 hundred meters away, and block both sides
of the road. Immediately call the CP, and have the CP
notify the JOC. Keep the personnel detained until
appropriate authorities arrive on site. If a suspected
explosive device is discovered, immediately clear the
area. All vehicles and personnel must be detained and
moved a minimum of 200 meters from the vehicle. A
soldier will be posted 200 meters out from each side of
the TCP to stop all traffic from moving towards the
TCP. All vehicles must have their engines turned off.
No cell phone or radio use. A TCP soldier will notify
the TOC immediately after the area is cleared.
l. Uniform and Common Equipment: Soldiers at
this position will wear the following uniform and have
the common equipment listed below.
(1) Uniform: BDU, patrol cap, LBV, ICOM
radio (if applicable), protective mask (carried),
assigned weapon, road guard vest, Camelback, ID card
and dog tags, JTF-GTMO ID card, and ROE/RUF card
(dated 30 Nov 02) in their left breast pocket. When the
FPCON level changes to C and D, the uniform will
include Kevlar helmet and body armor. Each soldier
will have a flashlight.
(2) Common Equipment: One PRC-119 radio, a
logbook, and a 5-gallon water cooler. The TCP will
also have mirrors to inspect the undercarriage of
vehicles.

FPCON level changes to C and D, the uniform will
include Kevlar helmet and body armor. Each soldier
will have a flashlight.
(2) Common Equipment: One PRC-119 radio, a
logbook, and a 5-gallon water cooler.
c. The BP will survey Camp Bulkeley and report
any suspicious activity observed in the empty billeting
near Camp Bulkeley and the hardball road, which leads
to Windmill Beach.
d. Soldiers must maintain communication with the
company CP. If ever in doubt about any issue or
occurrence immediately contact the company CP.
e. Soldiers are responsible for signing the hand
receipt for the equipment located at the BP and
maintaining 100% accountability at all times. No
exceptions. It is also the responsibility of the soldiers
to ensure the equipment is signed for by the next shift
reporting to the BP.
f. When crew-served weapons are employed at the
BP, they must have sector sketches. Personnel will
rehearse actions for the employment of the crewserved weapon systems. All personnel will know their
weapon systems sector of fire.

23-13. Staunton Blocking Position (BP)
a. Two soldiers man this position. The position will
allow no one, regardless of unit, to pass through this
point in a vehicle. There shall be no traffic allowed
thru this TCP, dismounted or otherwise from 0500 to
2100. The only exception (per J2) is that military unit
members perform Physical Training (PT) thru the TCP
beginning at 2100. The blocking position is an exit
only for PT participants; that means they cannot reenter thru the BP. Advise PT participants that they
must pass thru the Windmill Beach Road or Kittery
Beach Road TCPs to re-enter the area. The BP is
blocked with an obstacle consisting of rolls of
concertina wire with pickets and barbed wire.
b. Uniform and Common Equipment: Soldiers at
this position will wear the following uniform and have
the common equipment listed below.
(1) Uniform: BDU, patrol cap, LBV, ICOM
radio (if applicable), protective mask (carried),
assigned weapon, road guard vest, Camelback, ID card
and dog tags, JTF-GTMO ID card, and ROE/RUF card
(dated 30 Nov 02) in their left breast pocket. When the
Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
23.8

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 24
Immediate Reaction Force (IRF) Operations
Section I – Preparation
24-1. Team Organization
a. There will be primary and alternate IRF team
designated for each camp.
b. IRF teams consist of five MPs. The following
are the team positions and their responsibilities:
(1) Number One Man. The Number One Man is
also the shield man. His responsibility is to give the
conditions of the cell along with the location and
activity of the detainee is the team. Upon entry, the
number one man is responsible to pin the detainee with
the shield with the minimal amount of force necessary.
The number one man is also responsible for securing
the head.
(2) Number Two Man. The Number Two Man is
responsible for securing the detainee’s right arm with
the minimal amount of force necessary. He will also
have the handcuffs and keys for the cuffs. He is
responsible for proper shackling of the detainee’s wrist.
(3) Number Three Man. The Number Three Man
is responsible for securing the detainee’s left arm with
the minimal amount of force necessary. He will assist
the Number Two Man in shackling of the detainee’s
wrist.
(4) Number Four Man. The Number Four Man is
responsible for securing the detainee’s right leg. He
will also have the leg irons and keys for them. He is
responsible for proper shackling of the detainee’s
ankles.
(5) Number Five Man. The Number Five Man is
also the Team Leader. He is responsible for all actions
of the team. He will give all verbal commands to the
team. He is responsible for securing the detainee’s left
leg. He will assist the Number Four Man in shackling
of the detainee’s ankles. He is responsible for ensuring
all shackles are double locked and that medical
personnel checks the detainee. He is also responsible
to ensure all IRF Team equipment is accounted for at
all times.
c. The PL or SOG for each camp will designate the
IRF Team Leader and IRF team members, for both the
primary and alternate teams. No more than one
primary IRF team member will be assigned to each
block. IRF team members will only be assigned to
blocks. IRF team members must be assigned to a
block.
24-2. IRF Team Equipment
The five-man IRF team will use the following
equipment:
(1) Riot Helmet or Kevlar Helmet with ballistic
visor
(2) Shin protectors
(3) Ballistic vest or Flak Vest

(4) Latex or similar gloves;
(5) Additional leather gloves are optional.
(6) Lexan shield
(7) Handcuffs
(8) Leg Irons
24-3. Additional Equipment
The additional personnel who support the IRF team
will use the following equipment:
(1) Three-piece Suit (Escort Team)
(2) Gurney (Escort Team)
(3) Leather Restraint Kit (Escort Team)
(4) Crash Bag (Medical Team)
(5) Video camera (Admin NCO)
(6) Two Videos Disks (Admin NCO)
(7) OC Spray (PL and/or SOG)
(8) Garden Hose (Block NCO)
24-4. Training
The PL will ensure the IRF Team is properly instructed
to react to all possible emergency response situations.
The IRF NCOIC will ensure all team members are
thoroughly familiar with their duties and
responsibilities.
a. Training for the IRF Team members should occur
during every shift and in each camp, under the
direction and control of the IRF NCOIC and PL. The
training should take place, but is not limited to, when
block activity is slow enough to allow for pulling the
IRF Team members from the block to conduct training.
b. An AAR will be conducted at the end of each
IRF training session or drill.
c. See appendix B for IRF Team Evaluation
Checklist.
d. The same brevity code will be used for both drills
and practices.
e. During the IRF team brief, the team will be told
that it is a drill.
f. A brevity code word will be used to stop the drill
in the event of a safety concern or accidental injury.
g. Upon use of the brevity code, all actions will stop
and the safety concern will be addressed.
h. At no time will the soldier portraying a detainee
be in any uniform other than BDUs.
i. All drills must still have medical presence in the
event of an injury.
j. Any injuries will result in an informal inquiry to
determine what can be done to prevent injuries in the
future.
k. A risk assessment will be completed prior to
training.
l. An IRF Team has eight minutes in Camp I and
ten minutes in Camp II to be ready from the brevity
code to the end of the briefing.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
24.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
24-5. Brevity Code
a. A brevity code will be selected to identify when
the IRF team members must respond.
b. The brevity code may be a word or short phrase
and one that will not be used in daily communications.
c. Each shift will have its own brevity code for each
camp. The alternate IRF teams will have a separate
brevity code.
d. The brevity code will be issued at guard mount.
e. The DOC will notify Camp Delta Medical
Personnel, Escort Control and Interpreters of the IRF
brevity code at the beginning if each shift.
Section II – Operations
24-6. IRF Team Guidelines
a. The IRF Team is intended to be used primarily as
a forced cell extraction team, specializing in the
extraction of a detainee who is combative, resistive, or
if the possibility of a weapon is in the cell at the time of
the extraction. It not intended to be used on every
detainee who is to be moved to maximum security, but
on those who indicate or demonstrate an intention to
resist the move to a maximum-security block or
another location.
b. The physical security of US Forces and detainees
in US care is paramount. Use the minimum force
necessary for mission accomplishment and force
protection. The use of the IRF Team is a level of force
and is used in response to a level of resistance by a
detainee or in response to an emergency. Use of the
IRF Team and levels of force are not to be used as a
method of punishment.
24-7. IRF Team Use
a. When the use of the IRF Team is necessary, the
PL or SOG will contact the blocks by radio or phone
and have the IRF Team members report to the IRF
equipment box in the appropriate camp. In the event
the radio is used for notification, a brevity code will be
used to call the IRF Team members. The Block NCO
will shut the water off for the block to prevent
detainees from throwing water on the IRF team
members.
b. If a disorder or disturbance occurs within the
facility and the IRF Team is ordered to respond, the PL
or the SOG will be the senior authority. The PL and
SOG will have complete freedom of movement during
the disturbance situation. All detainee movement on
the affected block will cease. All detainee, contractor,
and ICRC movement in the affected camp will also
cease. All contractors being escorted in the affected
camp will be secured in an empty block. The only
movements in the affected camp will be by the IRF
Team members, Medical personnel, Interpreters, Escort
Team, Camera Crew, JDOG S-3 staff, and MWD
responding to the IRF. Movement will not resume

until the detainee has agreed to be moved by a normal
escort team or the IRF Team has completed the
extraction to their assigned area and the PL or SOG has
given the order to resume movement.
c. Once an IRF has been called, all members of the
primary and alternate IRF Teams will assemble at the
IRF equipment box and the IRF NCOIC will report to
the PL or SOG. The DOC will contact Escort control
to dispatch an Escort Team to report to the affected
block, with a three-piece suit and a gurney. Medical
will dispatch to the affected block two medical
personnel with two crash bags. The Admin NCO in the
DOC will bring the video camera to the IRF team
location to record the IRF. The PL or SOG will
request an interpreter to come to the affected block.
d. Once all members of the IRF Team have put on
their equipment: ballistic/flak vest, shin guards,
riot/Kevlar helmet with face shield, latex gloves, and
leather gloves, they will move to the sally port outside
the affected block. The PL or SOG will brief the IRF
NCOIC on the situation in the affected block. The
camera operator will ensure he is following the IRF
Camera Operator checklist and each step is completed.
The PL and/or SOG must ensure that the camera
operator captures the imagery and information he is
required to for each step. The recording will start with
the PL or SOG stating the detainee’s ISN(s), block
number(s), reason(s) for the use of the IRF, a brief
description of the events leading up to the IRF, who
authorized the use of the IRF Team, and the current
date and time. The IRF Team will then line up in front
of the cameraman by position, starting with the IRF
Team Leader and the will at a minimum state; their
name, rank, position on the IRF Team, their duties and
responsibilities, and that they will use the minimum
amount of force necessary to complete the mission.
The IRF Team members that have equipment will
show the equipment to the camera to ensure that it is in
working order and not damaged.
e. Prior to the use of the IRF Team, an interpreter
will be used to tell the detainee of the discipline
measures to be taken against him and ask whether he
intends to resist. Regardless of his answer, his recent
behavior and demeanor should be taken into account in
determining the validity of his answer. The detainee
will be moved by the on site escort team if he agrees to
cooperate.
f. If the detainee does not comply, the PL or SOG
will tell the detainee to face the back of the cell, get on
his knees and place his hands on top of his head. The
PL or SOG will restate their orders if the detainee
continues not to comply. The PL or SOG will show
the detainee his can of OC, as a show of force and
restate his orders and tell the detainee that if he does
not comply that he will be sprayed and removed from
the cell by the IRF Team.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
24.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
g. The PL or SOG will administer a one to three
second burst of OC into the face of the detainee if the
detainee still fails to comply. The detainee will be
asked to comply again after a short period of time (15
to 30 seconds) that will allow the OC to work. If he
fails to comply, the PL or SOG may administer another
burst of OC into the face of the detainee. The detainee
will be asked to comply again after a short period of
time (15 to 30 seconds) that will allow the OC to work.
If he fails to comply, the Block NCO will open the cell
door to allow the IRF Team entry into the cell. Upon
entry into the cell the IRF Team will use the minimum
amount of force necessary to subdue the detainee and
order the detainee to stop resisting.
h. Once the detainee is shackled, he will be brought
to the recreation area of the affected block or taken to
the decontamination location and decontaminated. The
medical personnel on site will conduct a medical
evaluation of the detainee to check for any injuries
sustained during the IRF. Once decontamination is
complete and medical personnel clear the detainee, he
will be moved to his new block or placed into his
previous cell. Prior to movement back into the
previous cell, the MPs on that block will decontaminate
that cell of any residual effects of the OC spray by
using the hose.

f. All paperwork related to the IRF must be
completed and turned in prior to end of shift.
g. The SIR, video, checklists, and copies of all
statements will be forwarded to the JDOG S-3 to be
kept as evidence.

Section III – Documentation
24-8. Verbal Reporting
a. Within fifteen minutes of the use of OC, the JOC
will be notified by secured telephone by DOC
personnel that an event is occurring.
b. The CO will call the JOC after the detainee has
been secured and provide all details available.
c. The CO will notify the CJDOG of the incident.
24-9. Written Reporting
a. The CO will initiate a SPOTREP to be sent up
via SIPRNET computer to the JOC Watch Officer
within a half an hour of the completion of the IRF use.
b. The CO will complete an unclassified Serious
Incident Report (SIR) IAW AR 190-40 and submit it to
the JDOG S-3. The SIR will list all personnel and
detainees involved and will be forwarded within two
hours of the completion of the IRF use.
c. The PL and/or SOG will complete a DD Form
2823 Sworn Statement concerning the use of OC. The
PL will also complete a DD 508 to document the
discipline measures taken.
d. All MPs involved in the original incident that
precipitated the use of the IRF will submit a completed
DD Form 2823 on the incident. The PL will review
these sworn statements for completeness.
e. All IRF Team members are required to submit
sworn statements.
Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
24.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
24.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 25
Quick Response Force (QRF) Operations
25-1. Mission
a. Company secures Camp Delta with a QRF
element in order to facilitate Detainment Facility
Operations. This element has the following planning
priorities:
(1) Provides a Show-of-force within the detention
facility to deter all errant behavior from unruly
detainees.
(2) Follow and assume military police IRF duties
to control unruly detainees.
(3) React to unauthorized intrusion into the
compound to protect U.S. forces and detainees.
25-2. Requirements
a. The QRF must be able to react to a disturbance in
the Detention Facility within five minutes.
b. The section will maintain a Command Post (CP)
within the QRF building and must man this CP 24
hours per day.
c. This QRF will maintain radio communication
with the Infantry SOG (ISOG) and the Company CP.
d. Either the PL or the Platoon Sergeant will be
prepared to lead the QRF at all times.
e. The DOC will contact the QRF CP via landline
or runner when the QRF is required.

b. The Platoon Sergeant will also conduct a physical
count of all ammunition daily while assigned to the
QRF.
c. The QRF will have the following ammunition on
hand at all times:
(1) 48 12-gauge area non-lethal rounds.
(2) 48 40-millimeter point non-lethal rounds.
(3) 48 40-millimeter area non-lethal rounds.
(4) 48 M84 stun grenades.
25-5. Uniform
a. BDU, Kevlar, Body Armor, Protective Mask
(carried), Assigned Weapon (if designated),
Camelback, ID Card and Dog Tags, JTF GTMO ID
Card, and the ROE card in left breast pocket (dated 30
Nov 02).
b. In addition, QRF soldiers will don riot control
gear consisting of: face shields attached to the Kevlar,
non-ballistic shin guards, a shield, and a baton.

25-3. Notification Procedures
a. If deemed necessary, the Detention Facility DOC
will notify the QRF CP to react to a threat within the
compound.
b. The soldier who receives this message will
immediately notify the PL or Platoon Sergeant and
then alert the QRF element.
c. The PL or the Platoon Sergeant, whomever is not
leading the reaction squad, will immediately report to
the Company CP that the QRF has been alerted.
d. Once notified to react, the QRF reaction squad
will don the riot control gear and secure assigned
weapons for non-lethal delivery.
e. Once prepared, the QRF squad will stand in
formation and prepare to enter the Detention Facility.
f. The MP IRF representative will provide the QRF
element a SITREP of the disturbance before entering
the compound.
g. Once the disturbance is quelled, the QRF will
relinquish command back to the MP IRF Team and redeploy to the QRF building to conduct a back brief.
25-4. Ammunition Numbers and Accountability
a. The Platoon Sergeant of the QRF will visually
inspect and count for the following ammunition prior
to his element assuming duty as the QRF.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
25.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
25.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 26
Military Working Dogs (MWD)
26-1. Responsibilities
a. The CJDOG is responsible for ensuring MWD
are used to enhance physical security and as a
psychological deterrence.
b. The MWD Section Kennel master is responsible
for the following:
(1) Recommendations for the deployment and
proper use of MWD teams
(2) Assisting in planning and deployment of
MWD teams and planning/conducting proficiency
training
(3) Personnel needs and maintenance of MWD
Section
(4) Ensuring MWD teams are properly cared for
26-2. Operations
a. The JDOG currently has three MWD teams.
Each team is composed of a dog handler and one dog.
The three MWD teams consist of an explosive
detection/patrol dog, narcotics detection/patrol dog,
and a single purpose patrol dog. The joint manning
document (JMD) for future rotations authorizes five
MWD teams. The teams (one per shift) will be
employed as follows:
(1) Psychological deterrence. MWD will walk
“Main Street” in Camp Delta during shift to
demonstrate physical presence to detainees. MWD
will not be walked through the blocks unless directed
by the JDOG.
(2) Dismounted patrols. MWD will augment
Infantry dismounted patrols during hours of limited
visibility and at higher THREATCONs. Additionally,
patrols will include the following areas:
(a) Detention Hospital
(b) Camp Delta Fence Perimeter
(c) Contractor Work Sites
(d) Camp Bulkeley
(e) Camp America
(3) Explosives detection. MWD will be used at
Sally Port 1 and Kittery Beach Checkpoint in
conjunction with random antiterrorist measures to aid
in explosives detection.
(4) Detainee Transfer Missions. MWD team will
accompany detainee transfer missions from Leeward
Airfield IAW JTF-160 FRAGO.
b. Shift Requirements. MWD teams are an asset
available 24 hours /7 days per week. The MWD teams
are OPCON to the JDOG while in Camp Delta. When
outside Camp Delta, movements will be coordinated
with the TOC of the unit responsible for the security of
the exterior area of the camp.
(1) NCOIC:
(a) Check on the status of each team on duty
twice per shift (via visitation or telephonically). MWD

NCOIC is overall responsible to ensure the team is
equipped for the day’s mission.
(b) Ensure that MWD on shift maintain a DA
1594 (Staff Duty/PL Journal).
NCOIC will be
responsible for maintaining a record of each shift.
Ensures coordination for each mission or change of
mission is planned, resourced, and executed.
(c) Ensure handlers utilize and maximize training
time and document the same.
(d) Report any significant or serious incidents to
higher.
(e) NCOIC will report to JDOG Operations when
a MWD team is down due to illness, injury etc.
NCOIC will maintain an internal tracking report and
forward to JDOG Operations on the status of each
MWD team.
(2) MWD Team:
(a) Will not escort detainee(s) unless specified by
the CO
(b) Assist Immediate Reaction Force (IRF) with
detainee(s) upon the request of the CO.
(c) MWDs can be used to scout for escaped,
missing, or lost detainee(s)
(d) MWD handlers are overall responsible for the
proper use of their assigned MWD while on duty and
ensuring all Military Police/personnel are aware of the
capabilities of their MWD
(e) Draw weapon for external perimeter patrols
from the RFI Armory at Camp America; the weapon
will be maintained with the QRF weapons while MWD
are within Camp Delta perimeter.
(f) Report to the DOC to draw a Saber Radio
battery.
(g) Confirm
call
sign
and
conduct
communication check
(h) Coordinate movements with CO and Infantry
TOC
(i) Conduct four-hour checks on MWD
(j) MWDs will only be released to pursue,
attack, and hold detainee(s) attempting to escape
c. Safety Procedures. All personnel are responsible
for ensuring that all safety procedures and rules are
followed at all times:
(1) While on duty, no person is to feed or be
allowed to befriend a MWD.
(2) Whenever entering or leaving a site with a
MWD a loud verbal warning will be made. (DOG
COMING IN/OUT).
(3) All running and/or playing are strictly
prohibited in or near the kennel areas.
(4) Dog teams always have the right of way.
(5) When staking out a dog a collar and stakeout
chain will be used.
(6) Only the dog handler will be permitted to
work with their assigned dog.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
26.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(7) Each handler will learn to recognize the
warning signs that a dog has the intent to attack/bite.
(8) Loose Dog Procedures:
(a) First person to notice a loose dog will call
out: LOOSE DOG!
(b) Everyone in the area will stop movement and
remain still.
(c) The assigned handler will attempt to take
control of their dog.
(d) In the absence of the assigned handler, the
person nearest the dog will attempt to restrain it.
(e) When the dog is secured, the handler that
does so will call out: DOG SECURED!

weapon will be maintained with the QRF weapons
while inside Camp Delta.

26-3. Training
a. Training will habitually be conducted with
NAVBASE Security Forces MWD.
Both an
explosives kit and narcotics kit are available to
NAVBASE MWD on Guantanamo Bay.
b. MWD Kennel master will coordinate training
schedules with NAVBASE MWD personnel for
submission to JDOG Operations. Training schedules
will reflect, at a minimum:
(1) 60 days out, required proficiency training to
maintain qualification
(2) Weekly training conducted with NAVBASE
(3) Suggested RAMs for monthly implementation
(4) Transition training for follow-on MWD
teams.
26-4. Logistics
a. Billeting. Both handlers and MWDs are housed
at TK89 until a permanent MWD facility is completed.
b. Support Facilities. MWD teams work out of
office space in Bldg 8 at Camp Delta until completion
of the proposed kennel facility. Support facility and
kennel requirements are as follows:
(1) NIPR computer access
(2) Refrigerator for meds/food
(3) Food storage area
(4) Sink
(5) Six dog kennel
c. Transportation. MWD teams will be provided
vehicle support (1 vehicle) for the team on shift from
J4.
The vehicle must be dispatched IAW J4
Dispatching procedures.
d. Supplies. All supplies must be requested through
the JDOG S-4.
e. Weapons and Ammo. Weapons will be stored in
the RFI Armory at Camp America when not in use.
During shift, weapons can be maintained with the QRF
weapons inside Camp Delta.
While conducting
perimeter patrols outside the fence line, weapons will
be worn. Ammunition will be provided by JDOG and
stored inside the RFI Armory. During shift, two ten
round magazines will be drawn. The ammunition and
Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
26.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 27
Operation Security (OPSEC) and Deceptive
Lighting Plan
27-1. Purpose
a. To prohibit conduct that is prejudicial to the good
order and discipline of JTF-GTMO that may threaten
the national security of the United States or its allies,
and is of a nature likely to bring discredit upon the
Armed Forces.
b. To establish a standard operation procedure to
follow in the event of a threat either by sea or air that
requires the need for extinguishing all lights and power
for Camp Delta.
27-2. Responsibilities
a. Subordinate Unit Commanders and COs. The
commander will ensure that:
(1) All personnel are briefed on the contents of
this SOP and JTF-GTMO General Order #2.
(2) Personnel understand that they have a duty to
report any violations of this SOP or JTF-GTMO
General Order #2 to their supervisor or to the Staff
Judge Advocate.
(3) JTF-GTMO General Order #2 is posted on
read boards in common areas throughout the unit.
b. All personnel entering Camp Delta. All military
and civilian personnel assigned to, having access to, or
working at the Camp:
(1) Are required to read and adhere to the
standards set forth in this policy.
(2) Shall avoid action, whether or not specifically
prohibited in this SOP or General Order #2, which
might result in or reasonably be expected to create the
appearance of a violation of this SOP General Order #2
or other law, or which by its very nature might
compromise the OPSEC of JTF-GTMO.
27-3. Punitive Action
a. Persons subject to the UCMJ who violate this
SOP or General Order #2 either negligently or
intentionally may be punished under Article 92, UCMJ,
for violating a lawful general order, or receive adverse
administrative actions or both.
b. Civilians serving with, employed by, or
accompanying the U.S. armed forces in the JTFGTMO area of operation are not only subject to all
applicable federal laws, but may also face adverse
administrative actions for violation of General Order
#2.
27-4. Essential Elements of Friendly Information
(EEFI)
a. Per JTF-GTMO Policy Memorandum #11, the
following is considered EEFI, regardless of
classification or lack thereof.

b. Any information on size, disposition, strength,
specific capabilities, and limitations of all friendly
units providing fires or sensors for defensive
operations.
c. Any information on detainee Operations affecting
JTF-GTMO mission accomplishment.
(1) Any information pertaining to the movement
of detainees to and from GTMO.
(2) Any information pertaining to the movement
of detainees while at GTMO.
(3) Any reference to the identification of a
detainee other than their Internment Serial Number
(ISN).
(4) Any reference to specific detainee
interrogations.
(5) Any reference to detainee activities and
detainee conversations
(6) Any reference to a detainee’s medical
condition including, but not limited, to medical
treatment received and given, diagnoses, and status of
health.
(7) Any detail (written or pictorial) concerning
the construction, design, and function of any detainee
confinement facility including, but not limited to Camp
Delta, Naval Station Guantanamo Naval Brig, and the
Detention Hospital.
(8) Unauthorized pictures of detainees
(9) Any pictures of coastline from Windmill
Beach to Camps Delta and America to the
Cuban/American fence line.
d. Task force information affecting JTF-GTMO
mission accomplishment.
(1) Compiled rosters of personnel data or
deployment information.
(2) JTF-GTMO
Information
Operations,
capabilities, connectivity, and passwords.
(3) Disclosure of travel information and
itineraries for JTF-GTMO Commanders, and visiting
Flag and/or General Officers.
(4) Disclosure of travel information and
itineraries for distinguished visitors, foreign
delegations, and members of Joint interagency Task
Force Personnel.
(5) Schedule of deployment overseas to support
detainee operations.
(6) Anti-Terrorism
and
Force
Protection
measures and Rules of Engagement of all units
assigned, attached, and/or OPCON to JTF-GTMO.
27-5. Prohibited Activity
a. General
(1) Leaving any tools, keys,
work-related materials necessary
mission unattended or within the
unauthorized to possess them,

weapons or other
to perform your
reach of persons
or bringing any

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
27.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
materials not necessary for the performance of the
mission into a sensitive area or detainee area.
(2) Discussing classified matters, work related
matters or JTF operational matters with anyone who
does not have either the appropriate clearance or the
need to know said information or in the presence of
anyone that does not have the appropriate clearance.
Failing to immediately disclose to the chain of
command any information concerning sabotage,
terrorist activity, subversive activities that may pose a
direct threat to U.S. personnel, requests by anyone for
illegal or unauthorized access to classified or sensitive
information, contact with an individual whom you have
reason to believe is targeting you for exploitation, or
other OPSEC violations.
(3) Taking a person to any area for which they do
not possess the required clearance without
authorization or a mission-related purpose, or leaving a
person unattended in any area where they are not
authorized to be unattended.
b. Detainee Operations.
(1) Communicating with detainees (verbal or
non-verbal) or assisting others and/or allowing others
to communicate with detainees without the proper
authorization.
(2) Discussing matters of a personal or
operational nature in the presence of detainees that
need not be discussed in their presence.
(3) Failing
to
report
unauthorized
communications or attempted communications with a
detainee, or failing to report a detainee’s attempts to
improperly communicate with a person subject to this
Order.
(4) Wearing un-sanitized uniforms in the
presence of detainees.
(5) Taking visual or audio recordings or drawings
of the detainees, camp facilities, or detainee operations.
(6) Discussing any information or details
concerning the JIIF and any activity, conversation, or
technique used during interrogation.
c. Electronic Communication / Recording
(1) Using non-secure means to discuss classified
information or other information related to JTF GTMO
operations.
(2) Transferring classified information or discs to
lower-classified or unclassified medium, network or
computer.
(3) Transporting classified information without
the proper locking containers or covers, leaving
computer terminals or classified material unattended
and unlocked.
(4) The improper marking of information, taking
classified materials to a housing unit, sharing or
revealing computer user names and passwords.

(5) Misplacing or leaving personnel rosters,
access badges, or computer access user names and
passwords, and classified materials unattended.
(6) Accessing, downloading, installing, or storing
unauthorized internet sites or other unauthorized
materials, software, or programs on any ADPE, JTFGTMO, or MWR computer without the express written
approval of the J-6.
(7) Leaving your computer system logged in and
unattended without properly locking the terminal, using
a private computer to process government related
work, or plugging any private computer (nongovernment computer) into the JTF-GTMO or MWR
networks without the express prior written
authorization of the J-6.
(8) Forwarding chain mail.
(9) Forwarding virus warnings or failing to
immediately report the discovery of a virus or virus
warning to JTF-GTMO, J-6.
(10) The improper use of another person’s
identity or computer account, masking, or attempting to
hide a user’s identity while using the JTF-GTMO
computer network systems.
(11) Connecting to or allowing the connection of
both a network interface card and modem to a JTFGTMO computer at the same time. Connecting to or
allowing the connection of any hardware or software
not provided or authorized by JTF-GTMO, J-6.
(12) Taking visual or audio recordings or
drawings of camp facilities or personnel working in
and around Camp Delta, Camp X-Ray, or any other
part of the NAVBASE that is a photography-prohibited
area. This prohibition also includes taking photographs
or video recordings of personnel movements or
operations at NAVBASE GTMO without the
appropriate authorization, and transmitting or
displaying any information relating to JTF-GTMO
operations on any website or other shared medium
without the proper written authorization.
27-6. Deceptive Lighting Plan
a. All military and civilian personnel working in
Camp Delta will be familiar with and conform to the
procedure prescribed by this policy. Unit leaders and
shift OICs and NCOICs are responsible for ensuring
that their personnel are familiar with and comply with
this procedure. Personnel may be held accountable
under the UCMJ for failing to follow the guidelines set
forth under this SOP.
b. In the event of a threat either by sea or air, the
following procedure will be followed.
(1) The JOC will notify the Camp Delta DOC of
an impending threat in two stages.
(a) The first notification occurs when a potential
threat has been identified.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
27.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(b) The second notification occurs when the
threat is confirmed and the decision is made to turn off
all lights in the Camp Delta area.
(2) When JOC calls with the first notification:
(a) Camp Delta CO will have one of the
Administrative NCOs, working in Camp-1, using
whatever means available (i.e. golf cart, HMMWV)
move to the power substation adjacent to the water
tanks by Camp Bulkeley. Admin NCO will carry a
SABRE radio.
(b) Upon arrival will enter the gate by entering
the number (1998) in the combination lock.
(c) Proceed to the junction box with the number
(7012-83) Breaker Box and open the box. The number
for the lock on the breaker box is (224).
(d) Call Power Station #4 and advise them that
they are getting ready to shut down power to Radio
Range. All phone numbers are posted inside the door
of the phone box.
(e) Call the JOC (5010/5038) from the phone box
located on the end of the substation and await the
second notification.
(f) CO / OIC will detail the SOG for each Camp
to stand by the generators to be prepared to shut down
the generators when directed.
(3) When JOC issues the second notification
(a) Admin NCO will go to the breaker box and
turn the switch that is labeled with “TRIP/CLOSED”.
The switch will be turned in the direction of “TRIP”.
This will shut down all the power to all of Camp Delta.
(b) The Admin NCO will then notify the JOC
(5010/5038) and confirm that the power is out, noting
the time.
(c) The Admin NCO will ensure that all locks are
locked prior to leaving the area.
(d) Generator shut-off personnel will shutdown
the generators when directed by the CO/OIC.
(4) Camp Delta personnel will evacuate Camp
Delta IAW the Camp Delta Evacuation SOP.
(5) Camp America personnel will evacuate Camp
America IAW the Camp America Evacuation SOP.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
27.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
27.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 28
Public Affairs
28-1. Operations
a. When possible and properly requested through
JTF-GTMO Public Affairs Office (PAO), the Facility
Commander will grant access within the facility to
representatives of the media.
b. Press/media will not photograph, videotape, or
interview any detainee. Rights to privacy will be
preserved at all times.
c. Safety/security and order must be obtained at all
times. The Facility Commander or senior cadre
member in the facility may terminate any media visit if
it is determined to jeopardize custody and control.
d. PAO will accompany all media/press tours, as
well as a JTF-GTMO and/or JDOG command
designated personnel.
e. No detainee information, records, or files will be
released. The Facility Commander must authorize any
release to the media.
f. All press releases for both emergency and nonemergency situations will be done through JTF-GTMO
PAO. News will not be released from the facility to any
media agency. The JTF-GTMO PAO will release all
information in accordance with their policies and
regulations.
g. The
Facility
Commander
and
Camp
Superintendent are the only individuals authorized to
speak with media on behalf of the facility, unless
designated by JTF-GTMO and/or CJDOG.

c. All detainees will be treated humanely and
consistent with the principles of the Geneva
Conventions.
d. These detainees are the most dangerous of the alQaida and Taliban. They continue to pose a threat and
must be under tight control.
e. Guantanamo Bay and the detention facilities are
secure and well-defended.

28-2. Themes for Global War On Terrorism
(GWOT)
a. We are making progress in the GWOT through a
concerted effort with our coalition partners.
b. The U.S. will use all elements of national power
and international influence to defeat global terrorism.
c. USSOUTHCOM remains committed to working
with our partner nations to support democracy, military
professionalism, and the observance of human rights.
d. The U.S. respects all religions. Our enemies are
terrorists and the states and organizations that support
them.
e. The U.S. will take all necessary steps to ensure
that operations target global terrorist networks while
protecting innocent lives.
28-3. Detainee International Public Information
Themes
a. Detaining these people in Guantanamo Bay
supports the smooth transition to a stable and secure
environment in Afghanistan.
b. Guantanamo Bay affords a safe facility to secure
and provide appropriate care for detainees.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
28.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
28.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 29
Transitions
Section I – To Camp IV
29-1. Preparation
a. The transition procedure from Camp I to Camp
IV will allow the detainee over a period of time to
acclimatize to a different security environment with its
own set of rules and operating procedures.
b. The detainees to be moved from Camp I to Camp
IV will be those detainees that have no violent history.
Detainees that will move will be from the eligibility list
compiled by the JIG and the JDOG.
c. The detainees will have a block, bay, and bed
assigned to them by JIG. This assignment will be
based on such factors as ethnic background, language,
religion, etc. Those with active TB will not be
considered for selection.
d. The JDOG S-4 will be given a WARNORD
regarding food requirement changes for Camp I and
Camp IV.
e. Medical personnel will identify any detainee with
special needs.
f. If the block is currently not active, block supplies
such as toilet paper, liquid soap and bedding material
will be placed on the block.
g. A storage container will be obtained for each
detainee and will be marked with the detainee’s ISN.
29-2. Process
a. Detainee will be moved to the location for the
announcement in handcuffs and a waist belt.
b. No earlier than seven days prior to movement,
interrogators will advise the detainee of his selection to
be moved to Camp IV.
c. Detainee will be returned to his cell using
handcuffs and waist belt.
d. A storage tub with the detainee’s ISN on it will
be delivered to the detainee’s block.
e. The detainee will be returned to his cell where he
will pack his items in the tub except for the mattress
and ISO mat.
f. The detainee will be shackled using handcuffs
and waist belt.
g. The detainee, the tub, the mattress, and ISO mat
will be taken to Tango Block.
h. Combat Camera will film the transition from the
detainee’s current cell to his cell in Tango Block.
i. During the transition phase, the following
activities will occur:
(1) An increase in food portions.
(2) One shower allowed per day.
(3) Longer recreation periods allowed.
(4) Group recreation time with up to three
detainees.
(5) ISO mats placed in the recreation yard to
facilitate board games and prayer time.

(6) Classes on Camp IV and its associated rules
and privileges.
(7) A tour of Camp IV and description of the
facilities.
29-3. Movement to Camp IV
a. On the movement day, the detainee will have his
comfort items inventoried and packed in the storage
tub. The green mattress will stay in the cell.
b. The detainee will be placed in handcuffs.
c. The detainee, tub, and ISO mat will be loaded
onto a Gator.
d. The detainee will be transported to Camp IV and
his block.
e. The detainee’s items will be placed inside the
block compound under the shelter.
f. The detainee will be escorted into the block
compound.
g. The detainee will have the handcuffs removed
through the bean hole of the block gate.
h. The detainee will get his tub and ISO mat and
then enter his bay.
Section II – For Transfers
29-4. Preparation
a. The transition procedure from Camp I or Camp
IV to another nation will allow the detainee over a
period of time to acclimatize to a different security
environment with its own set of rules and operating
procedures.
b. The detainees to be moved from his current camp
will be those detainees that have been identified by
both JDOG and JIG for transfer to another nation.
c. The JDOG S-4 will obtain a new set of civilian
clothes for these detainees. This set of clothes will
consist of the following items:
(1) Shoes
(2) Socks
(3) Underclothes consisting of boxers and
undershirt
(4) Pants
(5) Shirt
(6) Belt
(7) Jacket, if applicable
(8) Small Duffle Bag
(9) Wallet.
d. A camp wide announcement will be developed
by the JIG, approved, and translated.
29-5. Process
a. A camp wide announcement will be read to the
camp announcing that detainees are in the process of
being transferred.
b. The detainee will be moved to the location for the
announcement of his transfer in a three-piece suit.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
29.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
c. Interrogators will advise the detainee of his
selection to be transferred.
d. Detainee will be returned to his cell using
handcuffs and waist belt.
e. A storage tub with the detainee’s ISN on it will
be delivered to the detainee’s block.
f. Detainee will pack his items in the tub. The
detainee will change from his Camp Delta clothing into
his new clothing. The Camp Delta clothing will be
retained to sleep in and for when daily clothing is being
washed.
g. Detainee will be placed in handcuffs and waist
belt and placed in a van to be transported to the
Transition Location. Two escorts will be utilized for
this movement: one will sit behind the detainee and the
second one will sit beside the detainee. A JIG
representative will drive and an interpreter will ride in
the passenger seat.
h. Upon arrival at the Transition Location, the
detainee will meet with the designated representatives;
JDOG, chaplain, medical, etc.
i. JDOG/JIG will give an overview of the
Transition Location along with rules to follow during
transition.
j. JIG will be responsible to provide all comfort
items to the detainee as D-Day approaches.
k. Detainee will utilize this time to adjust himself to
a more lenient life style including such items as
follows:
(1) More recreation
(2) More showers
(3) Different meals
(4) Items provided by the JIG.
29-6. Transition Location Rules
Designated detainees will follow the following
guidelines:
(1) Follow all directions given to them by staff.
(2) Keep their area clean.
(3) Will request use of the latrine and one at a
time.
(4) Will not be allowed in the areas that are
outlined in tape.
(5) Will not touch electrical outlets or telephone
outlets.
(6) Will not touch the fire alarm system.
(7) Will not gamble.
(8) Will not throw any item.
(9) Will clean the common room daily.
(10) Will clean the latrine daily.
(11) Will sit in (at) the table area to eat.
(12) Will not damage anything.
29-7. Standing Orders
a. The Transition Location is designated for those
detainees identified for pending transfer from U.S.

custody. The Detainee Hospital’s former physical
therapy room is designated as the current transition
location. Detainees identified for transfer will be given
a period of “decompression” and will have increased
privileges as they prepare for their transfer.
b. These detainees will be moved from their current
cells to the transition location in waist belt and
handcuffs only. Unless the detainee exhibits behavior
that would require increased restraints, they will only
be moved with the use of the waist belt and handcuffs.
There will be an MP stationed outside the entry to the
Transition Location and in a position to observe the
room and control access to the Transition Location.
c. The door leading outside will be secured utilizing
a padlock and hasp.
d. There will be two MP’s stationed inside the room
near the latrine area. This position will be by the entry
door leading to the Detainee Hospital.
e. The middle doors leading into the dental area will
always remain secured except for emergency
situations. There will an MP at this location in order to
observe the detainees.
f. The door leading into the hospital area will be
secured. If there is only one MP there, that one MP
will stand on the Detainee Hospital side of the door and
observe the detainees through the window of the door
until the second MP returns.
g. Inspections will be performed daily on the
detainee’s area by the day shift.
h. Shakedowns will be performed as designated.
i. MPs will ensure that the latrine and shower area
are cleaned at least once per shift on days and swings.
j. MPs will ensure that the detainee’s area is
cleaned each morning and also at any other time during
the day as needed.
k. Detainees may stack up their mattresses or beds
for storage. If this is done, bedding will be neatly
placed on their storage bin.
l. Detainees will not be allowed in prohibited areas
(taped areas) without authorization.
m. MPs will notify the D.O.C. via the phone, any
counts that are conducted.
n. MPs will monitor all foot traffic from Detainee
Hospital to the Transition Location for utilizing the
latrine.
o. If one of the MPs stationed by the latrine area
needs to take a break, the roving MP will replace that
MP until that MP returns.
p. MPs at the Transition Location need to
coordinate with the Detainee Hospital MP’s for getting
meals for both detainees and themselves.
q. MPs on duty will remain vigilant.
r. MPs will not have any unauthorized items while
in the performance of their duties.
s. MPs will wear latex gloves while performing
searches.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
29.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
t. MPs will wear “sanitized” uniforms with their
names covered up.
u. MPs will document in a log book all significant
events that would include but not limited to the
following: shift change, chow times, authorized and
unauthorized visitors, medical staff, medical staff,
interrogators, translators, and count times.
v. MPs will perform preventive measures and
accountability on all equipment.
w. Whistles are provided to each MP for duress.
MPs will keep whistles with lanyards on their person at
all times while on duty. The whistles will be
transferred from MPs coming off shift to those coming
on shift.
x. Detainees will be provided the opportunity to
participate with recreation per the schedule provided.
Showers will be allowed after recreation or as
authorized.
y. Recreation schedule: One MP will escort the
detainee utilizing the hospital entrance doorway of the
transition location (by the latrine). The detainee, along
with the escort, will exit out the rear entrance to the
designated recreation location. The remaining three
MPs will observe the other detainees from three points:
(1) Outside the access door looking in.
(2) At the middle doors looking in from the
physical training room.
(3) Sitting at the table by the latrine.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
29.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
29.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 30
Delta Block Mental Health Facility (MHF)
30-1. Operations
a. Any attempt at self-harm will cause the cell to be
considered a crime scene. This cell will be sealed and
not used until JDOG S-3 gives the approval.
b. No detainee is to be moved from this section to
MSU for behavioral reasons.
c. Any move for temporary reasons, the Koran must
follow the detainee.
d. All blankets in use in this section will be of the
self-harm prevention type. This blanket will stay in the
assigned cell.
Periodically check all seams of the
blanket. If any seam has been chewed, or otherwise
compromised, the blanket should be repaired before
reuse. Use of this blanket is not a substitute for careful
monitoring of individuals on self-harm watch.
e. All security aspects with this section of Delta
Block must by coordinated with the Psychologists.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
30.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
30.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 31
Supply Operations
31-1. Waste Disposal
a. Kvaerner is scheduled to pick up trash seven days
a week. Dumpsters for Camps 1 and 2 are located next
to Sally Port 7. Dumpsters for Camp IV are located
near the Detention Hospital. If trash is not picked up
according to schedule, report it to the JDOG S-4 or call
the contractor helpdesk at X-4424.
b. In the event that dumpsters become full before
scheduled pick up, utilize another dumpster within the
camp.
If the camp dumpsters are full, utilize the
dumpsters in the north parking lot. If all dumpsters are
full, report it to the JDOG S-3 for coordination of
corrective action.
c. Trash placed outside of the dumpster will not be
picked up by the contractor. All boxes must be broken
down to maximize space.
d. No HAZMAT or Biohazard materials will be
placed in the dumpsters. Contact the JDOG S-4 for
assistance or call the following numbers: X-4077 or X4220 for additional instructions.
e. Metal and wood are to be placed in designated
containers labeled for metal and wood items only. For
safety and recycling purposes, do not mix these items
with regular trash.
f. MPs are responsible for daily police call around
the dumpsters to collect any trash that may have fallen
during pick up by contractor.

h. The SOG or a designated soldier of each camp
will control the keys to the supply rooms. The SOG or
designated soldier will be the only one authorized
access to the supply room after duty hours. The SOG
or designated soldier must document all items taken
from the supply room after hours.
31-3. Supply Requests
a. Each staff section will submit supply requests to
the JDOG S-4 for their section. Supply requests for
the blocks or the DOC will be filled out by the DOC
and submitted to the Detainee Services Branch who
will forward the request on to the JDOG S-4.
b. The OIC of each section must sign each request
before it is submitted to the JDOG S-4.
c. When a supply requests is filled for the JDOG S3, the supplies will be brought to the Camp Delta
supply room. The Detention Services Branch will be
notified when the supplies are delivered.
31-4. Computer Requests
All requests for computers will follow the same
process as supplies.

31-2. Camp Supply Rooms
a. MREs and laundry will be issued from Camp
Delta Supply Room between 0900 and 1100 hrs and
between 1400 and 1630 hrs on Mondays thru
Wednesdays. MREs only will be issued between 0900
and 1000 hours on Thursdays thru Saturdays.
b. MREs and laundry will be issued from Camp II
Supply Room between 0900 and 1100 hrs and between
1400 and 1630 hrs on Thursdays thru Saturdays.
MREs only will be issued between 0900 and 1000
hours on Mondays thru Wednesdays.
c. Sundays will be as follows: 0900 – 1000 for CP1 and 1000 – 1100 for CP2
d. Unused clean laundry needs to be returned to the
supply room during regular duty hours or placed in the
clean laundry storage shed after normal duty hours.
e. Dirty laundry must be placed in white mesh
laundry bags, placed in garbage bags, and then returned
to the dirty laundry storage shed.
f. Blankets will be issued as needed from the clean
laundry storage shed at Camp I and from the supply
room at Camp II utilizing the same hours as above.
Contact the supply person in the Camp for any
additional assistance.
g. All detainee supplies will be issued in accordance
with the above schedule.
Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
31.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
31.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Chapter 32
Emergency Action Plans (EAPs)
32-1. Attempted/Actual Suicide
a. Detainees who exhibit behavior that is or could
be harmful to them will be classified by medical staff
as having one of the following:
(1) Self-injurious behavior: behaviors that would
clearly be non-lethal, or behaviors that are aimed at
taunting or manipulating security or medical staff.
(2) Suicidal Ideation behavior:
thoughts of
harming oneself, ranging from vague ideation to
having a plan. Intent, means, and mental state are all
factors commonly considered by mental health
personnel in classifying suicidal ideation from
manipulation and taunting behavior.
(3) Suicidal:
self-harm behaviors that are
potentially fatal and only prevented secondary to
intervention or happenstance (e.g. the rope broke.)
b. Occasionally, some detainees will require a
higher level of control and observation since they are
believed to be a danger to themselves. The following
guidelines will be utilized, in conjunction with efforts
made by Detention Hospital to protect the detainee.
c. When a Block Guard suspects that a detainee
may pose a danger to himself, the Block Guard will
notify the DOC who will contact medical and request
an evaluation. If a medical emergency exists, the
Block Guard will take appropriate immediate action in
accordance with use of force policy and contact
medical directly. The IRF team is utilized “for the
extraction of a detainee who is combative or resistive
to being removed from the cell”. If a detainee attempts
self-harm and his condition is or will imminently
become life threatening, and the detainee is otherwise
not combative or a threat to the safety of MP personnel,
three MPs assigned to the block will enter the cell to
immediately secure and attend to the detainee. The
MPs will not wait for an IRF team to respond under
these conditions, but will take immediate action to
protect the detainee from death or serious bodily injury.
d. Medical will conduct an evaluation of the
detainee and decide if he is indeed a risk to himself.
Action based on this determination will be coordinated
through JDOG OPNS or in their absence, the DOC.
e. Once a detainee has been identified as a risk, he
will be placed on either self-harm watch or suicide
watch. Items in his cell that he could use to harm
himself will be removed by the Block Guards (sheet,
blanket, etc.) These items will be returned to the
detainee once he is believed to no longer pose a danger
to himself. The detainee will be given a self-harm
blanket and smock IAW Section 20-11, Self-Harm
Blankets and Smocks. Detainees classified as on selfharm watch will be moved to either cell #1 or cell #48
on a non-MSU block. Only one self-harm watch
detainee will be on each block. Block Guards will

constantly watch the detainee during the self-harm
watch period. This is in addition to the Block Guard
walking the block. The block table will be moved so it
will face the front of the block and the MP will face
and observe the self-harm cell when sitting behind it.
f. Guards will complete an “Observation of SelfInjurious Behavior” Form on all detainees on suicide
watch. When this form is completed, it will be turned
in to the DOC for filing in the detainee’s file. A Block
Guard will continuously monitor an individual on selfharm watch and document activity every 15 minutes.
g. Detainees who are deemed to be in need of selfharm procedures should not be placed in MSU only for
their protection. They can be in MSU for disciplinary
reasons, but should not be placed in MSU only for selfharm procedures.
h. COs will make required notifications in the event
of an incident involving either self-injurious behavior
or suicide attempts. Documentation will be made of
the event, whether self-injurious behavior or (Incident
Report). This documentation will include the name
and rank of the medical personnel determining whether
the incident is a self-injurious behavior or suicide
attempt and the notifications made by the CO.
i. Refer to section 20-1 for further guidance on
restraint procedures.
j. The DOC will contact the Combat Stress Team
and provide them with the unit of the soldier’s involved
and the unit POC. The Combat Stress Team will
conduct a session with the soldiers within 72 hours of
the incident. Upon completion of the session, the
Combat Stress Team will notify the DOC.
k. The DOC will maintain a list of detainees that
have a self-harm history. Prior to each shift change,
DOC personnel will highlight these individuals on the
block alpha rosters.
32-2. Mass Disturbance
a. In the event of any type of disorder, immediately
lock down the facility. No one will exit the facility
until the situation is resolved, or unless order to do so
by the CO.
b. The uniform for response personnel will be BDU;
riot helmet with face shield; protective mask; Kevlar
vest, elbow, knee and shin pads; riot baton; and a radio.
In extreme situations, selected marksmen will be armed
with M-16 or M-4 rifles and M-12 shotguns (by order
of the CJDOG only). Weapons will not enter the
facility exterior fence line under any circumstances.
c. The primary staging area for response personnel
is Camp IV main Sally Port Gate causeway.
d. During tests of the Mass Disturbance Emergency
Plan, all procedures herein will be followed, except for
the use of detainees or the actual notification of outside
agencies (unless previously coordinated by the
commander or his representative).

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
e. Minor Disturbances:
(1) Upon detection or notification of a
disturbance, the senior Block Guard present will take
the following actions using all available guard
personnel in the area of the disturbance:
(a) Initiate an immediate facility lockdown.
(b) Notify the DOC and request assistance.
(c) Segregate the non-participants from the
participants.
(d) Identify and segregate the leaders and
principle participants. If all bean hole doors are closed,
open a bean hole door for each participant in the
disturbance. If all bean hole doors are open, close the
bean hole doors for each non-participant. Open bean
hole doors will signify participants and closed ones
will signify non-participants.
(e) Use only the force necessary and practical
under the circumstances to disburse the participants.
Guards should not enter a situation that they do not
have the force available to resolve. When in doubt,
wait for backup.
(2) Guard personnel in other areas will secure
their area, notify the SOG, and remain at their posts
unless otherwise directed by the SOG.
(3) The SOG will take the following immediate
actions:
(a) Notify all personnel (guards will not leave
their assigned posts upon receiving the alert unless
specifically ordered to do so).
(b) Proceed directly to the area of the
disturbance, estimate the situation, and take appropriate
measures to end the disturbance and restore order.
(c) Initiate a head count as soon as the situation
permits.
(d) As soon as possible, notify the PL, CO, and
the JDOG deputy commander.
(4) In the event that a single detainee becomes
unruly or fails to comply with orders, the SOG will
take the following action:
(a) Isolate the detainee and clear all other
detainees from the area.
(b) Attempt to counsel and reason with the
detainee. If this fails, inform the detainee that
necessary force will be used to control him/her.
Procedures for using the IRF Team can be found in
Chapter 25 of this SOP. The CO must authorize this.
Guards will use the minimum amount of force
necessary to subdue the detainee. Once the detainee
has been subdued, he will be placed in an individual
cell. All items that might be used by the detainee to
cause damage to property, themselves, or others will be
removed.
f. Major Disturbances:
(1) In the event of an attempted group or mass
break out, riot, or other general disorder, the Block
Guard discovering or receiving notification of the

incident will immediately notify all other members of
the guard force.
(2) The DOC RTO will immediately notify the
chain of command and, on order, initiate a recall of all
guard personnel.
(3) Guards will move all nonparticipating
detainees to their cells or away from the scene of the
disturbance, segregating the rioters from the other
detainees.
(4) Guards will immediately secure all gates and
ensure detainees under their supervision are secure and
cannot join the area of the disturbance.
(5) The SOG will immediately:
(a) Ensure that all doors, gates, exits, and
detainees are secured.
(b) Proceed to the area of the disorder and
evaluate the situation. Attempt to determine the
number of detainees involved; number and type of any
weapons involved; names of staff personnel held by
detainees; and general temperament of the detainees.
(c) Remove detainees not involved in the
disturbance to a secure location.
(d) Attempt to isolate or remove ringleaders. If
this cannot be accomplished, the SOG will attempt to
reason with the detainees involved and inform them
that order will be restored using force if necessary.
(6) Sally Port Gates 1 and 8 will:
(a) Stop all inbound vehicle and personnel.
(b) Upon visual sight of the emergency vehicles,
open both the interior and exterior sally port gates.
Upon arrival, make an expeditious visual ID check.
DO NOT DETAIN EMERGENCY PERSONNEL.
Secure the gates after the vehicles have cleared the
inner gate.
(7) Upon arrival, the CO will:
(a) Proceed to the area of the disturbance and
estimate the situation.
(b) Assemble key personnel, brief them on the
situation and plan to restore order.
(c) If deemed necessary, order the issue of
weapons and non-lethal munitions to the riot team.
(d) Inform the participating detainees that
authority will prevail; that order will be restored and
that means are available to restore order by sufficient
application of force. Inform the detainees that they can
avoid the consequences of forceful measures if they
promptly desist from further resistance and surrender
or disperse. If reasoning has failed, a final direct order
will be given to the detainees to terminate the
disturbance. This order will not be given until it can be
backed up by sufficient application of force. If the
detainees refuse to obey this order, the CO will
immediately order the use of force to restore order.
The degree of force applied will be limited to that force
which is deemed reasonable and necessary under the
circumstances. Authorized force will be used in

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
accordance with the Chapter 1 of this SOP and the
Delegation of Authority Policy Letter approved by the
Commanding General, JTF GTMO.
(8) CO may authorize show of force and the use
of the riot team.
(9) JDOG Deputy Commander may authorize use
of high-pressure water and physical force, other than
weapons fire.
(10) CJDOG may authorize presentation and use
of deadly force.
(11) Guards will not touch a detainee except in
self-defense, to prevent an escape, to prevent injury to
persons or property, or to quell a disturbance.
(12) Once order has been restored and the head
count has been cleared, an investigation will be
conducted. A full report of the incident will include, at
a minimum, the following:
(a) The reason for the incident and names of the
leaders
(b) Injuries
(c) Size of the force used to restore order, the
amount of force used, and how the force was applied.
(d) Estimated damages
(e) Chronology of events
(f) Recommendations to preclude reoccurrence
of similar events
(13) Following any disturbance, the CO will
prepare and submit a Serious Incident Report (SIR).
g. Disturbances Outside The Facility:
(1) If a disturbance occurs outside the facility,
while detainees are under guard, the guards will make
verbal efforts including persuasion, warnings, and
direct orders.
(2) The guard will immediately contact the
facility for assistance.
(3) The DOC will gain radio contact with the
Infantry and request assistance.
(4) If a detainee attempts to escape, the guard
will not leave other detainees unsecured in order to
pursue the fleeing detainee. He/she will note the
direction of travel and notify the facility.
(5) Once order is restored, all detainees will be
immediately returned to the facility.
h. Additional Procedures For Hostage Situation:
(1) In the event that a hostage or hostages are
taken, the same procedures as outlined above will be
followed. Additionally, the following will occur.
(a) The DOC will notify the CJDOG that the
situation involves one or more hostages.
(b) The CO will arrange for a hostage negotiator
to proceed to the facility.
(c) The CO and the senior Navy Law
Enforcement Officer present will coordinate the use of
the negotiator as well as any physical action that will
be used to resolve the situation.
i. Post-Disturbance Procedures:

(1) The SOG will initiate a special count and
conduct shakedowns in all affected areas to ensure all
contraband/weapons have been removed.
(2) The SOG will conduct a shakedown,
inspection, and accountability of all equipment in all
affected areas.
(3) The SOG will remove or repair all damaged
furnishings.
(4) The SOG will ensure that all reports are
written, collected, and processed through appropriate
sections.
32-3. Power Outage
a. The SOG will go to the Generator shed and find
the power breaker labeled “Main”, which is located to
the rear of the shed.
b. Verify the loss of shore power by checking the
voltage indicator on the Main Breaker Panel. If shore
power has been lost, the indicator will register “0”/
c. Check the Main Breaker Switch. It should be
open. If it is not open, press the green “Open” button.
This will open the circuit and prevent the paralleling of
the system with Shore Power.
d. Bus Coupler Panel.
(1) Camp I: Look at the Bus Coupler breaker. If
it is open, press the green “On” button to shut the
breaker.
(2) Camp II: Carefully open the door of the Bus
Coupler panel and check the breaker. If the breaker is
open, shut the panel door and press the “Bus Coupler
Manual Close” button to shut the breaker.
e. Generator Selector Switch
(1) Camp I: Turn the switch to select the
generator that is to be used.
(2) Camp II: Turn the switch to select the
generator that is to be used. Then, turn the “Day/Night
Control Switch” to the “2-Night Manual”
f. The Generator Control Panel is located on the
front of the generator. To start the generator, press the
“Manual” button twice. Allow 30 seconds for the
generator to come up to speed and voltage.
g. Press the button twice to close the generator
breaker. Allow 40 seconds for the breaker to close. If
the breaker fails to close, press the green “Close”
button on the breaker for the Generator Control Panel.
h. Verify power has been restored to the facility.
i. If the generator fails to start automatically, or
power is not restored to the facility, place an
emergency work order with R&U and conduct
operations with flashlights and lanterns.
32-4. Hostage Situation
a. During duty hours, the CO will direct all hostage
operations. The PL and SOG will conduct all
operations

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
b. The DOC will make notification to outside
agencies and supply support to the CO when needed.
c. Staff will route all information through the active
operations center.
d. CO will maintain DOC of situation while keeping
in contact with all JTF staff.
e. Staff will:
(1) Notify DOC by telephone or messenger when
a hostage/barricaded subject incident occurs.
(2) Isolate the area. Evacuate non-participating.
Monitor detainees that cannot be evacuated due to the
hostage situation.
(3) Keep the hostage taker and hostage under
observation from a safe area, if it does not jeopardize
the hostage’s safety.
(4) Verification of the presence of all assigned
present for duty, staff, and/or volunteers/visitors for
personnel accountability will be critical.
f. DOC will:
(1) Open a journal.
(2) Notify the SOG/PL by telephone or
messenger.
(3) Notify the Guard Force by telephone or
messenger.
(4) Dispatch an initial response force to help
isolate the area.
(5) Notify the CO.
(6) Notify the IRF team via a brevity code.
(7) Cease all detainee movement.
(8) Instruct all sally port staff to implement
secondary form of ID checks and deny entry and exit if
it would breach perimeter security. Gate personnel
must not allow hostage takers to enter or depart the
facility with the hostages unless authorized by the CO.
(9) Instruct tower guards to stand ready for
instructions.
(10) If possible, monitor the hostage taker and
hostage from an adjacent block.
(11) Implement special count procedures as
directed.
(12) Notify the DCJDOG.
(13) Upon direction of the Duty Operations
(a) Notify key personnel by saber radio.
g. The SOG/PL will:
(1) Evaluate the situation.
(2) Isolate the site. Evacuate and post perimeter
security around the immediate area and secure crash
gates. Initiate an institutional lock down and a special
count.
(3) Ensure crime scenes are preserved.
h. The PL will make a recommendation on
implementing the IRF to the CO.
32-5. Death
a. The initial requirements for Camp Delta includes
but are not limited to:

(1) Block NCO:
(a) The Block NCO may be the first to observe a
detainee in a potentially life threatening condition. The
Block NCO will contact the DOC and Medical
immediately.
(b) The Block NCO will isolate the scene by
locking all detainees down, and requesting additional
security as necessary.
(c) The Block NCO will protect the scene (i.e.
from unnecessary foot traffic and touching) that could
change the form of the evidence or destroy it.
(d) Protect any evidence from the elements,
which if not protected, would cause it to lose its
evidentiary value.
(e) Identify persons related to the incident or
present at the scene. Provide this information and facts
pertaining to the incident to CO and/or any
investigating officer.
b. In the event a detainee death is confirmed by the
Camp Medical Officer, the DOC will immediately
contact the following leaders for recall to Camp Delta.
(1) CJDOG
(2) Camp Commandant
(3) Deputy CJDOG
(4) JDOG S-3
(5) Chaplain
(6) JDOG S-3 SGM
c. The DOC will consider all detainee casualty
information as sensitive and classified.
d. If a detainee death occurs, the CO will be
responsible for submitting a SIR to CJDOG.
e. The JDOG S-3 oversees Camp Delta’s entire
detainee casualty response effort under the direction of
CJDOG.
(1) Ensures the CJDOG is notified as soon as
possible.
(2) Will send SPOT report.
(3) Will notify Deputy CJDOG, Chaplain, JDOG
S-1, JDOG S-2, and JDOG S-4 and key staff leaders.
(4) Will notify the JTF GTMO Mortuary Affairs
Officer (J4).
(5) Will arrange for an initial coordination
meeting to brief details of the situation and to
coordinate the detainee casualty response effort.
(6) Will coordinate with Camp Medical Staff to
contact Naval Hospital NAVBASE GTMO and
morgue for mortuary services support.
(7) Will coordinate with Camp Medical Staff for
travel and movement of the deceased to Naval
Hospital/morgue.
(8) Coordinates with Camp Medical staff for a
post medical evaluation.
(9) In coordination with JTF-GTMO Mortuary
Affairs Officer request through USCINCSO CAC a
pathologist from the Armed Forces Institute of
Pathology. The pathologist arrives to perform an

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
autopsy to document the cause of detainee death.
JDOG S-3 in coordination with JTF-GTMO Mortuary
Affairs Officer sends a copy of detainee death
certificate to USCINCSO CAC (surgeon).
(10) Will coordinate with JDOG S-1 to provide
the following information to the JTF-GTMO Mortuary
Affairs Officer:
(a) Full name of detainee
(b) Detainee ISN number
(c) Date of Birth
(d) Fingerprints
(e) Date and place of death
(f) Date and place of burial
(g) Any particulars necessary to identify the
grave.
(11) In coordination with JTF-GTMO Mortuary
Affairs Officer for Naval Hospital Mortician
Department support for burial ground preparation.
JDOG S-3 awaits guidance from JTF-GTMO Mortuary
Affairs Officer on determination of detainee remains
disposition, as well as disposition of detainee personal
effects.
f. Camp Medical Staff and Detention Hospital. In
the event of a detainee death, medical personnel or the
detention hospital staff will contact the Camp Medical
Officer, the Command Mortician, and other designated
personnel in the chain of command as appropriate.
g. The processing of detainee remains shall be
handled by the Command Mortician and Head, Patient
Administration including the preparation of all
associated paperwork such as death certificates, reports
to higher authorities, and decedent records keeping.
The Command Mortician shall ensure that:
(1) Remains have been identified.
(2) Remains shall be wrapped in a sheet and
placed in a body bag for transfer to the morgue in an
appropriate vehicle.
(3) He/she or a designated Patient Administration
representative along with camp personnel shall escort
remains to morgue for placement in remains
refrigerator.
h. Disposition of remains shall be carried out in
accordance with the above referenced instruction
and/or as directed by cognizant authorities.
i. If the medical officer declares a detainee as
deceased, he will contact the DOC and CJDOG
immediately.
j. Camp Medical Staff will coordinate to ensure a
post death medical evaluation is conducted.
k. JDOG S-1.
(1) Will coordinate with JDOG S-3 for the
release of detainee personal records to JTF-GTMO
Mortuary Affairs Officer.
(2) Will coordinate with JDOG S-3 to ensure
retrieval of detainee’s identification bracelet.

(3) Will coordinate with JFT-GTMO Mortuary
Affairs Officer to ensure location of detainee grave is
recorded with the graves registration service.
l. JDOG S-4.
(1) Will coordinate the disposition, collection,
and inventory of any personal property, to include any
seized during detainee capture.
(2) Will coordinate with JDOG S-3 for travel and
movement of remains to place of burial.
(3) Will coordinate with chaplain for necessary
funeral and burial supplies.
m. Chaplain.
(1) Will provide guidance to the CJDOG
commander to ensure the deceased detainee is
honorably buried, and if possible according to the rites
of the religion, to which they belong.
(2) Will perform or provide for the honorable
burial of a deceased detainee in a manner consistent
with Article 120 of the Geneva Convention to the
extent allowed by military necessity.
n. SJA will provide advice to CJDOG.
32-6. Medical Emergency
a. A medical emergency is any condition likely to
result in lasting bodily harm if treatment is delayed
until Sick Call the next day. Some examples of
emergencies are severe cuts, burns, broken bones,
unconsciousness or injuries resulting in temporary
unconsciousness, asthmatic attacks, repeated vomiting,
high fever or sudden changes in long standing
conditions causing intolerable discomfort.
b. An medical emergency condition does not exist
when an individual has a cold, flu, headache, single
episode of vomiting, missed medication call, upset
stomach or muscle aches (not caused by trauma
c. The Detention Hospital will be consulted for
medical emergencies during all shifts.
d. A first responder bag. Staff supervising detainees
will possess a CPR physical barrier for mouth-tomouth resuscitation and a pair of rubber gloves.
e. Staff will:
(1) Immediately notify DOC when a detainee is
in need of medical care.
(2) Render first aid within their trained
capability.
f. DOC will:
(1) Notify the Detention Hospital and medical
personnel.
(2) Notify the SOG/PL.
(3) Send a response force to the medical
emergency.
(4) Notify the CO.
(5) If the Medical officer indicates the detainee
requires transportation to a medical facility:
(a) Call 911.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(b) Retrieve the Detainee Profile Card for the
detainee who will be transported.
(c) Make a copy of the Detainee Profile Card.
Provide the senior escort guard with a copy of the
Detainee Profile Card and any information pertinent to
the detainee escort.
(d) Determine the detainee’s custody grade.
(e) Determine if the detainee is on the high-risk
list.
(f) Determine the number of guards, weapons,
type of restraints etc. required to escort the detainee in
accordance with (IAW) Camp Delta SOP.
(g) Notify Sally Port 1 of movement.
(h) Notify key personnel.
(i) Make a blotter entry of the medical
emergency and any contributing circumstances.
g. The Medical Officer or Corpsmen will:
(1) Respond to all medical emergencies within
four minutes of notification.
(2) Make a medical evaluation of the detainee’s
condition.
(3) Inform the SOG/PL of the detainee’s
condition and the instructions prescribed by the
Medical Officer. Clearly state the urgency and type of
medical care necessary to treat the detainee’s
condition.
(4) Provide emergency medical care and check
on detainee the next scheduled Sick Call or upon return
from a medical facility.
(5) Report any suspicious detainee injury/illness
to the DOC.
h. The SOG will:
(1) Immediately coordinate with DOC to
determine appropriate medical care while maintaining
custody.
(2) Coordinate transportation when warranted.
(3) The SOG/PL will ensure appropriate escort
for all medical emergencies IAW Camp Delta SOP.
Ensure cautions are in place based on: custody grade,
high-risk status, medical condition, and circumstances
surrounding the medical emergency. Select the guards
needed to escort the detainee to the medical facility.
Inform DOC which guards were selected.
(4) Notify the Camp Commander before any
detainee is taken outside the facility.
(5) Ensure that all security procedures are used
Camp Delta SOPs.
i. Sally Port 1 will contact DOC and verify the
authorization for any detainee to depart the facility for
a medical emergency/transport. This will be done
before the detainee is allowed through the gate.
32-7. Fratricide
a. If the incident involves Infantry personnel or
Infantry and non-MPs, the Infantry unit will conduct all
actions. If the incident involves MPs or MP and non-

Infantry personnel, the MPs will conduct all actions. If
the incident involves both MPs and Infantry and the
injured or shooter are inside the wire, the MPs will take
lead on all actions and coordinate with their Infantry
counterparts. If the incident involves both MPs and
Infantry and the injured and shooter are outside the
wire, the Infantry will take lead on all actions and
coordinate with their MP counterparts.
a. The Infantry will perform the following steps:
(1) Unit on the scene will perform the following:
(a) Once the situation is under control, contact
higher headquarters and report that weapons have been
discharged and individuals have been wounded or
killed. Provide the number of casualties, types of
wounds, names and social security numbers.
(b) Conduct a nine-line MEDEVAC request
directly with the medical unit.
(c) Evacuate the casualties, ensuring wounded
and killed are not transported together.
(d) Secure the scene as a crime scene.
(e) Conduct a change of guard with the incoming
unit.
(f) Move to a location designated for debriefing.
(2) The Infantry Company will perform the
following:
(a) Report the incident to battalion. Provide the
number of casualties, types of wounds, names and
social security numbers.
(b) Prepare an ADOWN report.
(c) Once the situation is under control at the
scene and casualties have been evacuated, replace the
unit on duty.
(d) Move the unit involved with the incident to a
location separate from the remainder of the company.
(e) Each soldier in the unit will complete a Sworn
Statement (DA Form 2823).
(f) Provide to the Battalion a copy of the risk
assessment for the mission.
(g) Provide the number of rounds of ammunition
by type that were expended.
(3) The Infantry Battalion will perform the
following:
(a) Report the incident to JTF.
(b) Forward the ADOWN report to JTF.
(c) Prepare and submit a Serious Incident Report
(SIR) to the JOC NLT 30 minutes after receipt of the
report.
(d) The JDOG S-1 will track the status of the
casualties.
(e) Supervise that a unit replaced the unit
involved in the situation.
(f) Prepare a U.S. Army Accident Report in
accordance with AR 15-6, AR 385-40, and DA
Pamphlet 385-40. Use DA Form 285-A-R as a
checklist.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(g) Request guidance from JTF with regard to
responding to the media.
b. The MPs perform the following steps:
(1) Unit on the scene will perform the following:
(a) Once the situation is under control, contact
the DOC and report that weapons have been discharged
and individuals have been wounded or killed. Provide
the number of casualties, types of wounds, names and
social security numbers.
(b) Conduct a nine-line MEDEVAC request
directly with the medical unit.
(c) Evacuate the casualties, ensuring wounded
and killed are not transported together.
(d) Secure the scene as a crime scene.
(e) Conduct a change of guard with the incoming
unit.
(f) Move to a location designated for debriefing.
(2) The DOC will perform the following:
(a) Report the incident to JDOG. Provide the
number of casualties, types of wounds, names and
social security numbers.
(b) Prepare an ADOWN report.
(c) Once the situation is under control at the
scene and casualties have been evacuated, replace the
unit on duty.
(d) Move the unit involved with the incident to a
location separate from the remainder of the company.
(e) Each soldier in the unit will complete a Sworn
Statement (DA Form 2823).
(f) Provide to the JDOG a copy of the risk
assessment for the mission.
(g) Provide the number of rounds of ammunition
by type that were expended.
(h) Send a SPOTREP to JTF.
(i) Forward the ADOWN report to JTF.
(c) Prepare and submit a Serious Incident Report
(SIR) to the JOC NLT 30 minutes after receipt of the
report.
(3) The JDOG will perform the following:
(a) The JDOG S-1 will track the status of the
casualties.
(b) Supervise that a unit replaced the unit
involved in the situation.
(c) Prepare a U.S. Army Accident Report in
accordance with AR 15-6, AR 385-40, and DA
Pamphlet 385-40. Use DA Form 285-A-R as a
checklist.
(d) Request guidance from JTF with regard to
responding to the media.
32-8. Fire
a. Fire alarms:
(1) A person discovering a fire, regardless of type
or size will immediately alert or cause to be alerted all
personnel in the building and adjacent buildings and
then report the fire to the DOC.

(2) The DOC will then notify the GTMO Fire
Department by telephone.
(3) Smoke alarms going off shall cause an
immediate evacuation of the building and reporting to
the GTMO Fire Department the same as if a fire were
discovered.
b. Action after giving a fire alarm:
(1) Alert all personnel in the involved and
adjacent buildings, if not already done; close all doors
and windows and shut off all fans and electric circuits.
Doors and windows will not be reopened until after the
GTMO Fire Department has departed, except by
specific instructions from the GTMO Fire
Department’s officer in charge of the fire scene.
(2) During the time the alarm is being turned in
or immediately afterward, available personnel will
exert every effort to extinguish the fire with fire
extinguisher except as provided in paragraph 32-8b(3).
(3) If the fire is in a closed or locked building,
room, or compartment, no attempt will be made to
enter or open the fire area except for the rescue of
trapped personnel.
c. Evacuation. The decision to evacuate the building
will be made by anyone that determines that staying
within the area would be unsafe. When directed to
evacuate:
(1) Pass the word.
(2) Make sure that everyone leaves the danger
area. Pay close attention for incapacitated or sleeping
personnel.
(3) Classified material will be secured or
retrieved, only if it can be done so safely.
(4) Use the designated evacuation route and meet
at the designated assembly area. Camp Delta Assembly
Areas are shown in Annex F. Camp Delta Evacuation
Procedures are listed in section 31-11.
(5) Conduct headcount at the designated
assembly area.
(6) Report headcount to DOC/ADOC.
(7) No one will be permitted to re-enter the
building without permission from the proper authority.
d. If a fire presents itself in a block, perform the
following steps:
(1) Alert the DOC
(2) Shut off power to the block
(3) Roving Sally will bring fire extinguishers to
the block gate for use
(4) Two block personnel will use a hose and fire
extinguishers to fight the fire
(5) Two block personnel will start moving
detainees from affected areas to the showers and
recreation yards as a temporary holding area if needed.
(6) All available escort teams will respond to the
block to help evacuate detainees if needed.
(7) Medical will respond to the block to treat any
injuries.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.7

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(8) SOG or PL, depending on the size of the fire,
may activate the IRF team to assist in removing
detainees and moving them to empty cells in adjoining
blocks or the shower and recreation areas.
32-9. Bomb Threat / Discovery / Explosion
a. Telephonic bomb threat. Staff members who
receive a telephonic bomb threat will:
(1) Cease all radio communications.
(2) Without alerting the caller, signal another
staff member about the telephonic bomb threat. Have
him/her notify DOC.
(3) Keep the caller on the line, as long as
possible, so the call may be traced.
(4) Complete JTF GTMO Bomb Threat Data
Card (Annex A). Obtain as much information as
possible on the caller and the bomb.
(5) Discuss the incident only with personnel who
have a need to know (e.g., Bomb Scene Officer,
investigator, etc.).
b. Written or verbal bomb threat. Staff who receive
a written or verbal bomb threat will:
(1) Cease all radio communication.
(2) Immediately notify DOC.
(3) Protect any written note and/or detain the
messenger.
(4) Discuss the incident only with personnel who
have a need to know (e.g., Bomb Scene Officer,
investigator, etc.).
c. DOC. The DOC uses Command Post Response to
Bomb Threat/Incident Checklist (Annex B) to
coordinate Camp Delta’s response.
d. Evacuation. BSO will determine if an evacuation
is warranted.
(1) If an evacuation is not ordered, the DOO will
direct the guard force to cease all detainee movement.
(2) If an evacuation is ordered, the staff will:
(a) Evacuate IAW Emergency Evacuation
Procedures (Section 31-11 Evacuation Routes).
(b) Conduct a preliminary search in their
immediate area before leaving.
(c) Leave drawers and cabinets unlocked so they
can be searched.
(d) Remove and safeguard classified material;
evacuate to J-3 Section, JTF HQ, Bldg AV29, for
temporary safekeeping.
e. Searches. The DOO will determine if a
“Supervisor’s search” or a “search team” search will be
conducted. The method of search and the areas to be
searched are determined by the available information
and time. The DOO will coordinate all search efforts.
Staff will:
(1) Search from the most accessible areas to the
most inaccessible areas (i.e., outside to inside, low to
high, common areas to individual rooms/cells).
(2) Mark each area after it has been searched.

(3) Immediately notify the DOC by runner and
landline telephone if anything suspicious in found.
(4) Notify the DOC when search of an area is
completed and that area is clear.
f. Bomb located.
(1) Staff will:
(a) Ensure that the bomb is not disturbed.
(b) Remove items that might result in secondary
explosions.
(c) Open doors and windows to lessen the impact
of a blast.
(d) Secure the bombsite and move to a safe area.
(e) Report the location of the bomb to the DOC
by runner.
(f) Evacuate the area and keep unauthorized
personnel away from the site.
(g) Mark the route from the bomb to the nearest
exit or safe area.
(h) Assume that there is more than one bomb.
(2) DOC will initiate the “Bomb located” section
to the DOC Response to Bomb Threat/Incident
Checklist (Annex B).
(3) The DOO will make a recommendation on
implementing the evacuation plan (Section 31-x
Evacuation Routes) and the extent of Camp Delta
evacuation, through the chain-of-command.
g. Bomb detonation.
(1) Staff will:
(a) Give first aid to injured.
(b) Evacuate the area—injured have priority.
(c) Help control fires or any damage that was
created by the detonation.
(d) If possible, remove important administrative
files from the area.
(e) Secure the area and do not allow anyone to
disturb the debris/crime scene.
(f) Assume that there is more than one bomb.
(2) The DOO will not allow anyone to reenter an
evacuated area without his approval.
32-10. Mass Casualty Incident (MCI)
a. In the event of a Mass Casualty Incident (MCI) in
or around Camp Delta involving members of the Joint
Task Force or detainees, the following will apply:
Camp Delta Detention Operations Center (DOC) will
be notified immediately on SABER Channel-3.
b. Incident Location:
(1) Inform
Company
Commander/Platoon
Leader/Sergeant of the Guard, that they have a Mass
Casualty Incident.
(2) The Company Commander, Platoon Leader or
senior JDOG representative will have DOC initiate
MCI procedures.
c. DOC:
(1) The RTO will announce that a MCI has
occurred over the radio in the following format:

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.8

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
“ATTENTION CAMP DELTA, ATTENTION CAMP
DELTA, AN MASS CASUALTY INCIDENT HAS
OCCURRED
(Location), INITIATE MCI PROCEDURES. ALL
NON-EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION WILL BE
BY LANDLINE.”
This announcement will be
repeated two times. This will be “ATTENTION
CAMP DELTA, ATTENTION CAMP DELTA, A
TRAINING MASS CASUALTY INCIDENT HAS
OCCURRED _______________(Location), INITIATE
MCI PROCEDURES.
ALL NON-EMERGENCY
COMMUNICATION WILL BE BY LANDLINE”
during a training MCI.
(2) The RTO will activate the Primary IRF team
for the camp affected for an immediate response to the
MCI location by using the IRF brevity code.
Depending upon the type of MCI, the Camp Delta
Company Commander will make the determination to
activate the Primary IRF team in the other camp. If the
situation warrants a larger response the alternate IRF
teams in both camps may also be activated.
(3) The DOC NCOIC will use the Mass Casualty
Checklist in Appendix B.
(4) The RTO will order a lockdown and
headcount over the radio. All headcounts will be
phoned in.
(5) The DOC NCO will initiate a DA Form 1594,
Staff Journal to record all activities during the MCI.
(6) The DOC NCO will issue a WARNORD to
the nearest standby unit. The phone numbers for the
unit’s CP, Cdr, or 1SG will be called. If no contact is
made, move on to the next unit. If contact is made, tell
the unit: “A Mass Casualty Incident has occurred.
Begin preparations to respond. Do not respond to
Camp Delta until contacted.” The unit called will be
based on the following:
(a) Unit in training at Camp America
(b) Unit off duty at Camp America
(c) Unit in training
(d) Unit off duty at Tierra Kay
(7) Ensure Interpreter OIC is notified and
provides enough interpreter support.
d. The Admin NCO:
(1) The Admin NCO will take the video camera,
two disks, and power cord to the MCI location.
(2) The Admin NCO will state his name, last
four, unit, date, time, site of MCI, and “Beginning of
Recording”.
(3) The Admin NCO will capture as best as
possible the following scenes:
(a) Detainees at the MCI site.
(b) MPs assisting victims.
(c) Initial medical evaluations of detainees.
(d) Transport of detainees to triage.
(e) Triage location.

(4) The Admin NCO will only leave the MCI
location and film the transport of detainees and the
triage location after all detainees involved are shackled.
If the disk is nearing the ends, it will be flipped over
and reinserted to continue filming. Another disk will
also be requested from the DOC.
(5) At the conclusion of the video, the Admin
NCO will state “End of Recording”.
(6) Turn in the disks to the Detention Services
Branch.
e. Company Commander:
(1) Will make the mass casualty incident
determination.
(2) Will pick up road guard vest labeled “ON
SCENE CDR” and the green light from DOC and will
respond to MCI site.
(3) Will assume role as the On Scene
Commander and will coordinate with the Medical
Commander (MC).
(4) At the MCI site, coordinate with Block
NCOIC, Platoon Leader (PL) and Sergeant of the
Guard (SOG).
(5) Company Commander will request MP
assistance at MCI site in following order:
(a) Primary IRF team from camp affected.
(b) Primary IRF team from camp not affected.
Each member will bring a three-piece suit.
(c) Alternate IRF team from camp affected. Each
member will bring a three-piece suit.
(d) Alternate IRF team from camp not affected.
Each member will bring a three-piece suit.
(6) Determine additional manpower requirements
if needed. Notify the DOC of the requirements and
have the DOC forward to the alerted stand-by
company.
f. Platoon Leaders.
(1) The Platoon Leader of the unaffected camp
will assume command and control for their respective
camps for all areas not affected by the MCI.
(2) The Platoon Leader will pickup road guard
vest labeled “Traffic Coordinator” and respond to the a
location as to best direct emergency traffic. The
Platoon Leader of the affected camp will control and
direct all incoming and outgoing emergency vehicle
traffic.
g. Sergeants of the Guard:
(1) The SOG from camp affected by MCI will
report to MCI location and assume control until the
Company Commander arrives.
(a) Go to the block NCO and get a briefing.
(b) Monitor the activities of the Block NCO and
IRF Team Leader
(c) Brief the Company Commander and all other
personnel as they arrive on the scene.
(d) Ensure additional IRF teams, if required, are
integrated into three man teams.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.9

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(2) The SOG from the camp not affected by MCI
will continue to monitor and exercise command and
control of his/her camp.
h. Block NCO:
(1) Will ensure bean holes are closed and secured
on non-MSU blocks and bean holes are secured on
MSU blocks.
(2) Will ensure the block gate is open and stays
open.
(3) Will ensure the IRF team leader gets the alpha
roster.
(4) Will unlock the cell door for three man entry
teams.
(5) Will relock the lock and drop on the floor
next to the cell.
(6) Will relock all cells after all detainees are
removed from their cells.
(7) Will tag each cell as “Do Not Enter” from
which a detainee was removed.
(8) Will ensure block paperwork is completed
after all detainees are removed.
(9) Will ensure all block personnel will write
sworn statements after all detainees are removed.
(10) Will account for all locks and keys after all
detainees are removed.
i. Block Personnel:
(1) Will form their own three-man team to enter
and secure detainees.
(2) Will follow the same procedure as the IRF
team.
(3) If there are not sufficient people on the block
to make a three-man team, they will be supplemented
by IRF team personnel.
(4) Will write sworn statements after all detainees
are removed.
j. Escort Control:
(1) Will ensure all escort teams utilize channel
three.
(2) Will contact all JIIF escorts to halt escorts and
prepare to support an MCI.
(3) Will direct JIIF escorts with a detainee to
move that detainee to nearest open cell, their assigned
cell, or open interview room dependent on distance and
MCI location.
(4) If Sally Port 8 is not currently manned, will
send the first available escort team to man it. It must
be manned within five minutes of the MCI
announcement. On mid night shift, Platoon Leader 2
must take the Sally Port 8 key to the Sally Port for the
escort team that is going to man it.
(5) Will contact all contractor escorts to escort
contractors out of Camp Delta through Sally Port 1.
(6) Will contact all 2-man ICRC escorts to escort
ICRC out of Camp Delta through Sally Port 1 or move
the escorted detainee to nearest open cell, their

assigned cell, or open interview room dependent on
distance and MCI location.
(7) Will contact Juliet Block and have the ICRC
monitor escort ICRC personnel out of Camp Delta
through Sally Port 1.
(8) Will contact all medical escorts to return any
detainee enroute to the Detainee Clinic or enroute to
the Detainee Hospital to their assigned cell or the
nearest open cell, dependent on distance and MCI
location. Any detainee currently being treated at the
Detainee Clinic or Detainee Hospital will return to
their cell if the Medical Staff approves of it based on
the detainee’s condition.
(9) Will coordinate with the DOC to ensure golf
carts and Gators are available to move personnel and
equipment to the MCI site.
(10) Will coordinate the consolidation or
movement of detainees in JIIF buildings to minimize
guard force required. The first non-JIIF escort team
with a three-piece suit that is available will be used to
perform this task.
k. Escort Control NCOIC(Litter Bearer NCOIC):
(1) Upon notification Escort Control NCOIC will
halt all JIIF operations and immediately notify MPs
working as JIIF monitors to support an MCI.
(2) Obtain “Litter Bearer NCOIC” orange vest
from the DOC.
(3) Report to the manpower pool to act as “Litter
Bearer NCOIC” and coordinate the use of MP litter
bearers with the medical transportation OIC and
Medical Litter Bearer Team Leader.
l. JIIF Escorts(litter bearers):
(1) Will ensure all detainees in interrogation are
secured with three-piece suit to eyebolt in floor.
(2) Will respond to the manpower pool location
with three-piece suits. If they do not have a three-piece
suit, they will get one from Escort Control.
(3) Will work as litter bearers and provide
security for the triage locations as directed by the Litter
Bearer NCOIC.
(4) Will mark their headgear with a white label
from medical staff to identify them as a litter bearer.
Medical personnel will provide the labels.
(5) Will search detainee prior to removal from
the cell.
(6) When moving a detainee out of their cell,
they will ensure he is identified by worn wristband or
his cell and ISN are clearly marked on forehead. They
will also note the cell number he was taken from.
(7) Prior to leaving the block, the escort team will
obtain the key for the shackle from the IRF team
leader.
(8) After arriving at the triage location, they will
give the Hospital Escort NCOIC the key for the shackle
along with ISN and cell number.
m. JIIF Monitors(ambulance Escorts):

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.10

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(1) Two JIIF monitors in each large JIIF Building
will act as security for the remaining detainees.
(2) Each pair of JIIF monitors will draw a can of
O/C will be drawn from the DOC.
(3) Each pair of JIIF monitors will report to
manpower pool for duty as ambulance escorts.
(4) Will ensure they receive shackle keys from
the Hospital Escort NCOIC when detainee is loaded
into the ambulance.
n. ICRC Escorts (if available)(litter bearers):
(1) Two personnel will move detainee to
locations as directed by Escort Control while one MP
will escort ICRC personnel out of Camp Delta through
Sally Port 1.
(2) Will respond to the manpower pool location
with three-piece suits.
(3) Will work as litter bearers and provide
security for the triage locations as directed by the Litter
Bearer NCOIC (Escort Control NCOIC).
(4) Will mark their headgear with a white label
from medical staff to identify them as a litter bearer.
Medical personnel will provide the labels.
(5) Will search detainee prior to removal from
the cell.
(6) When moving a detainee out of their cell,
they will ensure he is identified by worn wristband or
his cell and ISN are clearly marked on forehead. They
will also note the cell number he was taken from.
(7) Prior to leaving the block, the escort team will
obtain the key for the shackle from the IRF team
leader.
(8) After arriving at the triage location, they will
give the Hospital Escort NCOIC (alternate IRF team
leader) the key for the shackle along with ISN and cell
number.
o. ICRC Monitor (if available):
(1) Will escort ICRC personnel as quickly as
possible out of Camp Delta through Sally Port 1.
(2) Will assist the Hospital Escort NCOIC
(alternate IRF team leader) as required.
p. General Escorts(ambulance escorts):
(1) Will escort all contractor personnel as quickly
as possible out of Camp Delta through Sally Port 1.
(2) Each pair of general escorts will draw a can of
O/C will be drawn from the DOC.
(3) Each pair of general escorts will report to
manpower pool for duty as ambulance escorts or
additional security as directed by the Hospital Escort
NCOIC (Escort Control NCOIC).
(4) Will ensure they receive shackle keys from
the Hospital Escort NCOIC (alternate IRF team leader)
when detainee is loaded into the ambulance.
q. Medical Escorts(ambulance escorts):
(1) Will move detainees to locations as directed
by Escort Control.

(2) Will respond to the manpower pool location
with three-piece suits.
(3) Will work as litter bearers and provide
security for the triage locations as directed by the Litter
Bearer NCOIC (Escort Control NCOIC).
(4) Will mark their headgear with a white label to
identify them as a litter bearer. Medical personnel will
provide the labels.
(5) Will search detainee prior to removal from
the cell.
(6) When moving a detainee out of their cell,
they will ensure he is identified by wearing a wristband
or his cell and ISN are clearly marked on forehead.
They will also note the cell number he was taken from.
(7) Prior to leaving the block, the escort team will
obtain the key for the shackle from the IRF team
leader.
(8) After arriving at the triage location, they will
give the Hospital Escort NCOIC (alternate IRF team
leader) the key for the shackle along with ISN and cell
number.
r. IRF Team Leader of affected camp:
(1) Will obtain the alpha roster for the cellblock
from block personnel.
(2) Will track which shackle key belongs to
which detainee on the alpha roster.
(3) Will track initial triage category given by
ERT on alpha roster.
(4) Will hold all shackle keys and give them to
the litter bearer teams as they move detainees from the
block.
(5) Will direct the litter bearer teams based on
triage category. IMMEDIATE first, followed by
DELAYED,
then
MINIMAL,
and
finally
EXPECTANT. Military casualties will be transferred
before detainees with the same triage category.
(6) Will ensure no detainee leaves his cell
without wristband or ISN and cell written clearly on
the forehead.
(7) Will ensure no detainee leaves his cell
without the litter bearer team searching him.
(8) Will monitor detainees while in their threepiece suits in their cells.
(9) Will track which detainees leave the block
with what key and what time on alpha roster.
s. IRF MPs:
(1) Upon notification, each primary IRF team
member from the camp affected by the MCI will secure
one three-piece suit with key from the block that they
are responding from.
(2) IRF team members will respond to the
affected block as is without putting on any IRF
equipment.
(3) Number 4 man will get the (2) two-piece suits
from the IRF equipment box.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.11

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(3) IRF team members will report to the Block
NCOIC or SOG of the affected block.
(4) IRF team members will enter and secure
detainees in three man teams.
(5) After each detainee is shackled, will ensure
all cuffs are double locked and will close the door and
secure it by sliding the bolt to latch the door. The door
will not be locked.
(6) Will give the shackle key to the IRF team
leader.
(7) The number 1, 2 and 3 man will form an entry
team.
(8) The number 4 man will act as a third team
member for the block personnel. If there is already
enough block personnel not including the block
NCOIC, to make up a three-man team; the number 4
man will be security at the block gate.
t. Alternate IRF Team Leader of affected
camp(Hospital Escort NCOIC):
(1) Will track which detainees and ambulance
escorts are leaving Camp Delta by ISN and the medical
victim tag number.
(2) Will receive all keys for detainees brought
into the triage location and track which key belongs to
which detainee.
(3) Will ensure ambulance escorts have the keys
they are required to have.
u. Sally Port Guards:
(1) Upon notification of an MCI, Sally Port 8 will
open both of the outer sally port gates. The inner sally
port gate will be opened only as required. Emergency
vehicles will only be allowed entry into Camp Delta
through Sally Port 8. No vehicles may exit through
Sally Port 8.
(2) Upon notification of an MCI, Sally Port 1 will
open both of the inner sally port gates. All emergency
vehicles will exit Camp Delta through Sally Port 1. No
vehicles may enter through Sally Port 1.
(3) If the affected camp is Camp 1, Sally Port 3
and Sally Port 4 will completely open both of the sally
port gates. If the affected camp is Camp 2, Sally Port 9
and Sally Port 10 will completely open both of the
sally port gates.
(4) Soldiers assigned to sally ports will remain at
position.
v. Roving Sally:
(1) Priority is to get all IRF team members off of
their blocks.
(2) One roving sally will be stationed next to the
affected block’s gate. That roving sally will not leave
the affected block’s gate until the MCI is complete.
The roving sally will ensure their gate is closed unless
personnel need to enter or exit the block.
(3) The other roving sally will collect three-piece
suits from non-affected blocks as directed by the SOG
and take them to the affected block.

w. Interpreter OIC:
(1) Upon notification of an MCI the Interpreter
OIC will have all interpreters from every available
language respond to the man power pool.
(2) Interpreters will report to the On-Scene
Commander or SOG for further instructions.
(3) Interpreters will be required at the Naval
Hospital and will ride in the ambulance taking the
detainees to the Naval Base Hospital as needed.
(4) Initiate recall of interpreters as determined by
On-Scene Commander.
(5) Interpreters will be required at the Detainee
Hospital.
x. Infantry Support:
(1) Upon notification, Infantry QRF will respond
to the MCI site to enhance security.
(a) Infantry SOG will report to the On-Scene
Commander for further instructions.
(b) QRF will provide additional security at Sally
Port 1 and Sally Port 8 until relieved by mobile patrols.
(c) Once relieved, will return to the QRF
location.
(2) Lexington TCP will facilitate emergency
vehicle traffic:
(a) All emergency vehicles leaving Camp Delta
and heading towards NAVBASE Hospital have priority
of passage through the TCP.
(b) All emergency vehicles traveling toward
Camp Delta have the next highest priority.
(c) All other vehicles will proceed through the
orange barricades from either end, one vehicle at a time
under the direction of TCP personnel. The stop/go sign
will not be used to direct traffic.
(d) If any emergency vehicle approaches
Lexington TCP from either direction and a nonemergency vehicle is in the orange barricade zone, the
vehicle will be stopped next to the guard shack, the
emergency vehicle directed around to the opposite side
of the guard shack, and then the non-emergency
vehicle may proceed.
(3) Infantry mobile patrols will respond to help
direct traffic.
(a) A mobile patrol will respond to Lexington
TCP to assist in handling traffic.
(b) A mobile patrol will take up position outside
of Sally Port 8. They will ensure all traffic is stopped
only when an emergency vehicle is arriving to enter
Camp Delta.
(c) A mobile patrol will take up position outside
of Sally Port 1. They will ensure all traffic is stopped
only when an emergency vehicle is leaving Camp
Delta.
y. Guards on Unaffected Blocks:
(1) Will ensure all detainees are put back into
their cells. Any shower and recreation will end and
those detainees will be moved to their cell.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.12

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(2) Headcount will be conducted and reported via
landline to the DOC.
(3) Any detainee additions to block due to MCI
will be reported by ISN via landline.
(4) Increase presence on block to two MPs
walking the block at all times for the duration of the
MCI or until directed otherwise.
z. Critical Locations (See Annex E for map):
(1) Sally Port 8 will be used as the entrance for
all emergency vehicles responding to an MCI at Camp
Delta.
(2) Sally Port 1 will be used as the exit for all
emergency vehicles leaving Camp Delta.
(3) Camp 1 triage area will be in the area between
the fenceline running east from Sally Port 2 and the
fenceline running east from Sally Port 3. Military
triage will be on the south side running from Sally Port
3 and east towards where the golf cart parking is
located. Detainee triage will be on the north side
running from Sally Port 2 and east towards the
Detainee Clinic gate. It will be marked by an orange
flag.
(4) Camp 1 immediate patients will be located
along the orange barricades around building four
starting at the easternmost corner and going west. It
will be marked by a red flag.
(5) Camp 1 delayed patients will be located along
the orange barricades around building four starting
where the immediate patients end and continuing west.
Will be marked by a yellow flag.
(6) Camp 1 minimal patients will be placed in the
in-process holding area to the east of building 5. Will
be marked by a green flag.
(7) Ambulances responding to Camp 1 will park
just to the north of the immediate patient area at a 45
degree angle with the front pointing towards Sally Port
1.
(8) If no fire is present, fire trucks responding to
Camp 1 will park in the area between the Camp 1
generators and the building 5 holding area.
(9) Camp 2 military triage will be located to the
south of building 7. It will be marked with an orange
flag.
(10) Camp 2 detainee triage will be located at the
base of the west steps of building 7. It will be marked
with an orange flag.
(11) Camp 2 immediate patients will be placed
near the CONEX located near Sally Port 9. It will be
marked with a red flag.
(12) Camp 2 delayed patients will be placed to
the west of Sally Port 9. It will be marked with a
yellow flag.
(13) Camp 2 minimal patients will be placed to
the west of building 9 within the fence enclosing
building 9. It will be marked by green flag.

(14) Ambulances responding to Camp 2 will park
side by side starting at the northwest corner of the mess
tent and moving out towards Sally Port 8. The front of
the vehicle will face Sally Port 7.
(15) If no fire is present, fire trucks responding to
Camp 2 will park in the area between the Camp 2
generators and the mess tent.
(16) Military expectant patients from any camp
will be placed in the mess tent.
(17) Detainee expectant patients from any camp
will be placed under the tree located near the flag pole.
aa.Medical personnel will:
(1) Perform initial triage at the scene and send
victims by litter to the triage area (marked by an orange
flag) where the Triage Officer (wearing an orange vest)
will triage each victim into one of the four categories:
IMMEDIATE,
DELAYED,
MINIMAL,
EXPECTANT.
(2) The Duty Delta Officer (DDO) will send out
the Emergency Response Team (ERT), consisting of
two corpsman and a response bag. The ERT will not
enter any cell until the detainee is secured by the MPs.
(3) The ERT will assess the situation and provide
immediate feedback to the DDO regarding the number
of military/detainee casualties and their status.
(4) The on scene corpsman or ERT will
coordinate casualty transport to designated triage area
based on location of MCI.
(5) Should the Emergency Response Team (ERT)
find multiple casualties or one casualty in imminent
danger of losing life or limb, they will report this
immediately to the DDO at Delta Medical Clinic.
(6) The DDO will:
(a) If less than five casualties, contact the DOC at
#3239, the Detention Hospital OIC and the Detention
Hospital Senior Medical Officer (SMO).
(b) If greater than five casualties, contact DOC at
#3239 and the Detention Hospital Command Duty
Officer (CDO) by dialing their home phone number or
by pager by dialing 7-2090 and entering pager #062.
IMPORTANT: 1) The CDO must be contacted, if
contact cannot be made with the CDO, the OIC should
then be notified. 2) The DDO will coordinate all
emergency response activities until a more senior
officer arrives.
(7) The CDO will contact:
(a) #911
(b) The Naval Hospital Emergency Department
at #3200 and state “This is the Command Duty Officer
for the Detention Hospital at Camp Delta, we have had
a Mass Casualty Incident beyond the scope of our
capabilities and require Naval Hospital Assistance,
please activate your Mass Casualty Recall Roster”.
Provide as much information as possible such as the
number of suspected deaths, wounded, etc.
(c) OIC, Detention Hospital (pager #068).

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.13

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(d) SMO to have them to report immediately
(pager #038).
(e) Detention Hospital Duty Driver (pager #937).
(f) Activate the Mass Casualty Recall Roster.
(8) Recalled Personnel.
Arriving recalled
personnel will muster in Delta Medical Clinic and
report to the Duty Delta Officer (DDO) for assignment
until OIC on scene.
(9) Medical personnel at Camp Delta will:
Perform initial triage at the scene and send victims by
litter to the triage area based on the location of the MCI
where the Triage Officer will triage each victim into
one of the four categories: IMMEDIATE, DELAYED,
MINIMAL, or EXPECTANT.
(a) After being triaged, the victims will be moved
to one of four areas to await transport. The immediate
area will be marked with a red flag and the Immediate
Category Leader will be wearing a red vest. The
delayed area will be marked with a yellow flag and the
Delayed Category Leader will be wearing a yellow
vest. The minimal area will be marked with a green
flag and the Minimal Category Leader will be wearing
a green vest. The expectant area will be marked with a
black flag and the Chaplain will be in this area.
(b) Once triaged, designated treatment teams,
locations and transportation modes are outlined as
follows:
(-) Military IMMEDIATE casualties will be sent
to the Naval Hospital GTMO via Naval Hospital
GTMO ambulance.
(-) Military DELAYED casualties will be sent to
the Naval Hospital GTMO via Naval Hospital GTMO
ambulance.
(-) Military MINIMAL casualties will be sent to
the Camp America Joint Aid Station via any available
military vehicle.
(-) Military EXPECTANT casualties will be sent
to the Camp Delta Mess Hall via litter bearer or
Detention Hospital ambulance.
(-) Detainee IMMEDIATE casualties will be sent
to the Naval Hospital GTMO for the first six and the
balance will be sent to the Detention Hospital via
Detention Hospital ambulance or litter bus.
(-) Detainee DELAYED casualties will be sent to
the Detention Hospital via Detention Hospital
ambulance or litter bus.
(-) Detainee MINIMAL casualties will be sent to
the Delta Medical Clinic via walked MP escort or
available carts.
(-) Detainee EXPECTANT casualties will be
sent to the tree near the Camp Delta Mess Hall via
Detention Hospital ambulance or litter bearer.
(10) Ambulance Transportation:
(a) After triage by the Triage Officer, victims are
tagged with their corresponding category and tracked
by the Medical Regulator. The Litter Bearer and

Transportation Coordinator then direct transportation to
treatment team locations as indicated in the chart
above.
(b) The Medical Regulator then radios Command
and Control with the victim’s category; detainee or
military.
(c) Two Detention Hospital Ambulances will be
pre-positioned outside of Delta Medical Clinic.
(d) All IMMEDIATE victims will take
precedence over DELAYED, MINIMAL, or
EXPECTANT. Initial triage is conducted as the
Emergency Response Team (ERT) removes victims
from the incident scene and then litter bearers take
casualties to the Triage Area.
(11) Litter Teams:
(a) Additional litter bearer support can be
obtained through Escort Control.
(b) The Litter Bearer Team Leader will
coordinate all litter teams to and from triage with the
MP Litter Bearer NCOIC. The Litter Bearer Team
Leader will communicate directly with the
Transportation Coordinator to keep casualty flow
uninterrupted.
(c) MPs: During initial triage, MPs will act as
litter bearers and assist the triage officer as required.
(12) Staging Areas:
(a) Staging areas for an MCI occurring in Camp
Delta 1 are located on the north side of the to the east
of Sally Port 1 along the north perimeter fence for
Delta-1.
(b) Staging areas for an MCI occurring in Delta 2
are located adjacent to the triage area at Delta-2.
(13) Responsibilities. Job Action Sheets will be
found in the Mass Casualty Admin box. These sheets
are designed to be used by responding personnel as a
quick reference or checklist of primary duties for a
specific mass casualty job, but are not all inclusive of
the duties/actions that will be required during a mass
casualty incident.
(14) Teams.
(a) Command and control team will consist of
one officer and one administration assistant.
(b) Medical Commander (MC) will wear a blue
vest and consist of one officer. If an administration
assistant is available, they will assist the MC.
(c) Emergency Response Team (ERT) will
consist of two corpsmen responders and corpsmen
ambulance drivers.
(d) Triage team will consist of one Triage Officer
(MD/IDC/PA – first to arrive), one Medical Regulator,
one Litter Bearer Team Leader, one Transportation
Coordinator, one Transportation Administration
Corpsman.
(e) Staging Team for Military and Detainee
Immediate Casualties will consist of two nurses and
two corpsman. Casualties in this staging area are

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.14

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
awaiting transportation. Team to be supplemented by
MD/IDC/PA if needed as they arrive from NH GTMO.
(f) Staging Team for Military and Detainee
Delayed Casualties will consist of two nurses and two
corpsman. Casualties in this staging area are awaiting
transportation.
Team to be supplemented by
MD/IDC/PA if needed as they arrive from NH GTMO.
(g) Staging Team for Military and Detainee
Minimal Casualties will consist of one nurse.
(h) Transportation to the Naval Hospital GTMO
will consist of Naval Hospital drivers using Naval
Hospital ambulances and Detention Hospital drivers
using Detention Ambulance Litter Bus for the first six
IMMEDIATE detainees.
Transportation to the
Detention Hospital will consist of Detention Hospital
drivers, corpsman, MPs, and other available personnel
using Detention Hospital ambulances, pick-ups, gators,
golf carts, and other vehicles.
(i) Detention Hospital Teams will consist of an
Immediate Team with one MD, two nurses, and four
corpsman (including rad tech, RT) and a Delayed Team
with one MD, two nurses, and four corpsman.
(j) Staging Team for Military and Detainee
Expectant Casualties will consist of the Muslim
chaplain and one corpsman in the Detainee area and at
least one chaplain and one corpsman in the military
area.
(k) Litter Bearer Team will consist of one
corpsman as the team leader.
Bearers will be
designated MP escort teams.
(l) Manpower Coordinator will be a corpsman or
any Detention Hospital staff member.
(m) Traffic Coordinator will be any available
personnel.
(15) Psychiatric Services.
(a) During the event of a mass casualty, all
personnel who are assigned to Psychiatric Services,
Detention Hospital, will be contacted and expected to
report to the Delta Medical Clinic immediately for
muster. They will be utilized for their medical
expertise initially until otherwise directed. These
personnel include one Psychologist, two Psychiatric
Nurse Corps Officers and six Psychiatric Techs.
(b) Mental Health / Psychiatric providers will
also be available after initial emergency response and
treatment.
(16) Supply.
(a) IMMEDIATE Mass Casualty Kit. One kit
staged in Mass Casualty CONEX box at Delta Medical
Clinic for use at the Camp 1 MCI scene and one kit
staged in Mass Casualty CONEX box near Sally Port 9
for use at the Camp 2 MCI scene.
(b) DELAYED Mass Casualty Kit. One kit
staged in Mass Casualty CONEX box at Delta Medical
Clinic for use at the Camp 1 MCI scene and one kit

staged in Mass Casualty CONEX box near Sally Port 9
for use at the Camp 2 MCI scene.
(c) MINIMAL Mass Casualty Kit. One kit
staged in Mass Casualty CONEX box at Delta Medical
Clinic for use at the Camp 1 MCI scene and one kit
staged in Mass Casualty CONEX box near Sally Port 9
for use at the Camp 2 MCI scene.
(d) STAGING Area Mass Casualty Kit. One kit
staged in Mass Casualty CONEX box at Delta Medical
Clinic for use at the Camp 1 MCI scene and one kit
staged in Mass Casualty CONEX box near Sally Port 9
for use at the Camp 2 MCI scene.
(e) ADMIN Mass Casualty Box. One kit staged
inside the supply room at Delta Medical Equipment.
This kit contains:
(-) Triage signs/flags
(-) Bullhorns
(-) Patient tracking forms
(-) Flashlights
(-) Additional triage tags
(-) Job action sheets
(-) Identification vests
(f) Additional Emergency Response Supplies.
Additional emergency response supplies are located in
a CONEX box designated for bulk mass casualty
supplies.
(17) Colored Mass Casualty Boxes/Signs/Flags.
If any predetermined site is determined unsafe, the MC
and the On Scene Commander will designate an
alternate safe site. Triage category sites will be marked
by color coded medical response boxes. The boxes are
colored as follows:
(a) Triage - orange
(b) Immediate - red
(c) Delayed - yellow
(d) Minimal – green
(e) Expectant - black
(18) Radios. Radios will be utilized to facilitate
communication between all team-leaders:
(a) OIC
(b) ERT
(c) Triage Team Medical Regulator
(d) Litter Bearer Team Leader
(e) Transportation Coordinator
(f) Immediate Category Leader
(g) Delayed Category Leader
(19) Bullhorns. Bullhorns can also be utilized by
team leaders to facilitate communication between team
leaders and team members.
(20) Telephones. Telephones will be used to
relay information between Delta Medical Clinic, Joint
Aid Station, Detention Hospital and Naval Hospital
GTMO and to communicate to any other appropriate
facility. Use of phones for purposes other than
immediate victim/patient care is highly discouraged
during the incident.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.15

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
(21) Safety. Safety is the priority, whether it be
during an actual mass casualty response or a practice
exercise. Prior to any Mass Casualty Exercise, a Safety
Officer must be appointed and has the authority to stop
the drill if they feel that unsafe conditions exist.
Additionally, any personnel or observer can stop the
exercise if they determine an unsafe environment
exists.
(22) Additional Resources. In the event that the
resources of the Naval Hospital GTMO are overcome,
the Wine Cellar can be used to house up to eight
additional victims. The local fire department maintains
four additional mass casualty medical supply boxes
that can be utilized as necessary.
32-11. Evacuation Routes
a. The Detention Operations Officer, and in his
absence, the on-duty CO will direct an evacuation of
US personnel and detainees when he believes that to be
the most prudent course of action given the known
situation.
b. Evacuations will be made only to those areas
required to assure the safety of US personnel and
detainees.
c. DOC will remain manned unless absolutely
required to provide for the safety of US personnel.
(1) Camp II SOG Office (Bldg 7, Room 7) serves
as alternate DOC (ADOC) if DOC is evacuated.
(2) In the event that Camp Delta must be
completely evacuated, DOC operations will be
established on the north side of Sally Port 1.
d. Depending upon time available and seriousness it
may not be possible to adhere to the normal detainee
movement security procedures. Security of detainees
and safety of US personnel remains the top concern
when it becomes necessary to contravene established
procedures because of the necessity of the situation.
(1) The following categories of detainees warrant
high security precautions: Level 4, Level 5, and
detainees with a past history for violence or mental
illness.
(2) If evacuated from Camp Delta to another
location, detainees will be shackled with three-piece
suits and have an escort of at least two MPs each.
(3) Detainees will be moved to the closest
assembly area from their block consistent with a
minimum standoff distance of 300 ft from any
suspected explosive device.
e. Evacuation Routes and Assembly Areas.
(1) Camp I admin buildings (JIG, SCIF,
Medical/In-Processing, CTC, DOC, JIIF).
(a) US personnel will evacuate through Sally Port
1 to AA RAT.
(b) Any detainees being interrogated will be
escorted to AA IGUANA. Once all detainees are

evacuated, MP escort will remain at AA IGUANA to
provide additional security.
(c) DOC personnel will remain at DOC until
directed to evacuate by the DOO.
(2) Camp I detainee blocks (A – I).
(a) Detainees will be evacuated through Sally
Port 6 to AA BUZZARD.
(b) Block MPs and roving sally port MPs will
move with their detainees through Sally Port 6 and
provide security at AA BUZZARD.
(c) During an isolated incident involving one of
more blocks in Camp I but not blocks A, E, or I,
detainees can be evacuated to AA SNAKE, which is
located in block J.
(3) Camp II and III admin buildings (JDOG
Intel/Interpreters, and JIIF).
(a) US personnel will evacuate through Sally Port
9 to AA MOUSE.
(b) Any detainees being interrogated will be
escorted to AA ANT. Once all detainees are evacuated,
MP escort will remain at AA ANT to provide
additional security.
(4) Camp II and III detainee blocks (K – T).
(a) Detainees will be evacuated through Sally
Port 10 then Sally Port 9 to AA ANT.
(b) Block MPs and roving sally port MPs will
move with their detainees through Sally Port 10 then
Sally Port 9 to AA ANT. Block and roving sally port
MPs will provide security at AA ANT.
(5) Camp IV detainee blocks (U – Y).
(a) Detainees will be evacuated through Sally
Port 14, Sally Port 12, and Sally Port 5 to AA
IGUANA.
(b) Block and roving patrol MPs will provide for
security enroute and will remain with their detainees at
AA IGUANA to provide security.
f. Evacuation of Camp Delta. The destructive
weather plan K-span buildings located at Camp
Bulkeley will be used for temporary housing in event
that Camp Delta must be completely evacuated.
Detainees will be staged moving from their blocks to
an intermediate assembly area where they will be
prepared for movement then to a departure assembly
area for movement.
(1) Camp I (admin areas not directly in contact
with detainees). Evacuate through Sally Port 1 to AA
RAT. Personnel will be given assignments to assist in
detainee evacuation from Camp Delta.
(2) Camp I (blocks A – I). Blocks will be
evacuated one block at a time to AA SNAKE.
Detainees will be prepared for movement. Detainees
will then be moved to AA IGUANA. Detainees will be
loaded into vehicles for movement to Camp Bulkeley.
(3) Camp II and III (admin areas not directly in
contact with detainees). Evacuate through Sally Port 1

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.16

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
to AA RAT. Personnel will be given assignments to
assist in detainee evacuation from Camp Delta.
(4) Camp II and III (blocks K – T). Blocks will be
evacuated one block at a time to AA ANT. Detainees
will be prepared for movement. Detainees will then be
moved to AA MOUSE. Detainees will be loaded into
vehicles for movement to Camp Bulkeley.
(5) Camp IV (blocks U – Y). Blocks will be
evacuated to the Camp IV recreation area one block at
a time. Detainees will be prepared for movement.
Detainees will then be moved to AA IGUANA where
they will be loaded into vehicles for movement to
Camp Bulkeley.
32-12. Destructive Weather
a. This Emergency Action Plan will be effective
unless updated or revised.
b. The Destructive Weather (DxWx) Plan is divided
into six phases:
(1) Development
(2) Establish detainee DxWx accommodations
(3) Implement DxWx operations
(4) Movement
(5) Redeployment
(6) Return to pre-DxWx operational status
c. Development.
Will entail the informational
gathering process of what is required to support the
relocation of detainees in the event of DxWx. This
cycle must be continuous as detainee population and
special detainees may change that will alter existing
plans. The phase will be handled at the JDOG level
and higher.
d. Establish detainee DxWx accommodations.
Currently K-SPANs and magazines will be used to
house detainees. Special case detainees will be given a
separate location to be placed. Supplies will also be
prestaged and/or checked for usability.
e. Implement DxWx operations. This phase will
entail JDOG will work in 12 hour shifts, Camp
America preparing for movement, and the preparation
for detainee movement.
(1) At H-120, with H being the hour of landfall, a
FRAGO will be issued by the J-3.
(2) At H-96, a Pre-Hurricane Conference/Key
Leader Rehearsal will be held.
(3) At H-72, an alternate DOC will be established
at Bulkeley Hall. Leave will be cancelled. The
breakdown of Detention Hospital, as required, will
commence. A complete accountability of all personnel
will occur.
(4) Begin the lock down of Camp America. All
lose items in Camp America, Camp Delta, and all other
parts of JTF-GTMO will be secured to prevent them
from becoming projectile weapons.
(5) All soldiers in Camp America will prepare an
A bag.

f. Movement.
(1) When winds of 64 knots or greater within 48
hours (H-48), commence the movement of detainees
from Detention Hospital. All interrogations will cease.
Camp America will be evacuated to the K-SPANs
(2) At H-36, internal and external security will be
established at the shelters. The JDOG DOC will be
established.
The QRF at the shelters will be
established.
(3) At H-24, all detainees will be moved from the
Detention Hospital to the Wine Cellar.
(4) At H-21, all vehicles to be used in the transfer
will be staged inside Camp Delta next to the Detainee
Clinic. All vehicles will have been filled and PMCS
will have been completed. Any mechanical problems
will have been corrected.
A contingency bus,
ambulance, and QRF will stage at a central location,
accessible to both the K-SPANs and Magazines. Key
leaders and key drivers will perform a route recon.
(5) Each escort will have 36 minutes to complete
one transfer of 30 detainees.
(6) At H-18, detainee transport will commence.
Transfer will consist of two escort teams of infantry in
M1025 and two busses each containing 15 detainees,
six MPs, one driver, and an interpreter. All detainees
will be transported in three-piece suits and secured to
the eyebolts in the floor of the K-SPANs or magazines.
(7) At H-12, detainee transfer will be complete.
Command and control will be transferred from the
Camp Delta DOC to the Camp Bulkeley DOC.
(8) At H-6, the last shift rotation will occur. The
QRF will be in place in the K-SPANs and magazines.
Camp Delta and all TCPs and OPs will be secured.
(9) At H+8, a recon will be conducted of Camp
America and Camp Delta. All items requiring repair
will be identified.
(10) At H+12, begin to clear transportation routes
and initiate repairs of facilities. Stand-up Camp Delta.
(11) At H+24, Camp Delta will become
operational.
(12) At H+30, begin transfer of detainees back to
Camp Delta.
(13) At H+48, transfer detainees from the Wine
Cellar back to Detention Hospital.
(14) At H+54, reopen Camp America and begin
the resupply and repair of the DxWx sites.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.17

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
32.18

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Appendix A
References
Section I
Required Publications
Geneva Conventions for the Protection of War
Victims, 12 August 1949
Military Order of November 13, 2001 – Detention,
Treatment, and Trial of Certain Non-Citizens in the
War Against Terrorism (Federal Register, Volume 66,
No. 222, pages 57833 – 57836)
AR 190-8
Enemy Prisoner of War, Retained Personnel, Civilian
Internees and Other detainees, 01 OCT 97
AR 190-11
Physical Security of Arms, Ammunition, and
Explosives, 12 FEB 98
AR 190-12
Military Working Dogs, 30 SEP 93
AR 190-13
The Army Physical Security Program, 30 SEP 93
AR 190-14
Carrying of Firearms and Use of Force for Law
Enforcement and Security Duties, 12 MAR 93
AR 190-16
Physical Security, 31 MAY 91
AR 190-22
Searches, Seizures, and Disposition of Property, 1 JAN
83.
AR 190-30
Military Police Investigations, 1 JUN 78
AR 190-40
Serious Incident Report, 30 NOV 93
AR 190-45
Law Enforcement Reporting, 20 OCT 00
AR 190-47
The Army Corrections System. 15 AUG 96
AR 190-51
Security of Unclassified Army Property, 30 SEP 93
AR 195-5
Criminal Investigations, Evidence Procedures, 28 AUG
92
AR 210-174
Accounting Procedures for Prisoners’ Personal
Property and Funds, 17 SEP 86
AR 385-64
Ammunition and Explosive Safety Standards, 1 FEB
00
AR 700-81
DOD Dog Program, 5 MAY 71
FM 27-10
The Law of Land Warfare, 18 JUL 1956, Change-1,
15 JUL 76
FM 3-19.40
Military Police Internment/Resettlement Operations,
01 AUG 01

DA PAM 190-12
Military Working Dog Program, 30 SEP 93
JTF-GTMO ROE/RUF
30 NOV 02
OPNAVINST 5530.13B
Department of The Navy Physical Security Instruction
For Conventional Arms, Ammunition, and Explosives,
05 JUL 94
GTA 5-8-12
25 FEB 99
STP 19-95C14-SM-TG
MOS 95C
INTERNMENT/RESETTLEMENT SPECIALIST
26 March 99
Messages, HQDA, DAMO-ODL
14 DEC 94
Subject: Review for Legal Review/Opinion—Use of
Oleoresin Capsicum Pepper Spray for Correctional
Purposes.
MOU Concerning the U.S. Naval Brig at Guantanamo
Bay Cuba, 7 MAR 02.
Detention Hospital “Care of the detainee With SelfInjurious Behavior” SOP
Fleet Hospital 20 SOP for Hunger Strikes, Drinking
Strikes, and Re-Feeding
27 MAY 02.
Enclosure 1: Enclosure 1-4 (FPCON Alpha-Delta) to
Tab-D (Random Anti-terrorism Measures) to
Appendix-2 (Anti-terrorism) to Annex-C (Operations)
to JTF-GTMO Anti-terrorism Force Protection Plan
(AT/FPP).
E-mail from JDOG CDR re: Policy Guidance,
Procedures for Use of Aerosol Restrain (OLEORESIN
CAPSICUM) 21 JUN 02.
Map: Map Series, Cuba 1:25000 Guantanamo, TPC
Series E824S, Sheet 3025II, Edition 1-DMA
Guantanamo
Naval Hospital GTMO Mass Casualty Plan,
NAVHOSPGTMOINST 3440.1C
Madigan Army Medical Center Emergency
Preparedness Management Plan, current.
Arizona Triage System, Responding to an MCI: EMS
Guide
Section II
Prescribed Forms
DA Form 508
Report Of/Or Recommendation For Disciplinary
Action
DA Form 509
Inspection Record Of Prisoner In Segregation
DA Form 1594
Daily Staff Journal or Duty Officer’s Log
DA Form 2062
Hand Receipt
DA Form 2823
Sworn Statement

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
A.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
DA Form 3997
Military Police Desk Blotter
DA Form 4137
Evidence/Property Custody Document
DA Form 5513
Key Control Register And Inventory
CD-RU01
Repair And Utility Work Order
CD-S201
Significant Activities Sheet
CD-S301
Detainee Behavioral Tracking
CD-S302
Chaplain Requests
CD-S303
Detainee Confiscated Items
CD-S304
Detainee Inventory Form
CD-S305
Camp Delta Contractor Escorts
CD-S306
Detainee Discipline History
CD-S307
Camp Delta Headcount
CD-S308
ICRC Checklist
CD-S309
ICRC Interview Request
CD-S310
ID Band Or Card Request Form
CD-S311
India Block Max Security Log
CD-S312
November Block Max Security Log
CD-S313
Oscar Block Max Security Log
CD-S314
Medical Appointments
CD-S315
Detainee Daily Medical Requests/Complaint Form
CD-S316
Permanent Movement Sheet
CD-S317
Reservation Checklist
CD-S318
Reservation Requests
CD-S319
Observation of Self-Injurious Behavior Form
CD-S320
Individual Detainee Status Record
GTMO Form 508-1
Notification of Status For Positive Behavior Reward
Program
CD-S321
Fire Checklist

CD-S322
Fire Notification
CD-S323
CO Checklist
CD-S324
Immediate Response Force (IRF) Checklist
CD-S325
Authorized Activities
CD-S326
Authorized Items
CD-S327
List of Offenses
CD-S328
Discipline Matrix
CD-S329
Damage to Property Discipline Matrix
CD-S330
Guard Mount Information Message
CD-S331
Mass Casualty Checklist
CD-S332
Triage Checklist
CD-S333
Shower and Recreation Schedule
Linen and Uniform Exchange Schedule
CD-S334
Individual Detainee Refusal Tracking Record
CD-S335
Daily Detainee Medical Requests/Complaints
CD-S336
Weekly and Monthly Due Outs
CD-S337
Block NCO Checklist
CD-S338
Level 5 and Medical Entitlement Form
CD-S339
Notification Matrix
CD-S340
Guard Mount Manning Roster
CD-S341
Inspection Record of Prisoner in Segregation
JTF-GTMO Bomb Threat Data Card
Camp Delta Guard Force Shift After Action Review
Standard Intelligence Reporting Form
J4/JLSG Warehouse Expendable/Consumable Request
Form
Non-Expendable/Consumable Request Form
Section III
Abbreviations
AAR
After Action Review
CI
Comfort Items, Counter Intelligence
CINC
Commander in Chief

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
A.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
CITF
Criminal Investigation Task Force
CJDOG
Commander, Joint Detention Operations Group
COMSEC
Communications Security
CTC
Counterterrorism Cell
C2
Command and Control
DL
Detainee Library
DMPC
Detainee Mail Processing Center
DO
Duty Officer
DOC
DOC
DOCEX
Document Exploitation
DRS
Detainee Reporting System
DTF
DOCEX Template Format
DTG
Date Time Group
DV
Distinguished Visitor
EC
Evidence Custodian
EEFI
Essential Elements of Friendly Information
ETA
Estimated Time of Arrival
FBI
Federal Bureau of Investigation
FPCON
Force Protection Condition
GWOT
Global War On Terrorism
HMMWV
High Mobility Multipurpose Wheeled Vehicle
HQDA
Headquarters, Department of the Army
IAW
In Accordance With
ICE
Interrogation Control Element
ICRC
International Committee of the Red Cross
ID
Identity
IMD
Internee Management Database
INTREP
Intelligence Report

INTSUM
Intelligence Summary
IRF
Immediate Reaction Force
ISN
Internment Serial Number
JDOG
Joint Detention Operations Group
JIIF
Joint Interagency Interrogation Facility
JIG
Joint Intelligence Group
JOA
Joint Operational Area
JOC
Joint Operations Center
JTF
Joint Task Force
JTF-GTMO
Joint Task Force - Guantanamo Bay, Cuba
JPRC
Joint Personnel Readiness Center
MG
Machinegun
MMS
Mail Management System
MI
Military Intelligence
MMS
Mail Management System
MOD
Medical Officer of the Day
MPH
Miles Per Hour
MRE
Meals Ready to Eat
MSU
Maximum Security Unit
MTS
Mail Transmittal Sheet
MWD
Military Working Dog
NAI
Named Areas of Interest
NAVBASE
Naval Base
NAVSTA
Naval Station
NCA
National Command Authority
NCIS
Naval Criminal Investigation Service
NCO
Non Commissioned Officer
NCOIC
Non Commissioned Officer in Charge

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
A.3

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
NDRC
National Detainee Records Center
NLW
Non-Lethal Weapons
OML
Order of Merit List
OC
Oleoresin/Capsicum: Pepper Spray
OIC
Officer in Charge
OPORD
Operations Order
PA
Physician’s Assistant
PBO
Property Book Officer
PL
PL
PMCS
Preventive Maintenance, Checks, and Services
POC
Point Of Contact
PS
Processing Section
PSU
Port Security Unit
QRF
Quick Reaction Force
RAM
Random Anti-Terrorism Measure
ROI
Rules of Interaction
ROE
Rules Of Engagement
RUF
Rules for Use of Force
R&U
Repair and Utility
SBF
Support-By-Fire
SECDEF
Secretary of Defense
SIGACT
Significant Activity
SIR
Serious Incident Report
SIRF
Standard Intelligence Reporting Form
SOG
SOG
SPOTREP
Spot Report
SSO
Special Security Officer
STU
Secure Telephone Unit

THREATCON
Threat Condition
TR
Transmittal Record
T-SCIF
Top-Secret Compartmented Information Facility
UCMJ
Uniform Code of Military Justice
USAF
United States Air Force
VIP
Very Important Person
Section IV
Index
Additional Equipment, page 24.1
Alert Roster/Recall Roster, page 21.7
Ammunition Handling, page 23.5
Ammunition Numbers and Accountability, page 25.1
Applying Restraints (“Shackling”), page 6.2
Attempted/Actual Suicide, page 32.1
Authorized Personnel, page 12.1
Barber, page 6.4
Behavior Management Plan, page 4.3
Block Documentation, page 6.5
Block Operations, page 9.1
Bodily Fluids, page 19.4
Bomb Threat / Discovery / Explosion, page 32.8
Brevity Code, page 24.2
Brevity Codes for Implementation of FPCON Levels,
page 21.7
Camp Delta Operations, page 2.1, 15.1
Camp Rules (Station 10), page 4.3
Camp Rules, page 5.2
Camp Supply Rooms, page 31.1
Cavity Search (Station 3), page 4.2
Cell Block Operations, page 6.1
Cell Block Report, page 6.7
Cell/Block Cleaning, page 6.7
Chain of Command, page 2.1
Change in FPCON, page 21.1
Change of Shift Procedures, page 5.3
Chaplain Requests, page 16.1
Chaplain, page 16.1
Christian Holidays, page 16.4
Cleared Mail, page 13.3
Clothing Removal Rome (Station 1), page 4.2
Combat Lifesavers, page 19.3
Comfort Items, page 8.2
Command and Control, page 2.1
Communication Matrix and Link Diagram, page 14.1
Communications, page 11.4
Computer Requests, page 31.1
Conduct of Infantry Soldiers, page 23.1
Confiscation of Items, page 8.5
Cultural Considerations, page 16.3

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
A.4

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Daily Reports, page 5.1
Death, page 32.4
Debrief Format, page 23.2
Deceptive Light Plan, page 27.2
Delta Block Mental Health Facility (MHF), page 30.1
Destructive Weather, page 32.17
Detainee Behavioral Management, page 8.1
Detainee Classification System, page 8.2
Detainee Identification Band, page 6.8
Detainee In-Processing Operations, page 15.2
Detainee International Public Information Themes,
page 28.1
Detainee Library, page 15.3
Detainee Mail Operations, page 13.1
Detainee Mail Screening, page 14.1
Detainee Medical Clinic Gate, page 7.5
Detainee Mess Operations, page 6.3
Detainee Processing (Reception/Transfer/Release),
page 4.1
Detainee Property, page 12.1
Detainee Reception Operations, page 3.1
Detainee Standard of Conduct, page 6.7
Detainees in Isolation, page 13.5
Detainees Passing Mail between Cells, page 13.5
Detainees with More Than 12 Items of Mail, page 13.5
Detention Facility Operations, page 5.1
Detention Hospital, page 19.6
Detention Operations Branch, page 2.1
Detention Operations Center (DOC), page 2.2
Detention Services Branch, page 2.2
Dietary Practices, page 16.3
Discipline Process, page 8.1
Discipline Records, page 5.3
Dispensing of Medications, page 19.1
Distinguished Visitors, page 11.4
Disturbance Matrix, page 14.1
DNA Sample (Station 5), page 4.2
DOCEX Quality Control, page 15.3
DOCEX Translation Guidelines, page 15.3
Document Exploitation (DOCEX), page 15.2
Documents, page 4.1
Dressing/Shackle Exchange (Station 4), page 4.2
DRS In-Processing (Station 7), page 4.3
Duress Condition, page 21.7
Duties, page 14.2, 18.1
Emergency Action Plans (EAPs), page 32.1
Emergency Condition Responses, page 19.2
Emergency Procedures, page 22.2
Emergency Sick Call, page 19.2
Equipment Chit System, page 5.4
Equipment Maintenance, page 11.4
Equipment Maintenance, page 6.7
Escort Control, page 11.1
Escort Operations, page 11.1
Escort Teams, page 11.1

Essential Elements of Friendly Information (EEFI),
page 27.1
Evacuation Routes, page 32.16
Evidence and Contraband Procedures, page 5.4
Explanation of Abbreviations and Terms, page 1.1
External Positions, page 23.2
External Security Operations, page 23.1
Fasting Requests, page 16.1
Fingerprint (Station 9), page 4.3
Fire Prevention Precautions, page 21.1
Fire, page 32.7
Food Service, page 18.1
Food Tray Slot (“Bean Hole”) Covers, page 6.2
Force Protection, page 14.1, 21.1
Fratricide, page 32.6
Friday Prayer Service, page 16.2
General Protection Policy, page 1.3
General, page 11.1, 14.1, 15.1
GTMO Form 508-1, page 8.4
Guard Mount, page 5.3
Harrisonburg TCP, page 23.7
Headcounts, page 6.1
Heat Category Measure, page 19.5
Height And Weight (Station 6), page 4.2
Held Mail, page 13.3
Hostage Situation, page 32.3
Hunger Strike, page 19.4
ICRC Mail, page 13.2
ICRC Visitation Rules, page 17.1
ID Wristband/Dossier (Station 8), page 4.3
Inbound and Outbound Operations, page 3.4
Incident Reports, page 5.2
Incoming Mail, page 13.1
Incorrectly Addressed Mail, page 13.5
Infantry FPCON Actions, page 23.1
Infantry Support Force, page 3.1
Infantry Support Operations, page 3.1
Initial Processing , page 4.1
Initial Reaction Force (IRF) Operations, page 24.1
In-processing and Documentation, page 9.1
In-Processing Procedures, page 4.1
In-processing Security, page 3.2
Inspections and Inventories, page 6.7
Intelligence Operations, page 14.1
Intelligence Reference Guide for Linguists, page 15.5
International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC),
page 17.1
Introduction, page 1.1
Investigations, page 5.5
IRF Team Equipment, page 24.1
IRF Team Guidelines, page 24.2
IRF Team Use, page 24.2
Items of Intelligence Value, page 14.1
JDOG Mission and Commander’s Intent, page 1.1
JIIF Gate, page 7.6
JIIF MP Personnel, page 14.2

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
A.5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Key Access Roster, page 22.1
Key and Lock Accountability, page 22.1
Key Control Register, page 22.1
Key Control, page 22.1
Key Custodian, page 22.1
Key Issue Procedures, page 22.1
Keys, page 6.2
Land Movement, page 3.2
Laundry / Linen, page 6.4
Leadership Matrices, page 14.1
Level 5 Blocks, page 8.4
Levels of Visitation, page 17.1
Lexington TCP, page 23.5
Library Books, page 6.5
Linguist Operations, page 15.1
Linguist Support, page 3.4
Listening Posts (LP)/Observation Posts (OP), page
23.5
Logistics, page 26.2
Loss of Hot Meals, page 8.2
Loss of Recreation, page 8.2
Mail for Detainees Held at Locations Other Than
GTMO, page 13.4
Mail for Released Detainees, page 13.5
Mail Screening, page 13.3
Mail Sent Directly to Detainees, page 13.4
Mail Transmittal Records, page 13.4
Mass Casualty Incident (MCI), page 32.8
Mass Disturbance, page 32.1
Maximum Security Unit Operations, page 9.1
Meals, page 10.1
Medical Appointments, page 6.5
Medical Emergency, page 32.5
Medical Practices, page 16.3
Medical Support Requirements, page 10.1
Medical, page 19.1
Military Working Dogs (MWD), page 26.1
Minor SOP Modifications, page 1.1
Mission, page 25.1
Mounted Patrols, page 23.4
Movement to Camp IV, page 29.1
Movement to Camp IV, page 29.2
MP Escort Responsibilities, page 4.2
Muslim Fasting, page 16.2
Muslim Funeral and Burial Rites, page 16.5
Muslim Holiday - Eid, page 16.2
NAVBASE Hospital Escorts, page 11.4
NAVBASE Siren System, page 21.8
NAVSTA Brig Operations, page 10.1
Notification Procedures, page 25.1
Oleoresin Capsicum (OC) Use, page 5.3
Operational Intelligence, page 14.2
Operational Security (OPSEC) and Deceptive Lighting
Plan, page 27.1
Operations, page 17.1, 18.1, 26.1, 28.1, 30.1
Organization, page 15.1

Other Personnel, page 6.4
Outgoing Mail, page 13.1
Overview, page 3.1, 6.1, 22.1
Passive Collection of CI Information, page 15.5
Passive Collection, page 6.7
Personal Hygiene and Appearance, page 6.8
Personnel Requirements, page 4.1
Personnel Support Requirements, page 10.1
Personnel, page 17.1
Physical Plant, page 2.1
Placement for Intelligence Purposes, page 9.1
Post Processing, page 4.3
Power Outage, page 32.3
Preparation for Processing, page 4.1
Preparation, page 29.1
Priority of Escorts, page 11.1
Procedures for the Burial, page 16.6
Process, page 29.1
Prohibited Activity, page 27.1
Property Handling, page 12.1
Provision of Basic Needs, page 8.1
Public Address System, page 5.4
Public Affairs, page 28.1
Punitive Action, page 27.1
Purpose, page 1.1, 4.1, 8.1, 10.1, 27.1
Quick Response Force (QRF) Operations, page 25.1
Radio Discipline, page 5.4
Record Keeping, page 2.3
Recreation, page 10.1
Redacted Mail, page 13.3
References, page 1.1
Religious Items, page 16.3, 16.5
Religious Practices, page 16.1
Religious Support, page 16.1
Repair and Utility, page 20.1
Reporting, page 4.3
Requirements, page 25.1
Responsibilities, page 1.1, 18.1, 26.1, 27.1
Restraint Procedures, page 19.1
Roles and Responsibilities, page 15.1
Roving Sally, page 7.6
Rules of Engagement (ROE) and Rules for the Use of
Force (RUF), page 5.1
Sally Port Operations, page 7.1
Sally Ports 1 And 8, page 7.1
Sally Ports 3 And 9, page 7.4
Sally Ports 4 And 10, page 7.5
Sally Ports, page 7.1
SCIF Security, page 14.3
Searches, page 6.1, 21.1
Searching the Koran, page 6.1
Security Considerations, page 15.5
Security Inspections and Vulnerability Assessments,
page 21.1
Self-Harm Blankets and Smocks, page 19.1
Serious Incident Reports, page 5.3

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
A.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Shower (Station 2), page 4.2
Shower and Recreation, page 6.3
Showers and Hygiene, page 16.3
Showers and Laundry, page 10.1
Shrouding the Body, page 16.5
Sick Call, page 19.2
Significant Activity Report, page 14.1
Source Operations and Reports, page 14.2
Special Instructions, page 23.3
Special Orders for Guard Staff, page 10.2
Special Rewards, page 8.7
SPOT Reports, page 5.2
Standing Orders, page 29.2
Staunton Blocking Position (BP), page 23.8
Supply Operations, page 31.1
Supply Requests, page 31.1
Task Organization, page 23.1
Team Organization, page 24.1
The Christian Prayer, page 16.4
The Muslim Prayer, page 16.2
Themes for Global War on Terrorism (GWOT), page
28.1
Tool Accountability, page 20.2
Tower Operations, page 23.1
Training, page 24.1, 26.2
Transitions, page 29.1
Transport to NAVSTA Brig, page 10.1
Types of Mail, page 13.1
U.S. Personnel Standards of Conduct, page 1.2
Uniform and Dress Rules, page 6.8
Uniform, page 25.1
Use of the Television, page 10.3
Vehicle Usage, page 11.3
Verbal Reporting, page 24.3
Visitation, page 10.2
Washing the Body, page 16.5
Waste Disposal, page 31.1
Weapon Boxes, page 7.6
Weapon Conditions, page 21.8
Weapons and Ammunition Storage Facility, page 21.8
Wear and Appearance of Clothing, page 16.3
Work Orders, page 20.1
Written Reporting, page 24.3

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
A.7

DRAFT
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
A.8

Repair and Utilities
WORK ORDER REQUEST

Form Date : 23 DEC 02

R & U Work Order #

Contractor Work Order #
Date Submitted :
EMERGENCY: (02)
1/2 Hr Response

ROUTINE: (01)
1-5 Days

PRIORITY:
THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED TO ENSURE A PROMPT AND
ACCURATE RESPONSE. PROVIDE AS MUCH DETAIL AS POSSIBLE
Requestor: Unit/Office:

Date:

POC Name/Rank:

Time:
POC Phone:

Location of work :
Camp #1

Camp #3

Camp #2
Other

Detailed Description of work to be done:

Diagram of work to be done (sizes, distances etc) [Use reverse side if needed]:

R&U Use Only
Remarks:

Camp #4

DETAINEE BEHAVIORAL TRACKING
BLOCK

DAYS

SHIFT
SWINGS

MIDS

LEVEL TIER
1 2 3 4 5

NCOIC NAME

DATE/TIME GROUP

Ignores Prayer Call

Cross Block Commo

Returned Comfort Item

Seeks Med Attention

Psych Issues

Self Harm Watch

Refused Rec

Refused Shower

CELL
PRIVILEGES GAIN/LOST
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
CD-S301 28 MAR 03
PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

Refused Medication

PT In Cell

Demonstrates Ldrsp

Derogatory Commo

Threatens MP

Failure To Comply

Spits/Throws At MP

Aggressive

Hostile

Cooperative

ISN

Speaks English

Behavior Assessment

CHAPLAIN REQUESTS
DATE

ISN

CD-S302 28 MAR 03

BLOCK

CELL

REQUEST

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

CHAPLAIN NOTES

DETAINEE CONFISCATED ITEMS
ISN:

DETAINEE CONFISCATED ITEMS
QTY

ISN:

QTY
Personal Items

Personal Items
Linen:
Blanket
Sheet
Towels
T-Shirt (Turn in if moving off a level 1 block)
Washcloth
Religious Items: Turn in to Librarian all Korans
Perfume/Oil
Prayer Beads
Prayer Cap
Library: Turn in to Librarian the following items:
Books/Magazines from Detainee Library
N/A
Supplies:
Bar Soap (small)
Bar Soap Regular (keep in cell)
Comb In Shower
Finger Tooth Brush
ISO Mat
Mail
Mask (Surgical Type)
Mattress
Salt Packets
Styrofoam Cups
Toothpaste
Travel type or regular Tooth Brush
Water Bottle (no squirt top)
Water Bottle (with top)
Block: Keep on Block the following items:
Games
N/A
Playing Cards
N/A
Intel: Turn in to Intel

Linen:
Blanket
Sheet
Towels
T-Shirt (Turn in if moving off a level 1 block)
Washcloth
Religious Items: Turn in to Librarian all Korans
Perfume/Oil
Prayer Beads
Prayer Cap
Library: Turn in to Librarian the following items:
Books/Magazines from Detainee Library
N/A
Supplies:
Bar Soap (small)
Bar Soap Regular (keep in cell)
Comb In Shower
Finger Tooth Brush
ISO Mat
Mail
Mask (Surgical Type)
Mattress
Salt Packets
Styrofoam Cups
Toothpaste
Travel type or regular Tooth Brush
Water Bottle (no squirt top)
Water Bottle (with top)
Block: Keep on Block the following items:
Games
N/A
Playing Cards
N/A
Intel: Turn in to Intel

Inventoried by (print clearly):

Inventoried by (print clearly):

Date:

Date:

CD-S303 28 MAR 03

CD-S303 28 MAR 03

Detainee Inventory Form
ISN

AMT AMT AMT AMT AMT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
CP 4 L1 L2 L3 L4

Personal Items
Linen:
Blanket
2
2
2
1
1
Orange Suit, top and bottom (size:
) N/A 1
1
1
1
White Suit, top and bottom (size:
) 1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
PT Shorts (size:
)
1
1
1
1
1
Sheet
1
1
1
1 N/A
Towels
2
2
2
1
1
T-Shirt (size:
)
1
1 N/A N/A N/A
Wash Cloth
1
1
1
1 N/A
Religious Items:
Koran
1
1
1
1
1
Perfume/Oil
3
3
2
1 N/A
Prayer Beads
1
1
1
1 N/A
Prayer Cap
1
1
1
1 N/A
Library:
Books/Magazines from Detainee Library
6
6
4
2 N/A
Supplies:
Bar Soap (small)
N/A N/A 1
1 N/A
Bar Soap Regular (keep in cell)
1
1 N/A N/A N/A
Bucket for Double Amputees
1
1
1
1
1
)
1
1
1
1
1
Camp Rules (language:
Comb In Shower
1
1 N/A N/A N/A
Finger Tooth Brush
N/A N/A 1
1
1
Flip Flops
N/A 1
1
1
1
ISO Mat
1
1
1
1
1
Mail
20 20 15 12 N/A
Mask (Surgical Type)
1
1
1
1 N/A
Mattress
1
1
1
1 N/A
Salt Packets
5
5
4
3 N/A
Shoes (Size:
)
1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
Storage Tub
1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
Styrofoam Cups
2
2
1
1 N/A
Toothpaste
1
1
1
1
1
Travel type or regular Tooth Brush
1
1 N/A N/A N/A
Water Bottle (no squirt top)
N/A N/A 1 N/A N/A
Water Bottle (with top)
1
1 N/A N/A N/A
Block:
Other Approved Games
1
1 LTD N/A N/A
Playing Cards
1
1
1 N/A N/A
Privileges:
Additional Toilet Paper
YES YES NO NO NO
Paper and Pencil Upon Request (does not
apply to ICRC)
YES YES NO NO NO
Intel:
Intel Directed Reading Material
AD AD AD AD AD

Has Confiscated Items:
Date:

CD-S304 28 MAR 03

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

CD-S305 28 MAR 03

COMPANY NAME

START DATE

END DATE

EST. #
PERSONNEL

ESCORT UNIT / JTF
LOCATION BY OVERLAY
POC

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

ACTIVITY

CAMP DELTA CONTRACTOR ESCORTS
REMARKS

BLOCK CELL

CD-S306 28 MAR 03

DATE

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

DISCIPLINARY ACTION

LENGTH OF DISCIPLINE AUTHORIZED BY:

DETAINEE DISCIPLINE HISTORY FOR ISN: ______________________
REASON FOR DISCIPLINE

Mike

Nov

Oscar

Romeo

Sierra

Tango

Total

4

Fleet

1
2
3
4

JIIF

ICRC

Photo

Total
CD-S307 28 MAR 03

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

3

Brig

X-Ray

2

Present

Medical

1

Assigned

Whiskey

4

Total

Lima

3

Photo

Kilo

2

ICRC

CAMP II
Papa
Quebec

1

JIIF

Medical

Victor

Uniform

4

Total

Fleet

India

3

Hotel

Brig

Golf

2

Delta

Present

Charlie
1

Bravo

Assigned

Alpha

CAMP DELTA HEADCOUNT
CAMP I
Echo
Foxtrot

CAMP IV

Total

Total

Total

Total

ICRC CHECKLIST
ISN

BLOCK

CD-S308 28 MAR 03

CELL

TIME LEFT

TIME RETURNED

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

NOTES

ICRC INTERVIEW REQUEST
INTERVIEWER: _____________________________
ISN
BLOCK
CELL
ACCESS RESTRICITON

CD-S309 28 MAR 03

DATE: _______________________
RESULTS

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

NAME:

CD-S310 28 MAR 03

SIGNATURE:

ISN

UNIT:
DETAINEE

TO

FOR CHANGE

REASON

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

FROM

CELL

DOC POC:

ID BAND OR CARD REQUEST FORM

UNIT

DATE

OR CARD REQUESTING COMPLETED

ID BAND

SHIFT:

ISN

I-24
CD-S311 28 MAR 03

I-23

I-22

I-21

I-20

I-19

I-18

I-17

I-16

I-15

I-14

I-13

I-12

I-11

I-10

I-9

I-8

I-7

I-6

I-5

I-4

I-3

I-2

I-1

CELL

PREVIOIUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

APPROVING AUTHORITY

INDIA BLOCK MAX SECURITY LOG
REASON FOR ASSIGNMENT

ARRIVAL DATE

DEPARTURE DATE

ISN

N-24
CD-S312 28 MAR 03

N-23

N-22

N-21

N-20

N-19

N-18

N-17

N-16

N-15

N-14

N-13

N-12

N-11

N-10

N-9

N-8

N-7

N-6

N-5

N-4

N-3

N-2

N-1

CELL

PREVIOIUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

APPROVING AUTHORITY

NOVEMBER BLOCK MAX SECURITY LOG
REASON FOR ASSIGNMENT

ARRIVAL DATE

DEPARTURE DATE

CELL
ISN
O-1
O-2
O-3
O-4
O-5
O-6
O-7
O-8
O-9
O-10
O-11
O-12
O-13
O-14
O-15
O-16
O-17
O-18
O-19
O-20
O-21
O-22
O-23
O-24
O-25
O-26
O-27
O-28
O-29
O-30
O-31
O-32
O-33
O-34
O-35
O-36
CD-S313 28 MAR 03
PREVIOIUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

APPROVING AUTHORITY

OSCAR BLOCK MAX SECURITY LOG
REASON FOR ASSIGNMENT

ARRIVAL DATE

DEPARTURE DATE

MEDICAL APPOINTMENTS
ISN

BLOCK

CD-S314 28 MAR 03

CELL

APPOINTMENT TIME

TIME LEFT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

TIME RETURNED

DETAINEE DAILY MEDICAL REQUESTS/COMPLAINT FORM
For standard sick call only. All urgent or emergency problems should be called in immediately. Log same date in pass-on book.

DATE

TIME

CD-S315 28 MAR 03

ISN

BLOCK

CELL

COMPLAINT

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

MEDICAL ETA

CD-S316 28 MAR 03

ISN

BLOCK/CELL
FROM
TO

INCIDENT
DATE
SELF-HARM DATE

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

NATURE OF OFFENSE

PERMANENT MOVEMENT SHEET
APPROVED BY

DAYS IN
MSU
COMPLETE

RESERVATION CHECKLIST
ISN

BLOCK

CD-S317 28 MAR 03

CELL

TIME LEFT

TIME RETURNED

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

NOTES

RESERVATION REQUESTS
TIME

ISN

CD-S318 28 MAR 03

BLOCK

CELL

FORWARDED

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

NOTES

OBSERVATION OF SELF-INJURIOUS BEHAVIOR FORM
Detainee ISN: ________________________ Cell: ____________ Date: _______________________
Directions: All detainees who are a Suicide Watch or Self-Harm Precautions will have their behavior
documented every 15 minutes. Record what the detainee is doing and/or saying in the space provided.
Continue on the back if needed. Be sure to indicate date and time.
Example: Detainee ISN: 888-00-0000 Cell: Z-50

Date: 01 Sep 2002

2345 Self-harm precautions started. Yelling, cursing, hitting head on wall. "I'm going to kill myself."
2400 Shackled and helmeted. Fighting shackles. Yelling and cursing, "I'm going to kill myself".
0015 02 Sep 2002 Quiet but still struggling against shackles.
0030 Sleeping.

Completed forms will be picked up by psychiatry
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
CD-S319 28 MAR+A113 03

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

PAGE 1 OF 2

OBSERVATION OF SELF-INJURIOUS BEHAVIOR FORM
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____
____

00
15
30
45
00
15
30
45
00
15
30
45
00
15
30
45
00
15
30
45
00
15
30
45
00
15
30
45
00
15
30
45
00
15
30
45
00
15
30
45
00
15
30
45
00
15
30
45
00
15
30
45

Detainee ISN: ________________________ Cell: ____________ Date: _______________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________

CD-S319 28 MAR 03

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

PAGE 2 OF 2

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

CD-S320 28 MAR 03

Rec

Shower

Meal
B
L
D

Rec

Shower

Meal
B
L
D

Rec

Shower

Meal
B
L
D

Rec

Shower

Meal
B
L
D

ISN#

4

4

4

4

5

5

5

5

6

6

6

6

7

7

7

7

8

8

8

8

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

Block:
Cell:
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

INDIVIDUAL DETAINEE STATUS RECORD

FIRE CHECKLIST
Item
FIRE PREVENTION

Item Description

Yes/No/NA

1 Are up-to-date inspections posted in each building?

Y / N / NA

2 Are evacuation routes clearly posted?

Y / N / NA

3 Are installed fire extinguishers visually inspected daily?
Are the primary and secondary evacuation routes clear of
4 obstruction?
Are combustible and flammable supplies stored in the proper
5 manner?

Y / N / NA

Y / N / NA

6 Are “NO SMOKING” signs posted?

Y / N / NA

7 Is the no smoking regulation enforced?
Is there any accumulation of trash, litter, or rubbish inside or
8 outside of the building?
Have all US personnel been instructed in the use of fire
9 extinguishers?

Y / N / NA

Y / N / NA

Y / N / NA
Y / N / NA

10 Are all US personnel familiar with the evacuation routes?

Y / N / NA

11 Are all occupants familiar with the fire alarm process?
Inspection conducted using this checklist and the checklist
12 found in AR 420-90?

Y / N / NA

13 Is emergency lighting operational?
SHIFT LEADER CHECKLIST IN EVENT OF A FIRE
1 Isolate area by closing all doors and windows.
2 Locate and obtain nearest fire extinguisher.
3 Locate and obtain nearest fire extinguisher.
4 Notify Detention Operations Center.
5 Extinguish fire if possible.
IF EVACUATION IS ORDERED
1 Pass the word.
Coordinate with Security Force to move detainees to
2 assembly areas.
3 Take accurate muster.
4 Report muster to Detention Operations Center.
CD-S321 28 MAR 03 PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

Y / N / NA
Y / N / NA

FIRE NOTIFICATION
EVENT

NOTIFICATION
METHOD

REMARKS
Notify emergency services of situation and
request Fire Dept and NAVBASE Scty if
911 required

Notify 911
- Notify Medical
Initiate DA Form 1594
Staff Journal
Lockdown of Camp
Delta
Notify Company
Commander

Notify Escort Control
Notify SOG of camp
affected
Evaluate the situation
and determine if
evacuation is required

3030 / 3037
N/A
SABER
SABER

Verbal from
DOC
Verbal or
telephone

SABER

Notify Sally Ports
Notify SOG of camps
not affected

SABER
Verbal or
telephone

Notify Infantry SOG

3267 or runner
W:
H: 8037
Verbal or
Home Tele:
5010 / 5037 /
5038
W: 5223
H: 8213
C: 8-8408
W: 3132
H: 8007
C: 8-4402
W: 3577
H: 8109
W: 3242
H: 3138

Notify Interpreter OIC
Notify Detainee Opns
Officer
Notify Joint Opns
Center (JOC)

Notify JDOG CDR
Notify Camp
Superintendent
Notify JDOG S3
Notify JDOG Deputy
CDR

Request for medical and ambulance
Initiate staff journal to record all actions
associated with fire
No further radio traffic from this point
Responds to fire scene and determines the
need to evacuate
- All contractors and ICRC members are
escorted out of the facility
- Once completed all escort tms report to
DOC for assignments

Call Sally Ports and advise them about
incoming emergency vehicles
Provides personnel if required
Additional security as needed
Request for additional interpreter support if
needed
Notify JOC of situation and request additional
emergency services if needed

When building(s) have been evacuated; request
Receive and compile
and receive muster of personnel; reconcile
accurate accountability
muster with battle rosters to verify that all
of all personnel from
personnel are accounted for
the affected area
SABER
CD-S322 28 MAR 03
PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

STATUS

Company Commander Checklist
NAME:________________________________ DATE:_______________________
INITIALS REMARKS
Conduct Guard Mount
Block Checks:
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Inspect shower and rec time
Inspect Key Control Register
Fleet Hospital Check
Review MSU Blocks DD FM 509
Review DD Form 508, SIR’s, DA Form 4137,
DA Form 2823 for Turn-In at end of shift.
Review Blotter
Review CP Pass on Book
Inspect Perimeter Fence (Include No-Mans
Land Gates)
Sally Port Check
1
2
3
4
5
6
Causeway (Camp 1)
Fleet Sally Port
7
8
9
10
11
Causeway (Camp 2)
Mess Operations Check
Medical Escorts Check
CD-S323 28 MAR 03
PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

IMMEDIATE RESPONSE FORCE (IRF) CHECKLIST
DATE:_______________ UNIT:______________________________________________
IRF CHECK LIST
GO
Soldier in affected area notifies PL or SOG of incident ASAP

TIME

PL Arrives
SOG Arrives
PL alerts IRF and Company Commander simultaneously through use of a
brevity code
All movement stops upon Brevity Code being given
Company Commander Arrives
IRF Team Arrives
PL or SOG requests at least two medical personnel with at least two crash
bags
Medical Personnel arrives
PL or SOG requests an interpreter based on language of detainee
Interpreter/s arrive
Admin NCO brings video camera to PL or alerts Combat Camera
Camera Operator arrives
RTO dispatches at least two personnel with shackles and a gurney to PL’s
location
Two personnel w/shackles and gurney arrives
PL briefs IRF NCO and support personnel on situation
IRF is videotaped during briefing scenario. IRF soldiers brief their respective
roles in sequence.
PL briefs CO and prepares to utilize IRF Team
SOLDIERS TRAINING ON IRF TEAM
RANK

UNIT

NAME

REMARKS:

CD-S324 28 MAR 03

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

DAMAGE TO PROPERTY DISCIPLINE MATRIX
ITEM

Cup (Foam, other)
Tooth Brush
Tooth Paste
Towel
Wash Cloth
Water Bottle
Blanket
ISO Mat
Sheet
Mattress
Tooth Brush (regular)
Playing Cards
Games
T-Shirt
PT Shorts
CD-S329 28 MAR 03

1ST OFFENSE

2ND OFFENSE

ANY ADDITIONAL
OFFENSES
DAYS
DAYS
DAYS
3
5
10
3
5
5
3
5
5
3
5
10
3
5
10
3
5
30
10 Days per Blanket 15 Days per Blanket 20 Days per Blanket
5
10
20
5
10
20
5
10
20
5
10
10
5
10
10
5
10
10
5
10
15
5
10
15
PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

GUARD MOUNT INFORMATION MESSAGE
DTG:
EFFECTIVE FROM:

EFFECTIVE THRU:

SUSPENSE:

SUBJECT:
SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS:

DISTRIBUTION:

MESSAGE:

CD-S330 28 MAR 03

AUTHORITY:

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

MASS CASUALTY CHECKLIST
# EVENT

NOTIFICATION METHOD
Announce to all Camp SABER
1 Delta of MCI
Initiate DA Form 1594 N/A
2 Staff Journal
Lock Down Camp
SABER

REMARKS

Initiate Staff Journal to record all actions
associated with MCI

3

Notify Company

Verbal or SABER From DOC

On-Scene Commander

4 Commander

Notify Camp Delta
3251/3261
Medical
5
Notify 911 Emergency 911
6 services
Notify JIIF MP NCOIC Verbal From CP

Notify medical of situation and request
assistance
Request Fire Department support. Inform
them if there is or is NOT a fire.
JIIF NCOIC must stop all JIIF Activities

7

Notify SOG CampVerbal or SABER From DOC
Affected
8
Notify SOG Camp-Not Verbal or SABER From DOC
9 Affected
Notify Infantry SOG
3267 or SABER Channel-10

MCI Site NCOIC
Traffic Control
Additional Security at MCI site

10

Notify Escorts
SABER
(Medical
&
Normal)
11
Notify Interpreter OIC Verbal or SABER

Must respond immediately IAW this SOP
Must provide Interpreter support

12

Notify Joint OPNS
13 Center (JOC)
Notify Chaplains
14

Notify JDOG OPNS

5010/5038
8-4408
8660
W: 3577

Notify JOC. Request additional
emergency services if needed.
Muslim Chaplain
Camp America Chaplain's Office
H: 8659

15 Officer

Notify JDOG
W: 3521, H: 8213, C: 8-4208
Commander
16
Notify Superintendent W: 3132, H: 8007, C: 8-4402

Report Status

17

Record of Detainees
Leaving Camp

Note In MCI implemented Staff Journal

18
CD-S331 28 MAR 03

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

STATUS

Group

MILITARY

TRIAGE CHECKLIST
Triage Category
Send to this
Treatment
Team Location
IMMEDIATE
Naval Hospital
GTMO

MILITARY

DELAYED

Naval Hospital
GTMO

MILITARY

MINIMAL

Joint Aid Station

MILITARY

EXPECTANT

Chow Hall Tent

DETAINEE

IMMEDIATE

DETAINEE

DELAYED

First 6 to Naval
Hospital GTMO,
All remainders to
Detention Hosp
Detention Hospital

DETAINEE

MINIMAL

Delta Medical
Clinic

DETAINEE

EXPECTANT

Tree beside Chow
Hall Tent

CD-S332 28 MAR 03

Mode of
Transportation
Naval Hospital
GTMO
Ambulance
Naval Hospital
GTMO
Ambulance
Any available
military
vehicle
Litter Bearer/
Detention
Hospital
Ambulance
Detention
Hospital
Ambulance or
Litter Bus
Detention
Hospital
Ambulance or
Litter Bus
Walked by MP
escort or
available carts
Litter Bearer/
Detention
Hospital
Ambulance

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

1-10
1-10

MON
DAY SWING
CELL # CELL #
22-31 32-41
22-31 32-41
22-31 32-41
22-31 32-41
22-31 32-41
1-8
9-16
11-21 22-31 32-41
11-21 22-31 32-41
1-8
9-16

SUN
DAY SWING
CELL # CELL #
1-10 11-21
1-10 11-21
1-10 11-21
1-10 11-21
1-10 11-21

SUN
MON
DAY SWING DAY SWING
CELL # CELL # CELL # CELL #
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16

TUE
DAY
SWING
CELL # CELL #
17-24
25-32
17-24
25-32
17-24
25-32
17-24
25-32
17-24
25-32
17-24
25-32
17-24
25-32
17-24
25-32
17-24

TUE
DAY
SWING
CELL # CELL #
42-48/1-3 4-14
42-48/1-3 4-14
42-48/1-3 4-14
42-48/1-3 4-14
42-48/1-3 4-14
17-24
25-32
42-48/1-3 4-14
42-48/1-3 4-14
17-24

THU
DAY
SWING
CELL # CELL #
35-44 45-48/1-7
35-44 45-48/1-7
35-44 45-48/1-7
35-44 45-48/1-7
35-44 45-48/1-7
1-8
9-16
35-44 45-48/1-7
35-44 45-48/1-7
1-8
9-16

WED
THU
DAY SWING DAY
SWING
CELL # CELL # CELL # CELL #
33-40 41-48
33-40 41-48
33-40 41-48
33-40 41-48
33-40 41-48
33-40 41-48
33-40 41-48
33-40 41-48

WED
DAY SWING
CELL # CELL #
15-24 25-34
15-24 25-34
15-24 25-34
15-24 25-34
15-24 25-34
33-40 41-48
15-24 25-34
15-24 25-34

FRI
DAY SWING
CELL # CELL #

FRI
DAY SWING
CELL # CELL #
8-17 18-27
8-17 18-27
8-17 18-27
8-17 18-27
8-17 18-27
17-24 25-32
8-17 18-27
8-17 18-27
17-24

SAT
DAY
SWING
CELL #
CELL #

SAT
DAY
SWING
CELL #
CELL #
28-37
38-48
28-37
38-48
28-37
38-48
28-37
38-48
28-37
38-48
33-40
41-48
28-37
38-48
28-37
38-48

CD-S333 28 MAR 03

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

* For Delta block, only Level 1 Detainees in the Pysch and Medical section are authorized 3 showers per week. Do not shower detainees with a
Level 2, 3 or 4 discipline level on Friday and Saturday.

CELL BLOCK
A-BLOCK
B-BLOCK
C-BLOCK
D-BLOCK
E-BLOCK
F-BLOCK
G-BLOCK
H-BLOCK
I-BLOCK

SHIFT

LINEN AND UNIFORM EXCHANGE SCHEDULE

CELL BLOCK
A-BLOCK
B-BLOCK
C-BLOCK
D-BLOCK*
E-BLOCK
F-BLOCK
G-BLOCK
H-BLOCK
I-BLOCK

SHIFT

SHOWER AND RECREATION SCHEDULE

SUN
MON
DAY SWING DAY SWING
CELL # CELL # CELL # CELL #
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16

SUN
MON
DAY SWING DAY SWING
CELL # CELL # CELL # CELL #

WED
THU
DAY SWING DAY
SWING
CELL # CELL # CELL # CELL #
33-40 41-48
1-8
9-16
33-40 41-48
1-8
9-16
33-40 41-48
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16
33-36
1-8
9-16
33-40 41-48
1-8
9-16
33-40 41-48
1-8
9-16
33-40 41-48
1-8
9-16
33-36
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16

TUE
WED
THU
DAY
SWING DAY SWING DAY
SWING
CELL # CELL # CELL # CELL # CELL # CELL #
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16
1-8
9-16

TUE
DAY
SWING
CELL # CELL #
17-24
25-32
17-24
25-32
17-24
25-32
17-24
17-24
25-32
17-24
25-32
17-24
25-32
17-24
25-32
17-24
25-32
17-24

FRI
DAY SWING
CELL # CELL #
17-24 25-32
17-24 25-32
17-24 25-32
17-24
17-24 25-32
17-24 25-32
17-24 25-32
17-24 25-32
17-24 25-32
17-24

FRI
DAY SWING
CELL # CELL #
17-24 25-32
17-24 25-32
17-24 25-32
17-24
17-24 25-32
17-24 25-32
17-24 25-32
17-24 25-32
17-24 25-32
17-24

h

41-48
41-48
41-48

33-36
33-40
33-40
33-40
33-36

41-48
41-48
41-48

SAT
DAY
SWING
CELL #
CELL #
33-40
41-48
33-40
41-48
33-40
41-48

33-36
33-40
33-40
33-40
33-36

SAT
DAY
SWING
CELL #
CELL #
33-40
41-48
33-40
41-48
33-40
41-48

* For Kilo, Lima, and Mike blocks, the Level 5 blocks may contain detainees with Level 1 benefits. Their third shower must be worked into the
schedule and tracked by the block.

CELL BLOCK
K-BLOCK
L-BLOCK
M-BLOCK
N-BLOCK
O-BLOCK
P-BLOCK
Q-BLOCK
R-BLOCK
S-BLOCK
T-BLOCK

SHIFT

LINEN AND UNIFORM EXCHANGE SCHEDULE

CELL BLOCK
K-BLOCK*
L-BLOCK*
M-BLOCK*
N-BLOCK
O-BLOCK
P-BLOCK
Q-BLOCK
R-BLOCK
S-BLOCK
T-BLOCK

SHIFT

SHOWER AND RECREATION SCHEDULE

DATE

BLOCK/CELL

CD-S334 28 MAR 31

ISN
BREAKFAST

DINNER

SHOWER

RECREATION

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

LUNCH

(mark X in appropriate box)

HAIR CUT

INDIVIDUAL DETAINEE REFUSAL TRACKING RECORD

REASON FOR REFUSAL

TIME

CD-S335 28 MAR 03

ISN
DATE

DAILY DETAINEE MEDICAL REQUESTS/COMPLAINTS

BLOCK/CELL

MEDICAL REMARKS

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

REQUEST/COMPLAINT

(for standard sick call. All urgent or emergency problems should be called in immediately.)

DATE

TIME

INTREP [S2]
INTREP [JIG+]

TUESDAY
Cell Roster
[JIG]
SARs Rollup
[J2,JIG]
Hunger Strike
[DH]

FRIDAY
Cell Roster
[JIG]
SARs Rollup
[J2,JIG]
Hunger Strike
[DH]

SATURDAY
Cell Roster
[JIG]
SARs Rollup
[J2,JIG]
Hunger Strike
[DH]

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

INTREP [S2]
INTREP [JIG+]

RU Project
Status [JDOG+]
Supply Status
[JDOG+]
INSUM [J2+]
INTREP [S2]
INTREP [S2]
INTREP [S2]
INTREP [JIG+] INTREP [JIG+] INTREP [JIG+]

THURSDAY
Cell Roster
[JIG]
SARs Rollup
[J2,JIG]
Hunger Strike
[DH]

WEEKLY DUE OUTS
WEDNESDAY
Cell Roster
[JIG]
SARs Rollup
[J2,JIG]
Hunger Strike
[DH]

SUNDAY
Cell Roster
[JIG]
SARs Rollup
[J2,JIG]
Hunger Strike
[DH]

MONTHLY DUE OUTS

INTREP [S2]
INTREP [JIG+]

1ST MONDAY
D-Mail Report
0900
[J1]
Alert Roster
1000 Update [JOC+]
Detainee Dyn.
1100
Brief [JIG]
1400
PERSTAT
PERSTAT
PERSTAT
PERSTAT
PERSTAT
PERSTAT
PERSTAT
Muslim Fact
[JDOG]
[JDOG]
[JDOG]
[JDOG]
[JDOG]
[JDOG]
[JDOG]
1500 Sheet [JDOG]
Outgoing D-Mail Outgoing D-Mail Outgoing D-Mail Outgoing D-Mail Outgoing D-Mail Outgoing D-Mail Outgoing D-Mail
Section Brag Cdr Brag
[JIF]
[JIF]
[JIF]
[JIF]
[JIF]
[JIF]
[JIF]
2000 Report [JDOG]
Report
3x Current Ops
1x Decision
2x Open Issue Linguists Roster
Bullets [S3]
Slide [S3]
Bullets [S3]
[SCJ2+]
Delta Sitrep
Delta Sitrep
Delta Sitrep
Delta Sitrep
Delta Sitrep
Delta Sitrep
Delta Sitrep
[JOC+]
[JOC+]
[JOC+]
[JOC+]
[JOC+]
[JOC+]
[JOC+]
INSUM [S2]
ISN/MSU 30+
Rpt [J3+]
INSUM [S3]
3 Current Ops
Decision Brief
Open Issue
Bullets [SGS]
Slide [DJ2]
Bullets [???]
Draft INTREP
Draft INTREP
Draft INTREP
Draft INTREP
Draft INTREP
Draft INTREP
Draft INTREP
[S3]
[S3]
[S3]
[S3]
[S3]
[S3]
[S3]
DRS Upload
DRS Upload
DRS Upload
DRS Upload
DRS Upload
DRS Upload
DRS Upload
[NDRS]
[NDRS]
[NDRS]
[NDRS]
[NDRS]
[NDRS]
[NDRS]
D-Mail Rpt [J1] D-Mail Rpt [J1] D-Mail Rpt [J1] D-Mail Rpt [J1] D-Mail Rpt [J1] D-Mail Rpt [J1] D-Mail Rpt [J1]
Unit Tng Sch
[J3]

MONDAY
Cell Roster
[JIG]
SARs Rollup
[J2,JIG]
Hunger Strike
[DH]

1800
INTREP [S2]
1900 INTREP [JIG+]
CD-S336 28 MAR 03

1700

1600

1400
1500

1300

1200

1100

1000

0900

0800

TIME

BLOCK NCO CHECKLIST
Block

Shift

Block NCO

Unit

DTG

Enter your
Block Letter

Check the
Appropriate Shift

Enter your Rank, Name

Enter your company

Enter Date DD-MMM-YY

Days
Swings
Mids

Task Check the block in the right column once you have completed the task
Check key control log (serial numbers)
Receive initial brief from off-going Block NCO
Upon assuming post, conduct a count by cell number and Alpha Roster (Ensure
empty cells are empty)
Block NCO verifies Detainee Tracking Book against sheet received from CP
Conduct physical security check of cell block, showers, recreation yard (looking for
contraband)
Ensure all equipment is accounted for on the block.
Ensure block is in order according to SOP schematic
Release off-going shift once block is in order and head count is correct.
Begin DA 1594 Daily Staff Journal Log
Inventory Supplies, send soldiers to draw shortages
Conduct Shower and Recreation time for Detainees in accordance with schedule
(Notify CP of start & ending times)
If Detainee refuses Shower and Recreation their cell must still be searched
(conduct inventory of comfort items)
Conduct Linen exchange on assigned days. (Report missing/short items)
(Detainee must exchange linen)
Serve Detainee Meals (Verify all spoons are returned that are passed out and
notify CP of start and ending times)
Account for every piece of meal and wrappers from meal. (Fruit cannot be kept
after meals)
Keep a log and notify CP of any Detainee movement to Reservation, Medical,
ICRC, and requests for same.
Conduct at least 2 Headcounts during shift (excluding change of shift counts)
Conduct at least 2 random Cell Searches during shift
Log all visitors to your block
Conduct sworn statements immediately after any detainee misconduct
Be aware of your surroundings and fill out SIGACT reports and turn in at the end
of shift
Police Call Interior and Exterior before Shift change
Complete all necessary paperwork (Sworn Statements, SIGACT sheets)
Ensure DA 2823, DD 508s, and DA 4137s are turned into CP ASAP, to enforce
discipline
Conduct final headcount with on-coming Block NCO
Conduct out brief to incoming Block NCO; review significant
events/activities/behavioral forms, etc
Inventory Keys and sign over cell block to on-coming Block NCO
Complete Detainee Behavioral Tracking Sheet
Turn-in Block NCO Checklist to DFC or GC after completing Shift
Inspect
•
•
•

Physical Security of cells, bean
holes, shackle doors
Recreation and Shower Areas
Inside/Outside of Block Clean

Inventory
• 2sets - 3pc suits with lock & keys
• Key Control Log
• Confiscated property DA4137
Evidence/Property Custody
Document

Block Checklist Version 3 Last printed 4/1/2003 5:40 PM

Account
•
•
•
•

Detainee Files
Detainee in correct Cell
Physical Head Count
Out-Brief from Off-Going

BLOCK SIGACTS SHEET
Instructions: Be Sure to Collect as much Info as possible. Document the following Key items:
- Block Leaders - Block Lieutenants - Prayer Leaders - Lookouts - Instigators

Time

Cell#

ISN#

Activity or Action

Enter the Time
of the Event

Enter Detainee’s
Cell #

Enter Detainee’s
3 Digit ISN #

For each entry, describe what happen. Be as thorough as you can. Use multiple lines as
necessary to capture the info

Block Checklist Version 3 Last printed 4/1/2003 5:40 PM

NOTIFICATION MATRIX
Incident
Detainee attempted suicide and/or suicide (actual attempt made)
Detainee gesture of attempted suicide (statements, tied sheets)
Detainee attempted escape and/or escape
Detainee death
Weapon discharges (including accidental)
Detainee riot attempt/uprising (6) or more (more than 2 hours in duration and/or damage to government property)
Use of OC Spray
Forced cell extraction of detainee(s)
Intelligence of detainee(s) planning uprising or escape
Deliberate destruction of facility area by detainee (affecting security)
Accidental destruction of facility equipment/are (affecting security)
Detainee transported out of Camp Delta to GTMO Bay Naval Hospital
Detainee admitted to Detainee Hospital (Fleet Hospital) for serious or life threatening condition
Major malfunction of security lighting or equipment (no lights at all)
Loss of sensitive items
Vehicle accident involving military personnel (injury)
Any military member (including military working dog) requiring visit to GTMO Bay Naval Hospital, on or off duty
Any military member (including military working dog) death, on or off duty
Any possible facility security breaches
Injury of military contracted employee inside Camp Delta
Unannounced arrival of media or VIPs (General Officer equivalent)
Any agency wishing to question detainee off facility
Found lethal contraband (shank, etc)
Detainee cell transfer to general population
Detainee cell transfer to maximum population
Any unusual circumstance not covered. If in doubt notify

I, J, B, (SIR)
I, J, B, (IR)
I, J, B, (SIR)
I, J, B, (SIR)
I, J, B, (IR)
I, B, (IR)
I, B, (IR)
I, B, (SIR)
I, B, (IR)
I, B, (IR)
I, B, (IR)
I, B
I, B
I, B
I, J, B, (SIR)
I, J, B, (IR)
I, J, B, (SIR)
I, J, B, (SIR)
I, J, B, (IR)
I, B, (IR)
I, J, B
I, J, B
B
B
B
J

I - Immediate Notification Required (see reporting mechanism flowchart)
B - Blotter entry required
J - JOC Watch Officer notification required
(SIR) - Requires a Serious Incident Report
(IR) - Requires an Incident Report
Any incident requiring immediate notification will be annotated on the blotter and called in by the company commander as
follows:
0800-1700 (Daily) JDOG Operations (In the event JDOG operations is unavailable, the CJDOG will be notified)
(NOTE: All suicide incidents will be called in to the JOC
1700-0800 (Daily) CJDOG (In the event CJDOG is unavailable, the JTF CDR will be notified)
(NOTE: All suicide incidents will be called in to the JOC
CD-S339 28 MAR 03
PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

INSPECTION RECORD OF PRISONER IN SEGREGATION
ISN

DATE ARRIVED TO MSU BLOCK

DATE SCHEDULED TO LEAVE MSU BLOCK

PART I - DISCIPLINE IMPOSED

PART II - DAILY INSPECTION RECORD

DATE

TIME

CONDUCT

SIGNATURE OF BLOCK NCO

SIGNATURE OF PLATOON
LEADER

HOUR

SIGNATURE OF COMPANY
COMMANDER

HOUR

PART III - GUARD INSPECTION RECORD

CD-S341 28 MAR 03

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

23002400

22002300

21002200

20002100

19002000

18001900

17001800

16001700

15001600

14001500

13001400

12001300

11001200

10001100

09001000

08000900

07000800

06000700

05000600

04000500

03000400

02000300

01000200

Date

24000100

(Inspections will be made at irregular intervals - Supervisors or Guards will initial and complete hour columns.)

IMMEDIATE RESPONSE FORCE (IRF) CAMERA OPERATOR CHECKLIST
DATE:_______________ UNIT:______________________________________________
IRF CHECK LIST
Camera Operator alerted

GO

Camera Operator puts in a blank disk for a non-drill IRF
Camera Operator ensures all verbal statements are in English while videotaping
Camera Operator starts recording session by being videotaped stating his/her name, last four
of SSN, unit, "Camera Operator"
Camera Operator films CC/PL/SOG name, last four of SSN, and unit and their brief to the the
IRF team
Camera Operator films IRF team individuals as they step forward one by one giving name,
unit, last four of SSN, position on IRF team, and responsibilities during IRF
Camera Operator coordinates with CC/PL/SOG to ensure adequate light will be available in
the cell
Camera Operator positions himself near the cell door so he can capture all communication
with detainee and that the detainee is seen on film
Camera Operator prompts those individuals talking to speak louder if he can't hear them so
that the video captures all communication
Camera Operator will ensure when the team enters the cell, as much of the cell area is
captured on film as possible (not zoomed in on one individual)
Camera Operator will ensure that non-essential personnel do not step in front of the camera
Camera Operator will film the removal from the cell and the entire trip to the decon site if
decon is required.
Camera Operator will film the medical check of the detainee and decon process
Camera Operator will film medical's opinion of the condition of the detainee
Camera Operator will film the return or transport to cell of detainee after the decon process
and medical check
Camera Operator will state the filming is complete
Camera Operator turns in this form with video disk to Detention Services Branch

CAMERA OPERATOR
NAME / RANK
Date:
Print:
REMARKS:

Sign:

CD-S342 28 MAR 03

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE
JOINT TASK FORCE GUANTANAMO
HEADQUARTERS, JOINT DETENTION OPERATION GROUP (JDOG)
GUANTANAMO BAY, CUBA APO AE 09360

CAMP DELTA
GUARD FORCE SHIFT AFTER ACTION REVIEW
DATE:

SHIFT:

1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT EVENTS:

2.

PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED:

3.

RECOMMENDED SOLUTIONS:

4.

OTHER COMMENTS:

DAYS

SWINGS MIDS

(OVER)

Shift AAR checklist v1.doc

p. 1 of 2

1/3/03

5.

NUMBER OF VISITS, INSPECTIONS, WALK-THROUGHS:
(leave blank any blocks not visited)
C

D

CAMP 1
E
F

K

CAMP 2
L
M

N*

O*

P

CAMP 3
Q
R

S

T

BLOCKS
CDR
PLT LT
NCOIC
1SG

A

BLOCKS
CDR
PLT LT
NCOIC
1SG

BLOCKS
CDR
PLT LT
NCOIC
1SG
BLOCKS
CDR
PLT LT
NCOIC
1SG

B

CAMP 4
U
V

W

H

I*

J

X

(CDR’S PRINTED NAME)

Shift AAR checklist v1.doc

G

(CDR’S SIGNATURE)

p. 2 of 2

1/3/03

Standard Intelligence Reporting Form

Standard Intelligence Reporting Form
Date:

Interpreter Name:

Block #

Time in:

Time out:

Time in:

Time out:

Narrative:

Block #
Narrative:

NOTIFICATION OF STATUS FOR POSITIVE BEHAVIOR REWARD PROGRAM
(The information provided below supports positive or negative rewards for discipline or Intelligence in relation to a detainees behavior).

DETAINEE'S ISN

DATE:

REASON FOR NOTIFICATION

TYPE OF NOTIFICATION

DISCIPLINE (JDOG)

VERBAL

REWARD (Positive Behavior) (JDOG)

WRITTEN (Attach Copy)

REWARD GIVEN (JIG)

AUDIO TAPE (Provide Location Of Tape In Remarks)

REWARD TAKEN (JIG)

OTHER (Explain In Remarks)

YES

INTERPRETOR USED

NO

REMARKS:

RANK/FULL NAME (Witness)

RANK/FULL NAME (Individual Notifying Detainee)

GTMO FORM 508-1 28 MAR 03

PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE

LIST OF OFFENSES
Offense
Provoking words and gestures
Possession of contraband (food, etc)
Unauthorized communications
Flooding cellblock
Failure to follow camp rules
Clothing (shirt and pants)
Failure to follow MP instructions
Damage to property or failure to return property
Tampering with locks and or restraints
Possession of a key
Throwing water at/on U.S. personnel or another detainee
Throw/spit body fluids at/on another person (non-medical)1
Exposure of sexual organs for sexual gratification
Assault (hostile act/threat of battery)
Use of property in an offense
Possession of dangerous contraband (shank, club, other dangerous item)
Attempted escape
Bribery/attempted bribery of U.S. personnel
Sexual relations
Fighting
Throw/spit body fluids at/on another person (medical)2
Aggravated assault (object or weapon used)
Escape
Indecent assault
Battery (aggravated or otherwise)
Note 1: Denotes detainees without infectious conditions such as Hepatitis or Tuberculosis.
Note 2: Denotes detainees diagnosed with Hepatitis, Tuberculosis, or other infectious condition.
Table 8-1

Category
I
I
I
I
II
II
II
II
III
III
III
III
III
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
IV
V
V
V
V
V

the
the
the
the
the

Move
Move
Move
Move
Move

I offense
II offense
III offense
IV offense
V offense

I offense
II offense
III offense
IV offense
V offense

I offense
II offense
III offense
IV offense
V offense

Category
Category
Category
Category
Category

Category
Category
Category
Category
Category

Category
Category
Category
Category
Category

detainee
detainee
detainee
detainee
detainee

detainee
detainee
detainee
detainee
detainee

to
to
to
to
to

to
to
to
to
to

a
a
a
a
a

a
a
a
a
a

level
level
level
level
level

level
level
level
level
level

3
3
4
4
4

2
3
4
4
4

block
block, change to level 4 CI/Activities
block
block
block

block
block
block
block
block

of
of
of
of
of

rec
rec
rec
rec
rec

3
4
5
5
5

periods,
periods,
periods,
periods,
periods,

loss
loss
loss
loss
loss

of
of
of
of
of

CI
CI
CI
CI
CI

3 days
4 days
5 days, MSU 5 days
5 days, MSU 10 days
10 days, MSU 15 days

applicable
applicable
applicable
applicable
applicable

the
the
the
the
the

detainee
detainee
detainee
detainee
detainee

to
to
to
to
to

a
a
a
a
a

level
level
level
level
level

3
4
4
4
4

block, change to level 4 CI/Activities
block
block
block
block

Loss
Loss
Loss
Loss
Loss

of
of
of
of
of

rec
rec
rec
rec
rec

4
5
5
5
6

periods,
periods,
periods,
periods,
periods,

loss
loss
loss
loss
loss

DISCIPLINE1
of
of
of
of
of

CI
CI
CI
CI
CI

4 days
5 days, MSU 5 days
5 days, MSU 10 days
10 days, MSU 15 days
15 days, MSU 20 days

Remain on level 3 block, change to level 4 CI/Activities
Move the detainee to a level 4 block
Move the detainee to a level 4 block
Move the detainee to a level 4 block
Move the detainee to a level 4 block

MOVEMENT FOR LEVEL 3 DETAINEES

Move
Move
Move
Move
Move

MOVEMENT FOR LEVEL 2 DETAINEES

Not
Not
Not
Not
Not

MOVEMENT FOR LEVEL 1 DETAINEES

If last offense was between 15-29 days ago

Loss
Loss
Loss
Loss
Loss

5
5
5
6
6

to
to
to
to
to

to
to
to
to
to

periods,
periods,
periods,
periods,
periods,

detainee
detainee
detainee
detainee
detainee

detainee
detainee
detainee
detainee
detainee

rec
rec
rec
rec
rec

the
the
the
the
the

the
the
the
the
the

of
of
of
of
of

Move
Move
Move
Move
Move

Move
Move
Move
Move
Move

Table 8-2

5 days
5 days
10 day
15 day
20 day

block
block
block
block
block

block
block
block
block
block

CI
CI
CI
CI
CI

4
4
4
4
4

of
of
of
of
of

level
level
level
level
level

4
4
4
4
4

applicable
applicable
applicable
applicable
applicable

level
level
level
level
level

loss
loss
loss
loss
loss

a
a
a
a
a

a
a
a
a
a

Not
Not
Not
Not
Not

If last offense was 14 or less days ago

Notes:
1. If the detainee commits multiple offenses and two or more of those offenses require MSU time, add 5 days to loss of CI and MSU days for each additional offense.
2. Any discipline requiring an increased use of force (OC Spray or IRF) will be immediately reported IAW the notification matrix.
3. The President's Military Order dated 19 November 2001 states that humane treatment means the detainee will be afforded adequate food, drinking water, shelter,
clothing, and medical treatment. The detainees will also be allowed the free exercise of religion consistent with the requirements of detention and detained IAW such
other conditions as the SECDEF prescribes.
4. Medical personnel are responsible for detainees if Basic Issue Items must be removed from a detainee's cell to ensure the health, safety, and security of any detainee.
5. Basic Issue Items (blanket, amputee bucket, flip-flops, ISO mat, detainee uniform (shirt & pants), boxer shorts) are NOT considered Comfort Items and will not be taken for disciplinary reasons.

Loss
Loss
Loss
Loss
Loss

Remain on level 3 block, change to level 4 CI/Activities
Remain on level 3 block, change to level 4 CI/Activities
Move the detainee to a level 4 block
Move the detainee to a level 4 block
Move the detainee to a level 4 block

the
the
the
the
the

Move
Move
Move
Move
Move

Category I offense
Category II offense
Category III offense
Category IV offense
Category V offense

If last offense was 31 or more days ago

DETAINEE MOVEMENT AND DISCIPLINE MATRIX

BASIC ISSUE ITEMS
LEVEL - 1

LEVEL - 2

LEVEL - 3

LEVEL - 4

LEVEL - 5
INTEL

Required items for detainee possession (unless taken for medical/psychology reasons - must be approved for
removal by medical officer or psychologist)
Blanket
Bucket (for amputees)
Flip Flops
ISO Mat
Koran
Clothing (shirt and pants)
PT Shorts/Underwear

2
1
1
1
1
1

2
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1

1

1

1

1

1

LEVEL - 3

LEVEL - 4

LEVEL - 5
INTEL

Table 8-3

COMFORT ITEMS
LEVEL - 1

LEVEL - 2

As determined

Items authorized for detainee possession as a reward for positive behavior
Additional Toilet Paper Upon Request
YES
Bar Soap (Regular) (Keep In Cell)
1
Bar Soap (Small)
0
Chess/Checker Type Games
1
Comb In Shower
1
Finger Toothbrush
0
Travel Type or Regular Toothbrush
1
JIG Directed Reading Material or Pictures
As Required
Mail (# of pieces allowed to keep in cell)
20
Mask, Surgical Type (Used to Cradle Koran)
1
Mattress
1
Religious or Other Book/Magazine From Detainee
Library
6
Paper and Pencil To Be Returned At End of Shift
(Does not apply to ICRC visits)
YES
Perfume/Oil From Chaplain
3
Playing Cards
1
Prayer Beads
1
Prayer Cap
1
Salt Packet
5
Shampoo (small, keep in cell)
1
Sheet
1
Styrofoam Cup
2
Toothpaste
1
Towel
2
T-Shirt
1
Washcloth
1
Water Bottle (No Squirt Top)
0
Water Bottle (With Top)
1

by JIG1

NO
0
1
0
0
1
0
As Required
15
1
1

NO
0
1
0
0
1
0
As Required
12
1
1

NO
0
1
0
0
1
0
As Required
0
1
0

Note 2
Note 2
Note 2
0
0
1
Note 2
As Required
Note 2
Note 2
Note 2

4

2

0

Note 2

NO
2
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
2
0
1
1
0

NO
1
0
1
1
3
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0

NO
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0

Note
0
0
Note
Note
Note
Note
Note
Note
1
1
Note
Note
Note
Note

2

2
2
2
2
2
2

2
2
2
2

Note 1: The JIG Commander determines quantities above the minimum level; however, at no time will Level 5 detainees receive less than
Level 4 detainees, unless requested by JIG Commander and approved by CJTF or his designee.
Note 2: Detainees housed in Level 5 blocks will have varying quantities of Comfort Items (CI), which are determined by the JIG
Commander. Each Level 5 detainee's authorized CI will be documented on GTMO Form 508-1.

Table 8-4

AUTHORIZED/UNAUTHORIZED ACTIVITIES1
LEVEL - 1

LEVEL - 2

LEVEL - 3

As determined

Detainee activities authorized as a reward for positive behavior
Reading Koran
Reading Other Authorized Material
Eating at Authorized Meal Times
Allowed To Save MRE to Eat Later2
Performing Prayers
Authorized Playing Cards
Authorized Other Games
Authorized Soccer Ball In Recreation Yard
Talking With Detainees in Adjacent Cells Without
Yelling
Talking With Detainees in Adjacent Recreation
Yard Without Yelling
Performing Personal Hygiene In Cell With
Authorized/Issued Items
Showers Authorized Per Week
Performing Approved Exercises in Cell
Authorized Periods in Recreation Yard Per Week
(20 minutes each period)
Drying Clothing/Towels/Washcloths by Hanging In
Cell Window. Must Not Block View and Must Be
Removed When Dry.
Sheets or blankets may be used for privacy while a
detainee is using the toilet. It may not however be
tied more than half way up the cell height.
Hanging of Towel in Cell to block Sun or Light at
Night When Sleeping
Wear Prayer Cap On Head. Towel May Be Worn
On Head if Prayer Cap Not Available. Towel Will
Be Removed if Detainee is Removed From Cell.
Hanging of Koran in Surgical Mask On Side or Rear
of Cell. Detainee Provided a Surgical Mask if
Needed.
Removal of Shirt Due to Heat or Cleaning. Shirt
Will Be On When Detainee is Removed From His
Cell.
Blanket Exchange Monthly
Mirror In Shower For Shaving
Cold Water (After/During Recreation)

LEVEL - 5
INTEL

LEVEL - 4

by JIG3

YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES

YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
NO
YES

YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO

YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO

YES
Note 4
YES
Note 4
YES
Note 4
Note 4
Note 4

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES
3
YES

YES
2
YES

YES
2
YES

YES
2
YES

YES
2
YES

3

2

2

2

2

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

NO

NO

Note 4

YES

YES

YES

NO

Note 4

YES

YES

YES

NO

Note 4

YES
YES
YES
YES

YES
YES
YES
NO

YES
YES
NO
NO

YES
YES
NO
NO

YES
YES
Note 4
Note 4

Note 1: This figure indicates the maximum/minimum activites authorized, based on the classification level of the detainee. In individual cases, activities not
authorized for a detainee can be requested, using Form 508-1, on behalf of that detainee for exhibiting extraordinarily positive behavior (such as assisting
guards during a disturbance). All such requests must be approved by the JDOG S3.
Note 2: If authorized based on level, detainee is allowed to keep UNOPENED MRE items after meal time, but must consume within 24 hours.
Note 3: The JIG Commander determines activities above the minimum level; however, at no time will Level 5 detainees receive less than Level 4 detainees,
unless requested by JIG Commander and approved by CJTF or his designee.
Note 4: Detainees housed in Level 5 blocks will have varying degrees of Authorized Activities, which are determined by the JIG Commander. Each Level 5
detainee's Authorized Activities will be documented on GTMO Form 508-1.
Note 5: Detainees are NOT ALLOWED to yell or talk to detainees in other blocks. Detainees in recreation yards are NOT ALLOWED to talk or yell to
detainees in non-adjacent recreation yards or in other blocks.

Table 8-5

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
B.50

Personnel Code
- Civilian
M - Military
D - DoD
C - Contractor
R - ICRC
H - Hospital

Rank
Last Name
First Name
Title

EXP: 31 DEC 02

M

JTF GTMO

A

5

Legend:
X=
E=
U=

Green

5 - TS SCI

U
U
E
X

Yellow
Blue
Purple
Gray

No Access
Escorted Access
Unescorted Access

U

Admin
Orange

Color

Red

3 - Secret

X

E

U

U

U

X

E

E

U

U

X

X

E

E

U

Fleet Hospital JIF Detainee Units

DETENTION FACILITY ACCESS

White

U - Uncleared

Security Clearance / BG Color

NEW JTF / NAVBASE BADGE LEGEND

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
C.2

T12

K

p2
Cam

R

Q

P

p3
Cam T9

L

SP11

M

S

O

tr p
Intel/In

N

SP10

BLD 7

T

JIIF

SP9

T

T3

T4

CTC

C

B

A

J

I

DOC

SP2

T5

Camp 1

SP6

JIIF

Med/InPrc

SP3

SP4

T2

SCIF

H

G

F

E

D

JIIF

Generators

T7

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

CAMP DELTA

JIG

T1

SP1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

T6

SP5
T14

SP12

T13

U

Rec Area

W

Camp 4

Y

SP14

SP13

De

o
eH

V

T16

ne
tai

T15

l
it a
sp

m
Ad

Generators

15

T10

8

SP

Mess Tent

Generators

SP7

3
CP

SP

T8

T12

3
Camp

T9

T4

T
AA SNAKE

T3

CTC

I

C

B

A

DOC

SP6

T5

JIIF

H

G

F

E

D

JIIF

Generators

AA BUZZARD

Camp 1

J

SP2

Med/InPrc

SP3

SP4

T2

SCIF

AA IGUANA

T7

T6

SP5
T14

SP12
SP14

T13

U

Rec Area

SP13

W

Camp 4

Y

Camp Delta Assembly Areas

2
Camp

K

Q

SP11

L

R

P

M

S

O

tr p
Intel/In

N

SP10

BLD 7

T

JIIF

SP9

AA ANT

JIG

T1

SP1

AA RAT

De

o
eH

V

T16

ne
tai

T15

l
it a
sp

m
Ad

Generators

15

T10

8

SP

Mess Tent

Generators

AA MOUSE
SP7

3
CP

SP

T8

T11

T12

K

p2
Cam

R

Q

P

p3
Cam T9

L

SP11

M

8

S

O

BLDG

N

SP10

7
BLDG

Mess Tent

Generators

T

12

SP9

T10

2” Stand

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

T

T3

T4

C

B

A

J

I

H

G

F

E

D

BLDG 3
T7

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

CAMP DELTA

T5

Camp 1

SP6

BLDG 2

Generators

Detainee Clinic
BLDG 5
SP2

SP3

SP4

BLDG 1

T2

BLDG 4

Fire Hydrant

BLD 9,10,11

BLDG 6

T1

SP1

CAMP 1 AND 4 ENTRANCE/EXIT (FIRE ONLY)

T6

SP5
T14

SP12

T13

U

Rec Area

W

Camp 4

Y

SP14

SP13

De

o
eH

V

T16

ne
tai

T15

Fire Hydrant

l
it a
sp

m
Ad

Generators

15

BLDG

Fire Hydrant

CAMP 2 ENTRANCE/EXIT (FIRE ONLY)

8

SP

FIRE DEPARTMENT REFERENCES

SP7

3
CP

SP

T8

T12

K

p2
Cam

R

Q

P

p3
Cam T9

L

SP11

M

S

O

tr p
Intel/In

N

SP10

BLD 7

T

GOLD

SP9

Mess Tent

Generators

T

T3

T4

BLUE

C

B

A

J

I

DOC

T5

Camp 1

SP6

BROWN

SP2

Med/InPrc

SP3

SP4

T2

SCIF

H

G

F

E

D

YELLOW

Generators

T7

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

CAMP DELTA

CTC

GREY ORANGE

JIG

T1

SP1

JIIF BUILDING LOCATIONS

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

T6

SP5
T14

SP12

T13

U

Rec Area

W

Camp 4

Y

SP14

SP13

De

o
eH

V

T16

ne
tai

T15

l
it a
sp

m
Ad

Generators

15

T10

8

SP

SP7

3
CP

SP

T8

T12

MINIMAL

p2
Cam

Q

P

p3
Cam T9

K

R

SP11

L

8

M

O

BLDG

S

SP10

7
BLDG

T3
T

T4

T5

Camp 1

SP6

H

G

F

E

D

BLDG 3
T7

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

CAMP DELTA

C

B

A

J

I

BLDG 2

MILITARY TRIAGE

MINIMAL

Generators

Detainee Clinic
BLDG 5
SP2

SP3

SP1

SP4

BLDG 1

T2

BLDG 4

T1

IMMEDIATE

BLD 9,10,11

BLDG 6

DELAYED

MAN POWER POOL
FIRE TRUCK PARKING

VEHICLE EXIT
AMBULANCE PARKING

DETAINEE TRIAGE

MILITARY TRIAGE

N

12

SP9

T10

Mess Tent

Generators

FIRE TRUCK PARKING

T

BLDG

Detainee Expectant

Military Expectant

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

T6

SP5
T14

SP12

T13

U

Rec Area

W

Camp 4

Y

SP14

SP13

De

o
eH

V

T16

ne
tai

T15

l
it a
sp

m
Ad

Generators

15

DETAINEE TRIAGE

DELAYED

IMMEDIATE

MAN POWER POOL

AMBULANCE PARKING

VEHICLE ENTRANCE

8

SP

MASS CASUALTY INCIDENT TRIAGE SITES

SP7

3
CP

SP

T8

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
D.6

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Appendix E
Detainee Transfer Operations
This annex is classified and available to those
individuals that have a requirement to have it. All
requests for copies of this annex are to be submitted to
JDOG Operations.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
E.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
E.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Appendix F
Military Commissions
This annex is classified and available to those
individuals that have a requirement to have it. All
requests for copies of this annex are to be submitted to
JDOG Operations.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
F.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
F.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Appendix G
Camp Echo
This annex is classified and available to those
individuals that have a requirement to have it. All
requests for copies of this annex are to be submitted to
JDOG Operations.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
G.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
G.2

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Appendix H
General’s Cottage
This annex is classified and available to those
individuals that have a requirement to have it. All
requests for copies of this annex are to be submitted to
JDOG Operations.

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
H.1

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
H.2
The Habeas Citebook Ineffective Counsel Side